Panel Builders

Complete solutions for LV Panels and MV Switchgears manufacturing

2024

se.com
www.se.com

About our Company

Sustainability is at the core of our purpose, culture and business as we
accelerate our contributions to a sustainable and inclusive world.

Schneider Electric
in figures

€34 bn
2022 revenues

128.000
employees in 100+
countries

We empower our
650,000+ strong partner
ecosystem to expand our
coverage, and we arm
our 4,200+ EcoXpert
program partners
to drive new digital
business opportunities.

We provide end-point to cloud intergration connecting products, controls,

software and services.

Our mission is to be your digital partner for sustainability and efficiency.

Targets by 2025

80% 800 1,000 On our way to

net-zero by
green revenue
million tons top suppliers
of CO2 emissions
savings for our
to reduce CO2 emissions
by 50%
2030
customers (since 2018)

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 3
 www.se.com

Pioneering the future of

intelligent buildings and
the iot for shared customers
+2.5B
Urban population
growth by 2050

Building digitization

x3 in 6 years

+60%
Electricity consumption
planned for 2035

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

4 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

One program.
One network. By becoming an EcoXpert business partner,
Endless opportunities.
you gain the strength behind our global
Certified by
brand, our expertise in building control,
power management, and energy efficiency,
A global program with as well as exclusive benefits that include
local support no matter
where you are:
competency development, favorable rewards,
and continuous coaching on cutting-edge
3,000
certified parteners
technology and solutions.

40
countries

Grow Maximise Differentiate

your business your margin yourself
Collaborate with Schneider Electric and Gain a competitive edge with Rise above the competition with co-branding
the EcoXpert network for innovative tested, validated, and documented and co-marketing initiatives for business
solutions that win new opportunities and technologies and solutions. partners.
improve your hit rate.

Improve Save time Capture new

employee talent market share
Increase retention rates and decrease Access the tools you need to optimize Rely on the support of Schneider Electric
the time it takes to onboard new hires the integration of third-party systems at every turn of your expansion as a
through a comprehensive training and and minimize engineering and business partner.
certification process. commissioning time.

More information on se.com

Discover the EcoXpert Certifications

Power Distribution and Management

Power Upgrade Power Automation Power Distribution

Proven expertise in Proven expertise in deploying Proven expertise in
digital commissioning high- and medium-voltage power distribution
Power Upgrade Power Automation Power Distribution
of connected panels substation automation and motor control,
and perform essential systems using LEDs and manufacturing certified
Certified by level of maintenance Certified by software tools, EPAS or Power Certified by and smart ready,
service. Operation SCADA system low-voltage or medium-
to improve observability, voltage switchboards.
controllability, and reliability
of the customer's ED.

Power Management Power Services

Proven expertise Proven expertise in
in integration and maintaining the availability
Power Management Power Services
commissioning of and durability of electrical
electrical systems to distribution installations
Certified by drive energy management Certified by with field and digital
& operational efficiency services.
using on-premise or
cloud-based solutions.
Previous Table of Next
Back Page Contents Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 5
 www.se.com

Giving you more to get more done

with our software and tools
Search and select Configure, quote and build

Discover our products, software and services. Get your quote and find your contract
Select the offer that best suits you.
Explore our products for panel builders SEE Electrical 3D Panel+
Design and manufacture electrical panels in 3D

mySchneider Panel Builder program EcoStruxure Power Build - Rapsody

The program designed to help you access Configuration and quotation software for PrismaSeT switchboards
the resources and training you need

Find your sustainability solution EcoStruxure Power Build - Medium voltage

All-in-one online configuration and quotation software dedicated
to MV switchgear

mySchneider App EcoStruxure Motor Control Configuration

Access our catalog online and offline, Build your complete motor control solution for protection and control
personalize your service and talk to our of your motors
experts directly with the mySchneider app.

Schneider Electric Exchange Custom Enclosure Configurator

Find digital solutions for solving energy and Get your enclosure pre-engineered for your special needs
automation challenges The Custom Enclosure Configurator software gives you total autonomy to
configure and quote enclosures with services (cut-outs, painting, accessory
mounting) in less than 3 minutes. Custom Enclosure Configurator is designed
to create orders quickly and conveniently, without any errors.
ProClima
Temperature under control
Thermal Management - ProClima
Find the best thermal solution for your CanBrass
enclosure Design and quotation software for Canalis busbar trunking system
Select and calculate your thermal
management requirements according to the
environment and the electrical/electronic
devices installed in the enclosure.
Where to buy ?
Find a distributor in your location

Check price and availability at mySE Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

6 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Discover our program benefits, resources for your business,

digital tools to help you design and build best in class
equipment, and learn about our innovative offers.

Operate and maintain Optimize

Find anything you need for the maintenance Stay connected to Schneider Electric
of your products
EcoStruxure Power Device app EcoStruxure Power
Single app to operate and maintain MV and LV Discover the benefits of digitized power
connected devices from your mobile distribution

EcoStruxure Power Monitoring Expert Facility management software

Power monitoring software for reliable Our comprehensive solutions to help carry
electrical networks out timely maintenance, manage building
systems, supervise power supply systems,
and optimize energy consumption.
EcoStruxure Energy Hub
Software and app to help you deliver EcoStruxure Power Advisor
valuable services to optimize operation, Optimize power system performance with
comply to energy codes and monitor energy analytics and expertise
remotely in single or multi-site buildings with
fast setup and end-to end security and scale
MORE DETAILS ON PAGE 15 Cybersecurity services
Holistic cybersecurity programs to help maintain
your defenses over time at your location

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 7
 www.se.com

Software

Improve your Engineering & Production efficiency

A dedicated software for each step
Project lifecycle
Preliminary Test & Operate &
design & Detailed Switchboard Engineering commission, maintain
budget design configuration BOM ordering & Build first operation installation

Critical and
Electro-
intensive • EPB Okken / Blokset
segments
• EPB MV
SEE
Energy intensity profile

electrical
• EPB Rapsody suite • PME
Large and • Power
mid-size • LayoutFAST / SE Advantage Commission (monitor)
CIB (EPC)
• EPD Ecodial • ProClima • Energy HUB
(monitor)
• Electrical Calculation Tools
• Asset
Advisor
Small and
extra-small (maintain)
buildings
• eDesign XS

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

8 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Software

Design Optimization

Caneco BT is a software for automated calculations, sizing,

and diagrams of low voltage electrical installations.

Test & Operate &

Preliminary Detailed Switchboard Engineering commission, maintain
design & budget design configuration BOM ordering & Build first operation installation

Design optimization for Competitive Save > 2h engineering per panel!

alternatives
To transfer pre-design to your:
Challenge the Specs to optimize your panels and win • Tendering Software: direct link to EPB Okken/
your projects. Blokset/MV
• Schematics/Detailed design: direct link to SEE
Electrical Expert.
Service opportunities for your Customers!
Propose dimensioning Services to your customers in
a hurry with a professional / Multi brand tool.

Features
Calculations and sizing Automated diagrams
• Caneco BT performs all the calculations (Ik, du, If, ...) in compliance with the • Caneco BT automatically produces the diagrams of the electrical
applicable standards and the electrical constraints of your installation installation based on 3 dynamic data entry interfaces: network single-line
• It also determines the most economical equipment to protect the installation diagram, board single-line diagram and spreadsheet
and the individuals Effective data exchange
Discrimination and backup • Caneco BT allows data import/export from an Excel file
• Caneco BT provides a diagnosis based on tripping curves, calculation and • The electrical data recovered from Revit®, is used for the automated
manufacturer tables production of the diagrams and the integration of the circuit data into
• It takes into account the currents, as well as the chronometrical and differential Caneco BT
aspects to ensure discrimination that can also be reinforced by coordination • Caneco BT converts the diagrams and the technical documentation of the
project into a dxf file (an AutoCAD® file)

Previous Table of Next

Click here for more information Back Page Contents Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 9
 www.se.com

Software

Switchboard configuration and quotation Efficiency

EcoStruxure Power Build Rapsody

Configuration and quotation software for Schneider Electric
LV & MV cubicles
Software supporting panel builders and electrical contractors, all across
configuration and quotation of power distribution switchboard

Test & Operate &

Preliminary Detailed Switchboard Engineering commission, maintain
design & budget design configuration BOM ordering & Build first operation installation

EcoStruxure Power Build Rapsody

Reduce your quotation time! Professional tendering documents

• <1h per panel thanks to intuitive interface and • Realistic 2D Front/Side/Top views
project libraries • Main Electrical & Mechanical BOM.
• Direct links to your pricing software.

Save > 2h engineering per panel !

Reduce quotation risks!
To transfer tendering data to your Schematics/
> 95% accuracy. Detailed design:
• Direct link EPB MV/LV V SEE Electrical Expert.

Features
You can find different version depending of the Switchboard offer or Country of commercialization as.

• EcoStruxure Power Build – Rapsody for PrismaSeT Low Voltage Switchboard • EcoStruxure Power Build – Okken/Blokset for Okken & Blokset Low Voltage
in Western Europe Switchboard
• EcoStruxure Power Build – MV for all Medium Voltage Swtichboard • EcoStruxure Power Build – easyprisma for PrismaSeT international Low
Voltage Switchboards.

Previous Table of Next

Click here for more information Back Page Contents Page

10 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Software

Switchboard configuration and quotation Efficiency

EcoStruxure Power Build MV

Online Configuration and quotation software for Schneider Electric MV
switchboards, dedicated to EcoXpert Panel Builders (Master and Certified)
Software supporting EcoXpert Panel Builders to save time, reduce effort and do more
business, across configuration and quotation of primary and secondary distribution
switchboards and components (transformer, protection relays)
Test & Operate &
Preliminary Detailed Switchboard Engineering commission, maintain
design & budget design configuration BOM ordering & Build first operation installation

EcoStruxure Power Build MV

Quick configuration
Save, re-use and customize project, optimize
configuration with a guided interface,
last minute changes.

Peace of mind
Get always updated offers, accurate and error
free assets.

Easy and accurate ordering

Access all the documents needed for ordering,
ready to export.

Integrated Offers
• Switchboard ranges PIX Easy FR, PIX Easy MR,
PIX 24, MCSet 1-2-3 et MCSet Marine,
GM AirSeT (2024)
• Circuit breakers: SF, LF, Evolis, SF1 kit
• Contactors & Switch Disconnectors: Rollarc, LBS kit
• Protection relays: Micom, Sepam,
PowerLogic P3 & P5 (previously Easergy P3 & P5),
Easergy T300, VAMP.

Features
• Configuration & Quotation: Automatically generate a Bill of Material with • Prepare Ordering:
Net Prices from Front-Office - Bill of Material (BOM): Entire Project BoM and each Cubicle BoM, BoM for
• Generation of documents: Access & Export documents for Management Assembly, BoM for Quotation, BoM for Purchasing
Software - Technical Bid
• Import & export of documents for Management Software - Single Line, Diagram (SLD), Global layout, Cubicle layout one by one

Previous Table of Next

Click here for more information Back Page Contents Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 11
 www.se.com

Software

Engineering Efficiency

SEE Electrical
Electrical CAD software for creating wiring diagrams in a few clicks

Test & Operate &

Preliminary Detailed Switchboard Engineering commission, maintain
design & budget design configuration BOM ordering & Build first operation installation

SEE Electrical

Reduce drastically your engineering time! Forget dedicated workers for label
production!
>50% vs mechanical CAD (AutoCAD,…) thanks to
electrical functions automation (cross refs, checks,…). Direct export from Schematics to printers and
engraving machines
• To cancel typing errors
Quality - Error-free design
• To save drastically time to prepare stickers, labels,
Eliminate many of the errors caused by repetitive etc.
manual tasks.

Exports to Production process made

Saving set-up time so easy!
With >1 Million Multi-brand database: Fully customizable reports for production available in
• Schneider Electric LV/MV full database a mouse-click
with >100k articles. • Cables lists with connection information
• Material lists with label information
•…

Features
• Editable hardware database (manually or via file imports) with over 1 million • Increase the legibility and quality of your documents (generation of graphic
references terminal block plans, automatic wire numbering according to different
• Real-time editing of material lists formats, orientation of connections, hierarchisation of folders according to
the functions and locations of your components, etc.)
• Synchronisation of PLC card attributes in real time
• Reduction in the number of errors

Previous Table of Next

Click here for more information Back Page Contents Page

12 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Software

Production Efficiency to next level

SEE Electrical 3D Panel + / SEE Electrical 3D Shop Floor

3D Panel+ bridges the gap between the schematic and the manufacturing of the electrical cabinet.

SEE Electrical 3D Shop Floor: a mounting and wiring assistant dedicated to shop floors.

Test & Operate &

Preliminary Detailed Switchboard Engineering commission, maintain
design & budget design configuration BOM ordering & Build first operation installation

SEE Electrical 3D Panel

Anticipate collisions with 3D 80% cabling time reduced!

Doors, Busbars, …, on complex panels. Thanks to automatic wire routing and wire
calculation in 3D & direct import in Cable
Save time & errors for doors, preparation machines (Komax, …).
plates and busbars
Mounting & wiring learned in no more
Drillings & cuttings than 15 min!
• Export perfect plans to to CNC machines
(Steinhauer,..). Fully guided step by step mounting & wiring
instructions on a 3D digital twin.

Features: 3D panel + Features: 3D panel Shop Floor

Electrically enabled 3D Engine • Clear view on devices which need to be mounted and on their position
• Intelligent snapping system for components and enclosures • Wire list provides clear information on involved devices and route to take
• Wire, net, cable routing and optimal length management algorithm • Selected devices are highlighted and user can validate the mounting with a
• Mechanical collision and Channel filling check finger touch

• STEP import/export with mechanical CAD software • User can select wire in the list with mouse, finger or even by flashing
barcodes engraved on wires
Ready for manufacturing • Possible to filter by device, color, wire size, etc.
• Mechanical processing data export
• Wire processing data export

Previous Table of Next

Click here for more information Back Page Contents Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 13
 www.se.com

Software

Efficient Tests & Easy to build Digital Twin

EcoStruxure Power Commission

Test & Operate &

Preliminary Detailed Switchboard Engineering commission, maintain
design & budget design configuration BOM ordering & Build first operation installation

EcoStruxure Power
Commission

Reduce your Communication testing time! Service opportunities to End User trough
Digital Twin!
Automatic devices recognition & test report generated
automatically. • Create your full panel document on-line in a few
mouse-clicks

One tool for all devices settings!

Easy access & update of panel technical
Breakers & communication settings easily done &
stored. data through a digital logbook
Easy access & update on the field for the
maintenance teams.

EcoStruxure

Features
Easy setup Fast commissioning
• Discover all the smart devices in your electrical panel • Generate a comprehensive project report that lists your switchboard and
• Easily check firmware compatibility to install upgrades as required related devices, firmware version, and serial numbers.

• View communication architecture to adjust communication settings • Use batch operations feature to speed up settings configuration for several
devices at the same time (paid feature)
• Get the complete list of devices in the switchboard to configure electrical
settings for breakers and meters Digital collaboration

Reliable testing • Create a unique QR code for your switchboard and upload relevant
documentation, including important CAD drawings, user guides, bills of
• Easily test the communication wiring, troubleshoot issues, and generate materials, single line diagrams, and photos, to our secure cloud repository.
reports as part of the Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT) or Site Acceptance
Tests (SAT) • Effortlessly initiate preventive maintenance plans by simply exporting your
data to the digital logbook feature in EcoStruxure Facility Expert, our cloud-
• Test Low voltage circuit breakers and their trip curve behavior during based software for facility and building management.
installation and maintenance and generate a report (paid feature).
• The digital logbook functionality simplifies the project handover, enables
faster and easier access to historical information and collaboration with all
project partners

Previous Table of Next

Click here for more information Back Page Contents Page

14 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Software

EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub

Cloud-based building energy management software

Achieve your business and sustainability goals with energy management software
uniquely designed for buildings. Simply connect your energy systems and gain insights
to conserve energy, reduce costs, and increase.

Energy management made simple

EcoStruxure Energy Hub is a cloud-based energy management software-as- Benefits of EcoStruxure
a-service that is easy to implement and requires minimal up-front investment.
Whether you need to monitor a single building or a portfolio of buildings,
Energy Hub
it enables you to instantly access your data from anywhere. Designed for
commercial, industrial, and intuitional buildings, it simplifies energy management
across the operational lifecycle and helps you achieve your sustainability goals.

Simple Smart

IT-friendly Cyber-resilient
SEE THE VIDEO

Features

Monitor energy Analyze energy Configure and Monitor the status

according to usage and reduce generate tenant of electrical
building codes waste energy bills equipment
Building codes are now Gain energy awareness Compare energy usage See how your electrical
mandating energy usage and analyze usage to across a portfolio of system is performing and
be measured, stored, drive building energy buildings and prioritize get live power equipment
and visualized. performance. energy conservation status.
measures.
Use EcoStruxure Energy Use EcoStruxure Energy Use EcoStruxure Energy
Hub to: Hub to: Use EcoStruxure Energy Hub to:
• Monitor and report • Track usage by load Hub to: • View the status of the
on energy usage by type (HVAC, lighting, • Configure simple electrical network on
building energy codes and plug loads) energy rates to the single-line diagram
and standards • Aggregate and calculate internal • View, investigate and
• Collect energy data by benchmark energy energy costs acknowledge alarms
load type by site, building, floor, • Allocate energy usage with native iOS and
• Store energy data for area, and zones and costs to building Android apps
36 months or more • Report energy usage tenants or departments • Receive alarm
monthly, daily, and hourly • Generate energy bills notifications by mobile
Learn more
• Energy usage and export to PDF for app or email
comparison and easy tenant invoicing
analytics for common
energy drivers
Previous Table of Next
(building area, period- Back Page Contents Page
over-period, outdoor
temperature, and more)
PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 15
 www.se.com

Software

Zeigo™ Activate

Carbon reduction software simplified

An intuitive decarbonization solution to help you set goals,
track your progress, and reduce emissions

Small and medium-sized enterprises Large corporate enterprises

Track, analyze, and reduce your Reduce Scope 3 emissions by

carbon emissions engaging your supply chain
Our carbon reduction software gives you access to Resources that empower your value chain to track
resources for calculating and tracking energy-related and reduce their carbon emissions. Tools that enable
emissions so you can put your sustainability ambitions your supply chain to drive their own decarbonization
into action. Receive a customizable decarbonization program. Follow progress using Zeigo Hub, a
roadmap. Connect to a network of regional solution decarbonization program designed to support supply
providers in energy efficiency, renewable energy, chains in their decarbonization journey.
and carbon offsets.

Measure Streamline Connect Report

Calculate, measure, Calculate, measure, Calculate, measure, Calculate, measure,

and analyze and analyze and analyze and analyze
Our guided setup will Our guided setup will Our guided setup will Our guided setup will
help you calculate, help you calculate, help you calculate, help you calculate,
measure, and analyze measure, and analyze measure, and analyze measure, and analyze
your organization’s your organization’s your organization’s your organization’s
emissions from all emissions from all emissions from all emissions from all
possible sources to see possible sources to see possible sources to see possible sources to see
your current carbon your current carbon your current carbon your current carbon
footprint. footprint. footprint. footprint.

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

16 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Software

Zeigo™ Activate

Solution providers

Join our marketplace to connect

with customers in your area
Zeigo Activate is looking for solution providers,
electrical contractors, system integrators, panel
builders, and more to become a part of our open
marketplace. When you join the Zeigo Activate
marketplace, you’ll receive access to potential Join the Zeigo Activate
Marketplace
customers who are ready to take on their next project.

Join Connect Share

Become a member of Meet with customers Display your expertise

our marketplace who are looking for Showcase your skillset
Get in touch with experts with companies looking
customers in your area Find new business for ways to become more
by becoming a member opportunities with efficient and reduce
of our open marketplace. potential customers who emissions.
need help reaching their
targets.

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 17
 www.se.com

About mySchneider app

Discover our new mySchneider app which offers tailored
services, 24/7 self-service, and easy access to expert support
and information. Download and register now to get access to
recommended services and more.

Top features at a glance

Access the Schneider Electric catalog Register in the app to receive real-time
on your device to see our complete range notifications on updated technical
of offers, including public prices, FAQs, documents, product news, and more.
documents and more.

Find product information by using the built- Bypass long automated prompts: access
in barcode/QR code scanner to save time. key contact numbers through a call menu with
one, simple tap.

Find the nearest distributor to help you get

Schneider Electric product right away.

Scan or
click on
Download mySchneider Download mySchneider QR code
for iOS > for Android >

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

18 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
Green Premium
TM

An industry leading portfolio of offers delivering sustainable value

The Green Premium program stands for our commitment to deliver

customer valued sustainable performance. It has been upgraded
with recognized environmental claims and extended to cover all
offers including Products, Services and Solutions.

CO2 and P&L impact through… Resource Performance

More than 75% of our Green Premium brings improved resource efficiency throughout an asset’s
product sales offer superior lifecycle. This includes efficient use of energy and natural resources, along
transparency on the material with the minimization of CO2 emissions.
content, regulatory information
and environmental impact of Cost of ownership optimization through… Circular Performance
our products: We’re helping our customers optimize the total cost of ownership of their
assets. To do this, we provide IoT-enabled solutions, as well as upgrade,
• RoHS compliance repair, retrofit, and remanufacture services.
• REACh substance information
• Industry leading # of PEP’s* Peace of mind through… Well-being Performance
• Circularity instructions Green Premium products are RoHS and REACh compliant. We’re going
beyond regulatory compliance with step-by-step substitution of certain
materials and substances from our products.

Improved sales through… Differentiation

Green Premium delivers strong value propositions through third-party
Discover what we labels and services. By collaborating with third-party organizations we can
mean by green support our customers in meeting their sustainability goals such as green
Check your products! building certifications.

*PEP: Product Environmental Profile (i.e. Environmental Product Declaration)

 Contents
www.se.com

Switchboards and Enclosures

A

Okken Okken Lean BlokSeT BlokSeT Lean

PrismaSeT G & P PrismaSeT XS & S Universal enclosures and

Thermal Management

Power circuit breakers and switches

B



MasterPact MTZ & Active ComPacT NS, NSX & NSXm ComPacT INS & INV TransferPacT

EasyPact MVS EasyPact EZC & CVS

Power monitoring and power quality

C

PowerLogic™ range Panel Server HeatTag EasyLogic Power Meters EasyLogic PFC EasyLogic™ APF

Motor control
D

Tesys Power Tesys Control Tesys Protect Tesys Active

Variable speed drives and soft starters

E

Altivar 12 Altivar ATV320 Altivar ATV340 Altivar 212

Altivar ATV600 Altivar ATV900 Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 Altistart 22 Altistart 01

Control and signaling, Automation relays & Power supply

F

Push buttons Cam switches Tower lights Control and time relays Modicon Power supply Linergy-TR

20 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Electrical protection and control

G

Acti9 Active MCBs Acti9 AFDD SPDs iCT iTL Auxiliaries - Accessories Easy9

Critical Power
H

Galaxy™ V Series Easy UPS Series

Medium Voltage Switchgears components

I

Vaccum Circuit breakers SF6 Circuit breakers Contactors Switches and Disconnectors Cradle Fuses

Incoming Protection
J

PowerLogic P1 PowerLogic P3 PowerLogic P5 PowerLogic A1 & A3 PowerLogic T300

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO 21
 www.se.com

Previous Table of Next

Back Page Contents Page

22 PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO
www.se.com

Switchboards and Enclosures

Okken A
General overview...................................................................... A-24
General characteristics............................................................. A-31

Okken Lean
General overview...................................................................... A-34
General characteristics............................................................. A-42

BlokSeT
General overview...................................................................... A-44
General characteristics............................................................. A-50

BlokSeT Lean
General overview...................................................................... A-52
General characteristics............................................................. A-60

PrismaSeT G and P
General overview...................................................................... A-62
Technical characteristics - PrismaSeT G.................................. A-68
Technical characteristics - PrismaSeT P................................... A-70

PrismaSet XS & S
General overview - PrismaSeT XS............................................ A-75
General overview - PrismaSeT S.............................................. A-77

Universal enclosures
General overview...................................................................... A-80
Selection Tools.......................................................................... A-89

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 23
 General overview www.se.com

Okken

E
Okken:
intelligent switchboard solutions
F
With safety and reliability within reach,
why settle for less?
A global player with local capabilities
Schneider Electric is present in more than
15%
Okken solutions can
Embodying decades of expertise, OkkenTM solutions 100 countries, delivering reliable products and provide up to 15%
are complete and customized low-voltage (LV) power solutions around the world. Our global reach helps energy savings[*]
G distribution, motor control, and integrated power
control centres. Okken switchboards contribute to
us ensure high quality and local project and service
capabilities, no matter your location.
answer the need for operational safety in today’s
high-performance LV power applications. Versatile
and durable, Okken switchboards have the
comprehensive capabilities and intelligence you need Smart grid ready
200 k
More than 200,000
to keep your business competitive. cubicles installed.
H Industry-leading features, design, and support
make implementation and operation quick, easy, and
Our broad expertise in electrical network
management makes us a partner who knows
Customers worldwide
trust Okken LV
what the smart grid means for your business, and
reliable, so you can lower costs and realize a faster switchboard solutions
how best to keep you at the forefront
return on investment. of technology.
Okken solutions combine high level of safety and
reliability with an optimized footprint, modular
I architecture, and smart devices.

J
[*] Based on previous data, 2015. This is not a guarantee of future performance or performance in your particular circumstances.

24 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Okken

Electrical safety for personnel

A
Tested and certified by independent ASEFA and LOVAG labs

With Okken, protection is never left to

chance
Internal arc withstand and short-circuit
protection
B
With high modularity and total insulation, safety is • Fully type tested in compliance with
engineered into every Okken switchboard, from IEC TR 61641 edition 3
conception, through design, installation, and • Internal arc withstand up to 100 kA/0.5 s

C
everyday operation.
• Arc-free zone with encapsulated active parts in
the whole switchboard: incomer, horizontal busbar,
withdrawable cubicle
Network management applications • Active optical arc-flash detection with
VAMP system
Full type tests as per IEC 61439-1&2 confirm high
• Operator protection at three levels:
level of electrical installation and operational safety.
Insulation and provided screening of all live parts
enhance service life and provide outstanding
- Horizontal and vertical busbars
- Functional units on all three positions of
D
protection. withdrawable drawers
• Forms of internal separation up to 4b - Outgoing cable connections
• Embedded interlock systems to secure on-load • Internal arc risk reduction thanks to our unique
disconnection PolyfastTM system
• Live-part protection up to IPxxD
• Fully insulated busbars
• Partitioned terminals for electrical insulation between
the upstream circuit breaker and the double contact
E
clamps on the main busbar
• Padlockable with three different locks
• Rated conditional short-circuit current (Isc)
• Protection with optional doors and accessories
up to 150 kA.
• Closed door racking drawers for extra operator
protection in all drawer positions, particularly in
case of internal short-circuit or arc event, and even
during connecting and disconnecting.
F

J
Note: In working environment, full operator safety measures should always be adopted.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 25
 General overview www.se.com

Okken

Reliability and continuity of service

A Tough enough for Oil
& Gas applications
An "install-and-forget" level of dependability

C CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS
Thermal
monitoring
D
Resistance to corrosive environment

F CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS
CLICK FOR
Optimized for MORE DETAILS

marine installations

Durability for seismic areas

CLICK FOR CLICK FOR

MORE DETAILS MORE DETAILS

I
Customized solutions for any
application and severe environment

26 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Okken

Oil & Gas Offshore Platforms

C

Mining, Metals, Minerals Marine

E

Nuclear Water and Wastewater Treatment G

Healthcare Data Centres I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 27
 General overview www.se.com

Okken

High performance and superior efficiency

A
Compact, modular design - the right fit for your organization

B Industry-leading capabilities A flexible, withdrawable design for motor

• Maximum busbar rating up to 7300 A control and power distribution
•M
 aximum rating of Power Control Centre (PCC), Compact and powerful Okken switchboards answer
up to 6300 A the needs of the most demanding motor control and
•M
 aximum rating of Motor Control Centre (MCC), power distribution applications. Combining continuity

C up to 250 kW
• Smart communicating devices for connected
of supply and performant operational services.

switchboards
•C
 ompact design for higher stacking density and Motor control
optimized footprint
• Upgradeable energized equipment. MCC including protection, starters, and drives:

D • Conventional starters up to 250 kW

• Soft starters up to 315 kW
A disconnectable design for power • Drives up to 160 kW.
distribution
The Polyfast system reinforces the electrical isolation

E of power distribution switchboard.

Power distribution
PCC including protection and power factor correction:

F
• Main busbar up to 7300 A
• Incomers up to 6300 A (MasterpactTM
circuit breakers)
• Feeders up to 6300 A (Masterpact circuit breakers),
and up to 630 A (CompactTM circuit breakers)
• Power factor correction up to 540 kVAR.

> Electrical distribution up to 7300 A.

H > Incomer and feeder up to 6300 A.

> Motor control up to 250 kW.

28 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Okken

Improved versatility and flexibility

A
24/7 visibility of energy use and power quality

A compact and modular design for every Upgrade Okken while under load B
function
Easily modify and upgrade your Okken solution and
Okken is a simple and modular solution that is easy to add new functions as your needs change: scalability
choose, intuitive to use, cost effective, and simple to while under load, equipping of additional slots
install or upgrade. in reserved spaces, association of cubicles, fast
interchangeability without special tools.
•D
 egree of protection up to IPxxD on busbar with C
automatic shutters, and on connections on busbar
by plug-in clamps
Fast, easy installation, upgrading,
•C
 ustomer connection separate from the functional
and maintenance unit (form up to 4b).
Single front or double front access thanks to back-
to-back configuration, top or bottom direct power
connections, rear or side power connections for
D
easy installation. Plus, standardized dimensions and
an optimized footprint save time and money during
installation.
• Fixed, disconnectable, or withdrawable functional
units
• Withdrawable drawer size optimization: full and
E
half-widths, different heights from 100 to 600 mm
• Direct power plug connection to the vertical busbar
(50 mm pitch)
•D
 rawer position indicators on front faces
and drawer stop
• Withdrawable Masterpact and plug-in
F
• Compact circuit breaker modules
• Current transformers inside.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 29
 General overview www.se.com

Okken

iPMCC by Okken: built-in intelligence

A
Our digital solution for power distribution and motor control

B The intelligent Power and Motor Control Centre (iPMCC) by Okken is a highly capable and advanced smart
solution for application fault prevention, protection, and automatic restart in continuous and critical processes.
It helps you boost productivity and optimize the energy management and efficiency of your assets while
enhancing continuity of service, and reducing downtime.

C Energy savings up to 15% Enhanced control and monitoring

• Integration of all your equipment to lower electrical • Better traceability and control
energy consumption • Local or remote real-time information access
• Synchronizing motors to loads with progressive • Motor operating status and time monitoring (alarms
starters and variable speed drives and reducing and tripping)
peak consumption by 50% or more[*]
D • Managing reactive power compensation
• Parameter monitoring and management of status,
measurements, diagnostics, trends,
(capacitors) and thermal withstand control to and energy consumption.
reduce costs and increase energy availability.

E Optimized motor performance Smart-grid integration

• Motor monitoring and protection in accordance with • Pretested communication architectures offering
IEC / EN 60947-7-1 leading industry protocols engineered to optimize
• Motor and protection device configuration asset energy efficiency (Ethernet/IP, Profibus®-DP,
accessible at all times Modbus, TCP/IP)
• Seamless integration with energy management
F • Associated with TeSys T, iPMCC by Okken enables
the detection of electrical loads faults like no-load and control systems and process automation
management systems
running, shaft bearing seizure, abnormal starting or
heating, pump cavitations, and pulsating torque. • Complete range of design assistance tools.

30 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General characteristics
Okken

A complete range to match your toughest needs

A
For power distribution and motor control including variable
speed drives, motor starters, power factor correction,
and harmonic filtering
Enhanced efficiency and
B
PCC[1]

productivity
230

PCC/MCC
115 / 70-2
Very high-power incomers
Mixed incomers and feeders
and feeders up to 6300 A
C

115
70-M
High-power incomers and
feeders up to 4000 A
Withdrawable feeders
D
MCC and PCC

Single Masterpact MTZ-NW 70-2

Single incomer or feeder
(width 650 mm)
Polyfast plug-in feeders
Disconnectable mounting plate
E

Single Masterpact MTZ-NT-NS VSD[3]

F
MCC[2]

Single incomer or feeder Variable speed drives and

(width 450 mm) soft starters

70-F PFC[4] G
PFC[4]

Fixed feeders Capacitors

[1] PCC = Power Control Centre H

185 [2] MCC = Motor Control Centre

Fixed feeders [3] VSD = Variable Speed Drive

[4] PFC = Power Factor Correction and harmonic filtering

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 31
 General characteristics www.se.com

Okken

Okken intelligent switchboard specifications

A
General data
Applications Power distribution, motor control

B MCC (Motor Control Centre) Up to 250 kW

VSD (Variable Speed Drive) Up to 160 kW

PCC (Power Control Centre) Incomer & feeder up to 6300 A

PFC (Power Factor Correction) Up to 690 kVAR

C Standards IEC 61439-1 & 2, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529

Certifications EAC (Gost), CCC, AS

Electrical data
Voltage Up to 690 V AC (50/60 Hz)

D Main busbar rating

Distribution busbar rating

Up to 7300 A

Up to 2100 A

Rated short-time current (lcw) Horizontal main busbar Up to 150 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 330 kA)

Vertical distribution busbar Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Conditional short-circuit current (lsc) Up to 150 kA

E Internal arc withstand current 100 kA – 0.5 s (IEC TR 61641 edition 3)

Earthing system TT-IT-TNS-TNC

Communication
Protocols Ethernet/IP, Modbus, TCP/IP, Profibus DP

F Mechanical data
Form 2b/3b/4a/4b

Withdrawability FFF/WFD/WFW/WWW

Seismic withstand IBC 2006/AC 156 (site class B-C-D, floor level only), IEC68-3-3 (equivalent to Richter scale up
to level 9), AS1170, EAK-2000, ENDESA-1986, GOST 17516.1-90 (civil market, all seismic
G intensity, up to installation level 2), IEEE 693-1997, EDF CRT 91 C 112 00 (Okken 5G only for
nuclear applications)

Installation Indoor environment type 2

Degree of protection IP20, IP31, IP41, IP54

Operating temperature -5°C to 35°C/50°C

H

Learn more about

J
Scan or
Okken
click on
range here QR code

Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

32 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 33
 General overview www.se.com

Okken Lean

E
Innovative & Sustainable LV Switchboard
Okken LV Switchboards
F More than 200 000 cubicles installed
Trusted by customers worldwide

G Innovative Architecture in Low-voltage

switchboard
Innovative design of Busbar support and fishplate connection
Provide customer easier connection/access from the front side, minimize the labor
cost from installation/maintenance time saving.
• Main busbar at the rear middle low position, can
provide max. flexibility for customer connection • HBB ends inside cubicle and two cubicle connection by fishplates
• Single run of main busbar up to 6600 A thanks to • Fishplate for Easy connection/access from the front side

H unique architecture
• Flexible shipping unit single or multi columns Enhanced safety and reliability within your reach
Embodying decades of expertise, Okken Lean solutions are engineered to be
complete and personalized low voltage switchboards for power distribution. Okken
Lean switchboards answer the need for superior operational safety in today’s high
performance LV power applications.

I
Versatile and durable, Okken Lean switchboards have the comprehensive
capabilities and intelligence you need to keep your business competitive.

Greater reliability, flexibility, and intelligence

Okken Lean solutions combine industry-leading features and designs with
Schneider Electric™ support to make implementation and operation quicker

J
and more reliable so that you can lower costs and realize a faster return on your
investment. A fully functional switchboard with built-in intelligence for energy
efficiency, Okken Lean is a simple and modular solution. It is easy to choose,
intuitive to use, cost effective and simple to install and upgrade.

34 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Okken Lean

Decarbonization A
Schneider Electric™ is helping our customers and partners to decarbonize is at
the core of Energy Management strategy. Okken Lean provides the fastest path
to Net Zero and we need more experts who understand the complexities and
best practices of decarbonization to help our customers reach their sustainability
ambitions faster.
Decarbonization B
Up to 30% CO2 reduction
Material saving & power loss reduction

Material saving & Power loss reduction

C
Okken Lean reduce carbon and frame footprints, help you to meet the
sustainability goals. The product is also simplified and streamline power
distribution system, making you easier to install, commission, and maintain.
Additionally, the real-time thermal monitoring solution, advanced wireless
connection, and predictive maintenance features ensure the reliable and efficient
operation of power distribution systems, minimizing energy waste and reducing
D
emissions.

Investing in sustainable Okken Lean solution can also help future-proof operations
by ensuring that power distribution systems can adapt to changes in energy
efficiency regulations, energy costs, and other factors that may affect operations.

Okken Lean is promising solutions for the low-carbon future of LV power distribution. As more companies prioritize sustainability,
E
these products can help to a more sustainable and environmentally responsible future. By adopting lowcarbon power distribution solutions,
these industries can reduce their carbon footprint, improve their operational efficiency, and enhance the reputation as environmentally
responsible companies.

F
Scope 3

Upstream Downstream
G
Mechanical parts Power Consumption

Material saving Power consumption saving

H
Scope3U CO2 reduction Scope3D CO2 reduction

Up to 30% CO2 reduction I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 35
 General overview www.se.com

Okken Lean

A Compact design
Horizontal busbar system
Okken Lean is redesigned the architecture with innovation. The horizontal busbar
system is arranged in the rear middle low position of the switchboard.
This compact design brings the benefits for framework and total footprint of a sets
B
Compact Design
of switchboards.
No additional holes are required for connection, make manufacturing and
assembly simplify.
Up to 30% footprint reduction
thanks to new busbar architecture
The innovation main busbar system reserved the maximum space between the
operators and the busbar for easy installation and maintenance.

C
Incomers Air Circuit Breakers up to 6300 A
High design quality provides high performance, the rated current of ACB provide
up to 6300 A performance.

D Vertical busbar system

Optimized Vertical busbar system & link bar system, no need additional space for
VBB arrangement. Okken Lean offer more size of vertical busbar options.

E
230 Lean 115 Lean 70F / 115 Lean
6300/5000 A Breaker up to 4000A Breaker up to 3200A
F Front View Side View Front View Side View Front View Side View

1150 mm 600/1000 mm 650 mm 1000 mm 650 mm 1000 mm

36 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Okken Lean

From preventive to A
predictive maintenance
Minimize downtime, increase reliability
Predictive Maintenance B
How much does an hour of downtime cost? At a stock exchange, lost transactions
total €6 million. A petrochemical plant will forfeit €100,000 in productivity.
And for hospitals, the cost is human lives.
Minimize downtime through
thermal risk detection via real time monitoring
24/7
C
Apps and

BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeTBlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT
analytics

D
BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeTBlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

Optional apps and Optional apps and

analytics cloud services analytics cloud services

Optional SCADA Connected to SCADA

control

E
Edge

connection
24/7 local
condition monitoring

Easergy Thermal Vijeo

Connect design’Air

F
Connected
products

BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

ENABLED ENABLED+

Thermal and Thermal and

environmental environmental
monitoring monitoring
Nearby monitoring Nearby, local, and remote monitoring

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 37
 General overview www.se.com

Okken Lean

A Wireless Okken Lean

thermal monitoring solution
B

Main Busbar joint

ACB terminal
D

E
Customer
Connection busbar

F
Function Unit

H Okken Lean thermal monitoring minimizes downtime and increase safety while
reducing insurance premiums related to fire risks. To keep critical equipment up
and running is a priority in Data centers and Semiconductors worldwide.
The objectives are three-fold:
• Maintain operational uptime and business continuity
• Reduce operational expenses and total cost of ownership
I • Protect building occupants and electrical distribution equipment
The Okken Lean Thermal Monitoring design combines a robust and proven
architecture, standardized modules, and Schneider Electric devices.
Easergy TH110 Easergy CL110
Permanently installed sensors on busbar connections, cable Environmental sensor Wireless Thermal Wireless Environmental
compartments, and breaker contacts provide continuous monitoring perform sensor sensor

J
predictive maintenance. While IR inspections may miss critical conditions that • Temperature • Temperature
happen between scheduled scans. • Hudmidity
Okken Lean Thermal Monitoring not only detects potential hazards but immediately
sends alerts to operations and maintenance teams, allowing them to respond
before any unsafe or damaging conditions occur.

38 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 39
 General overview www.se.com

Okken Lean

The future of electrical solutions incorporating the Sustainable, digital proficiency, innovative compact
design, and with predictive maintenance products and systems from Schneider Electric™.
A

B Innovative horizontal busbar architecture

IEC 61439-1/2
C IEC TR 61641 edition 3
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Fishplate
D

CLICK FOR

E
MORE DETAILS

VBB

F CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Integrated horizontal busbar support

G

CLICK FOR

H
MORE DETAILS

High performance

I CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Safety

Flexible transportation
J
CLICK FOR CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS MORE DETAILS

40 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Okken Lean

Internal arc containment 100 kA/0.5 s

A

CLICK FOR
B
MORE DETAILS

Wireless LV thermal monitoring

C
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

D
Full compliance with IEC standards

E
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Designed for difficult environment

F

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

G
Flexibility

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

An ‘install-and-forget’ level of dependability I

J
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 41
 General characteristics www.se.com

Okken Lean

A Technical specification
General data
Applications Power distribution

B PCC (Power Control Centre) Incomer & feeder up to 6300 A

Standards IEC 61439-1 & 2, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529, IEC60947-1&2

Certification ASTA

Electrical data
C Voltage Up to 480 Vac (50/60 Hz)

Main busbar rating Up to 6600 A

Distribution busbar rating Up to 2100 A

Rated short-time current (lcw) Horizontal main busbar Up to 100 kA rms - 1s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

D Vertical distribution busbar Up to 100 kA rms - 1s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Conditional short-circuit current (lsc) Up to 100 kA

Internal arc withstand current 100 kA – 0.5 s (IEC TR 61641 edition 3)

Earthing system TT-IT-TNS-TNC

E Communication
Protocols Ethernet/IP, ModBus TCP/IP, Profibus DP

Mechanical data
Form 2b/3b/4a/4b

Seismic withstand Up to 2.7G

F Installation Indoor environment type 2

Degree of protection IP20, IP31, IP41, IP54

Operating temperature - 5 °C to 50 °C

Learn more about

J
Scan or
Okken Lean
click on
range here QR code

Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

42 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 43
 General overview www.se.com

BlokSeT

E
BlokSeT,
the switchboard solution
F Enhanced safety and reliability within
your reach
Benefits at a glance

• High quality design for safety and performance

700 k
More than 500,000
Embodying decades of expertise, BlokSeTTM • High continuity of supply, even in severe cubicles installed.
solutions are engineered to be complete and environments BlokSeT LV switchboards
G personalized low-voltage (LV) switchboards for power
distribution and motor control. • Smart solutions for energy savings and
optimized operation
are trusted by customers
worldwide
BlokSeT switchboards answer the need for
operational safety in today’s high performance LV • Pre-engineered modular architecture for easy
power applications. Versatile and durable, BlokSeT implementation
switchboards have the comprehensive capabilities • Quick return on investment
and intelligence you need to keep your business
• Localized support and services for ease of
H competitive.
ownership.

Greater reliability, flexibility, and

intelligence
BlokSeT solutions combine industry-leading features
I and designs with Schneider ElectricTM support to
make implementation and operation quick and
reliable so that you can lower costs and realize a
faster return on your investment. A fully functional
switchboard with built-in intelligence for energy
efficiency, BlokSeT is a simple and modular solution. SEE THE VIDEO
It is easy to choose, intuitive to use, cost effective,
J and simple to install and upgrade.

44 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
BlokSeT

Electrical safety for personnel

A
Tested and certified by independent ASEFA and LOVAG labs

Type-tested for high electrical installation

and operational safety
B
With IEC 61439-1&2 and full type-testing by
independent ASEFA, LOVAG and ASTA certified
laboratories, you can have the peace of mind that

C
safety is engineered into every BlokSeT switchboard.

With BlokSeT,
protection is never left to chance

D
From conception through design, installation,
and everyday operation, you can count on our
commitment to maximize safety
Withdrawable drawers have three interlocked
positions - connected, test, and disconnected,
plus drawer stop - to improve operator safety when
connecting and testing.
E
Smart engineering and user-friendly
operation Note: In working environment, full operator safety measures should always be adopted.

• Built-in intelligence for energy efficiency and

continuity of service
• Smart-grid ready for enhanced control and
Improved safety measures
• Forms of internal separation up to 4b
F
monitoring
• Fully interoperable switchboards, functional units, • Embedded interlock systems to secure on-load disconnection
and devices • Live-part protection up to IP xxB
• Compact footprint allows more equipment and • Fully insulated bus bars (optional)
functions
• Withdrawable functional units for high availability
• Padlockable with three different locks
• Protection with optional doors and accessories. G
and continuous processes
• Fixed functional units for economical applications.
Internal arc withstand
• Fully type-tested in compliance with IEC 61641 (internal arc)
to increase safety for personnel and equipment
• Internal arc containment up to 100 kA/0.4 s
H
• Operator protection at three levels:
- Horizontal and vertical busbars
- Functional units, including withdrawable drawers
- Outgoing cable connections.
I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 45
 General overview www.se.com

BlokSeT

Superior reliability and high performance

A

B Outstanding safety
and personalized solutions
Durability in difficult environments
• Anti-corrosion: surface treatments on metallic sheets against corrosion and salt-spray
for diverse applications • Tin or nickel busbar coating on copper conductive parts for H2S and SO2
atmosphere withstand
Trusted worldwide for diverse industrial and
infrastructural applications, BlokSeT solutions are • 2G version for seismic or high vibration environment.

C personalized to fully satisfy different performance and

harsh environmental requirements.

F
Subway and railway systems

Schneider Electric inside:

quality and compatibility
G A robust architecture,type-tested, standardized
modules devices work together to improve
functionality, safety, continuity of supply and
installation reliability even in the most difficult
conditions.
•A
 ll components and accessories are designed

H by Schneider Electric and manufactured to rigorous

quality standards
• Compatibility between switchboards, functional
units, and built-in devices is tested and validated
• Schneider Electric components have outstanding
electrical and mechanical consistency and
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).
I
Mining, metals and minerals industry

46 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
BlokSeT

C
Mining, metals, minerals industry Petrochemicals

Airport Data centers

F

Healthcare facilities Commercial buildings

I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 47
 General overview www.se.com

BlokSeT

High performance and superior efficiency

A
Compact, modular design - the right fit for your organization

B Industry-leading capabilities A flexible, withdrawable design for motor

• Maximum busbar rating up to 7000 A control and power distribution
• Maximum rating of Power Control Center (PCC) Compact and powerful switchboards answer the
up to 6300 A needs of the very demanding motor control and
• Maximum rating of Motor Control Center (MCC) power distribution applications. Combining continuity
C up to 250 kW
• Smart communicating devices for connected
of supply and reliable operational services.

switchboards
• Compact design for higher stacking density Motor control
and optimized footprint
Motor Control Center (MCC) including protection,
• Upgradeable energized equipment. starters, and drives:
D • Conventional starters up to 250 kW
• Soft starters up to 250 kW
A disconnectable design for power
distribution • Drives up to 160 kW.

The high-security power distribution switchboard

offers maximum reinforced electrical isolation.
E
Power distribution
Power Control Center (PCC) including protection and
power factor correction:

F • Incomers up to 6300 A (MastePactTM circuit

breakers)
• Feeders up to 6300 A (MasterPactTM circuit breakers)
and 630 A (ComPacTTM circuit breakers)
• Power factor correction up to 646 kVAR.

H 7000 A 6300 A 250 kW

Electrical distribution Incomer and feeder Motor control
up to 7000 A up to 6300 A up to 250 kW

48 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
BlokSeT

iPMCC by BlokSeT
A
Smart panel - built-in intelligence for efficient control
and monitoring

B
Greater efficiency and enhanced Enhance control and monitoring
productivity
Easy access to real-time information
iPMCC (intelligent Power and Motor Control Center) • Better traceability and control
is a highly capable and advanced smart solution for
fault prevention, protection, and automatic restart. • Local or remote real-time information access C
It helps improve energy efficiency and reduce down • Motor operating status and time monitoring
time for continuous and critical processes. (alarms and tripping)
• Parameter monitoring and management of status,
measurements, diagnostics, trends,
and energy consumption.
Optimize motor performance D
Motor monitoring and protection with failure activities
in accordance with IEC/EN 60947-7-1 Boost smart-grid integration
• Motor and protection device configuration Pretested communication architectures offering
accessible at all times leading industry protocols engineered to
• Associated with TeSys T, iPMCC by BlokSeT
enables the detection of faults like no-load running,
optimize asset energy efficiency (Ethernet TCP/IP,
Ethernet/IP, Profibus®-DP, DeviceNetTM, Modbus, E
shaft bearing seizure, abnormal starting or heating, CANopen®, etc.)
pump cavitations, and pulsating torque. • Seamless integration with energy management
and control systems, and process automation
management systems
• Complete range of design assistance tools.
F

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 49
 General characteristics www.se.com

BlokSeT

A complete range for diverse applications

A
For power distribution and motor control including variable
speed drives, motor starters, power factor correction,
and harmonic filtering
B

C D
High-power incomers and feeders up to 6300 A
PCC[1]

Withdrawable, disconnectable, fixed

D
Mw2
MCC / PCC

Power and Motor feeders

Withdrawable

E
Mf
MCC[2]

Motor feeders
Fixed

F
Ms
Variable speed drives and soft starters
MCC

Fixed/ Withdrawable
G
Dc
PFC[3]

Capacitors/ Harmonic Filters

H Fixed

[1] PCC = Power Control Centre

[2] MCC = Motor Control Centre
I [3] PFC = Power Factor Correction and harmonic filtering

50 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General characteristics
BlokSeT

BlokSeT switchboard specifications

Genaral data
A
Standards IEC 61439-1/-2, IEC 61921, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529, IEC 60068-2-11, IEC 60721-3-3 &
IEC 61000-x-x
Certificate Certified by recognized certification bodies ASEFA, ASTA, Dekra, and tested by
independent laboratories
B
Electrical data
Rated insulation voltae Ui 1000 V 3~
Rated operating voltage Ue 690 V 3~
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Up to 12 kV
Overvoltage category Up to IV C
Degree of pollution 3
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Main Busbar:
Rated current Ie Up to 7000 A
Rated peak withstand current Ipk Up to 220 kA D
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s [1]
Distribution busbar:
Rated current Ie Up to 3200 A
Rated peak withstand current Ipk Up to 220 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s [2] E
Arc fault containment:
Prospective short-circuit current Up to 100 kA
Duration 0.4 s

F
Criteria (IEC TR 61641) 1 to 7
Earthing system TT-IT-TNS-TNC

Mechanical data
Form of separation Up to Form 4b
Withdrawability FFF/WWW
Seismic UBC 97, IBC 2006 / AC 156 (site class B-C-D, floor level only),
IEC 68-3-3 (equivalent to Richter scale up to level 9) / IEEE 693, G
GOST 17516.1-90 (civil market, all seismic intensity, up to installation level 2)
2G, zone 4
Installation Indoor - environment type 2, EMC – Type A as per IEC 61439
Degree of protection Up to IP54
Operating temperature -5°C to 50°C H
Vibration IACS E10
0.7G
Corrosive atmosphere H2S and SO2 (IEC 60721-3-3)
Up to 3C2

[1] For Main Busbar Icw = 150 kA rms - 1S and 86 kA rms - 3 s contact Schneider Electric I
[2] For VBB Icw = 65 kA rms - 3 s contact Schneider Electric

Learn more about

J
Scan or
BlokSeT
click on
range here QR code

Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 51
 General overview www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

E
Innovative & Sustainable LV Switchboard
A global success leading to a
F large installed base of more than
700 000 cubicles

G Benefits at an glance

• Sustainable: saving material and reducing power loss by innovative busbar

architecture
• Reliable: Minimize downtime through 24/7 thermal-risk detection by Predictive
Maintenance
H • Safe: Up to form 4 separation, up to IP54 and internal arc compliance
• High Performance: Full in-panel rating, and lcw up to 100kA/1s
• Compliant: IEC 61439 -1/2 & IEC TR 61641 & IEC 60068-3-3

In addition to our overall offering and expertise, Schneider Electric is a

I
trusted advisor.
Our capabilities include designing and delivering high quality, end-to-end solutions
for excellent power quality and energy efficiency, continuous availability of
equipment and utilities, increased power availability of tools and utilities,
and environmental compliance.

SEE THE VIDEO

J Discover the future of

electrical solutions with
BlokSeT Lean

52 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
BlokSeT Lean

Innovation on BlokSeT Lean A

Innovative Architecture in Low-voltage switchboard E

• Main busbar at the rear middle low/high position, can provide maximum flexibility for customer connection
• Single run of main busbar up to 5000 A thanks to unique architecture
• Flexible shipping unit single or multi columns.

Innovative design of Busbar support and fishplate connection F

Provide customer easier connection/access from the front side, minimize the labor cost from installation/maintenance time saving
• HBB ends inside cubicle and two cubicle connection by fishplates
• Fishplate for Easy connection/access from the front side.

G
Enhanced safety and reliability within your reach Greater reliability, flexibility, and intelligence
Embodying decades of expertise, BlokSeT Lean solutions BlokSeT Lean solutions combine industry-leading features and
are engineered to be complete and personalized low voltage designs with Schneider Electric™ support to make implementation
switchboards for power distribution. BlokSeT Lean switchboards and operation quicker and more reliable so that you can lower costs
answer the need for superior operational safety in today’s high
performance LV power applications.
Versatile and durable, BlokSeT Lean switchboards have the
and realize a faster return on your investment. A fully functional
switchboard with built-in intelligence for energy efficiency,
BlokSeT Lean is a simple and modular solution. It is easy to choose,
H
comprehensive capabilities and intelligence you need to keep intuitive to use, cost effective and simple to install and upgrade.
your business competitive.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 53
 General overview www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

A Decarbonization
Schneider Electric™ is helping our customers and partners to decarbonize is at
the core of Energy Management strategy. BlokSeT Lean provides the fastest path
to Net Zero and we need more experts who understand the complexities and
best practices of decarbonization to help our customers reach their sustainability
ambitions faster.
B Decarbonization

Up to 30% CO2 reduction

Material saving & power loss reduction

C Material saving & Power loss reduction

BlokSeT Lean reduce carbon and frame footprints, help you to meet the
sustainability goals. The product is also simplified and streamline power
distribution system, making you easier to install, commission, and maintain.
Additionally, the real-time thermal monitoring solution, advanced wireless
D connection, and predictive maintenance features ensure the reliable and efficient
operation of power distribution systems, minimizing energy waste and reducing
emissions.
Investing in sustainable BlokSeT Lean solution can also help future-proof
operations by ensuring that power distribution systems can adapt to changes
in energy efficiency regulations, energy costs, and other factors that may affect
E operations.

BlokSeT Lean is promising solutions for the low-carbon future of LV power distribution. As more companies prioritize sustainability,
these products can help to a more sustainable and environmentally responsible future. By adopting lowcarbon power distribution solutions,
these industries can reduce their carbon footprint, improve their operational efficiency, and enhance the reputation as environmentally
responsible companies.

F
Scope 3

Upstream Downstream
G
Mechanical parts Power Consumption

Material saving Power consumption saving

H
Scope3U CO2 reduction Scope3D CO2 reduction

I Up to 30% CO2 reduction

54 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
BlokSeT Lean

Compact design A
Horizontal busbar system
BlokSeT Lean is redesigned the architecture with innovation. The horizontal busbar
system is arranged in the rear middle low/high positions of the switchboard.
This compact design brings the benefits for framework and total footprint of a sets
of switchboards. Compact Design B
No additional holes are required for connection, make manufacturing and
assembly simplify. Up to 30% footprint reduction
thanks to new busbar architecture
The innovation main busbar system reserved the maximum space between the
operators and the busbar for easy installation and maintenance.

C
Incomers Air Circuit Breakers up to 5000 A
High design quality provides high performance, the rated current of ACB provide
up to 5000 A performance.

Vertical busbar system D

Optimized Vertical busbar system & link bar system, no need additional space for
VBB arrangement.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 55
 General overview www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

A From preventive to
predictive maintenance
Minimize downtime, increase reliability
B Predictive Maintenance

How much does an hour of downtime cost? At a stock exchange, lost transactions
total €6 million. A petrochemical plant will forfeit €100,000 in productivity.
And for hospitals, the cost is human lives.
Minimize downtime through
thermal risk detection via real time monitoring
24/7
C
Apps and

BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeTBlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT
analytics

D
BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeTBlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

Optional apps and Optional apps and

analytics cloud services analytics cloud services

Optional SCADA Connected to SCADA

control

E
Edge

connection
24/7 local
condition monitoring

Easergy Thermal Vijeo

Connect design’Air

F
Connected
products

BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

BlockSeT BlockSeT
BlockSeT BlockSeT BlockSeT

ENABLED ENABLED+

Thermal and Thermal and

environmental environmental
monitoring monitoring
Nearby monitoring Nearby, local, and remote monitoring

56 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
BlokSeT Lean

Wireless BlokSeT Lean A

thermal monitoring solution
B
Customer Connection
Busbar

ACB terminal
D

E
Main Busbar Joint

Function Unit
G

BlokSeT lean thermal monitoring minimizes downtime and increase safety while
reducing insurance premiums related to fire risks. To keep critical equipment up H
and running is a priority in Data centers and Semiconductors worldwide.
The objectives are three-fold:
• Maintain operational uptime and business continuity
• Reduce operational expenses and total cost of ownership
• Protect building occupants and electrical distribution equipment I
The BlokSeT Lean Thermal Monitoring design combines a robust and proven
architecture, standardized modules, and Schneider Electric devices. Permanently
Easergy TH110 Easergy CL110
installed sensors on busbar connections, cable Environmental sensor
Wireless Thermal Wireless Environmental
compartments, and breaker contacts provide continuous monitoring perform
sensor sensor
predictive maintenance. While IR inspections may miss critical conditions that

J
• Temperature • Temperature
happen betweens cheduled scans.
• Hudmidity
BlokSeT Lean Thermal Monitoring not only detects potential hazards but
immediately sends alerts to operations and maintenance teams, allowing them to
respond before any unsafe or damaging conditions occur.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 57
 General overview www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

The future of electrical solutions incorporating the Sustainable, digital proficiency, innovative compact
design, and with predictive maintenance products and systems from Schneider Electric™.
A

B
Innovative horizontal busbar architecture

IEC 61439-1/2

C IEC TR 61641 edition 3

CLICK FOR

D MORE DETAILS

Fishplate

E
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

F Link bar

G CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

High performance

H
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

I Safety

J
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

58 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
BlokSeT Lean

Internal arc containment 100 kA/0.5 s

A

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS
B
Wireless LV thermal monitoring

C
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

D
Full compliance with IEC standards

E
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Designed for harsh environment

F

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS
G
Flexibility

Schneider Electric inside

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS
I

J
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 59
 General characteristics www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

General data

A Rating

Standards
Incomer & feeder up to 5000 A

IEC 61439-1 & 2, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529

Certification ASTA

Electrical data

B
Voltage Up to 480 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Main busbar rating Up to 5000 A

Distribution busbar rating Up to 1900 A

Rated short-time current (lcw) Horizontal main busbar Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Vertical distribution busbar Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)
C Conditional short-circuit current (lsc) Up to 100 kA

Internal arc withstand current 100 kA – 0.5 s (IEC TR 61641 edition 3)

Earthing system TT-IT-TNS-TNC

Mechanical data
D Form 2b/3b/4a/4b

Seismic withstand IBC 2006/AC 156 (site class B-C-D, floor level only),
IEC68-3-3 (equivalent to Richter scale up to level 9), AS1170, EAK-2000, ENDESA-1986,
GOST 17516.1-90 (civil market, all seismic intensity, up to installation level 2),
IEEE 693-1997, EDF CRT 91 C 112 00 (2G)

E
Installation Indoor environment type 2

Degree of protection IP20, IP31, IP42, IP54

Operating temperature -5°C to 50°C

Learn more about

J
Scan or
BlokSeT Lean
click on
range here QR code

Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

60 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 61
 General overview www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P

E
Panel building system for power
PrismaSeT G
distribution switchboards,
F up to 4000 A
To respond to increasing building requirements

G
PrismaSeT P

Improve the Ensure the Control

I continuity safety of deadlines
of service life and and costs
property

62 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
PrismaSeT G and P

PrismaSeT: A
the optimised, tested and IEC compliant solution,
for low voltage electrical distribution and control switchboards.
B

H
PrismaSeT,
a comprehensive range of enclosures and cubicles
• A solution based on more than 30 years of experience in low voltage switchboards.
I
• Integrating Schneider Electric switchgear offerings and ensuring electrical, mechanical
and communication functions complete consistency.
• Quality production, certified ISO 9001 and manufactured in Montmélian (France).

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 63
 General overview www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P

Develop your business efficiency

A
Switchboards that are safe…
With PrismaSeT you can be sure to build 100%
Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe,

B optimised:
•A
 ll components (switchgear, distribution blocks,
prefabricated connections, etc.)
are perfectly rated and coordinated
to work together.
•A
 ll switchboard configurations, even the most
demanding ones, have been tested.
C You can prove that your switchboard meets
the current standards, at any time.
You can be sure to build a reliable electrical installation
and give your customers full satisfaction in terms of
dependability and safety for people and the installation.

E Tested low voltage switchboard,

IEC 61439-1&2 compliant.

H
> Available power.

> Safety of people and property.

I
> Controlled costs and delivery times.

> Upgradeability.

64 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
PrismaSeT G and P

With our functional LV systems

A
…optimised and upgradeable Straightforward organisation
With PrismaSeT you can build just the right switchboard for your customer, to make your job easier
sized precisely to fit costs and needs. With this complete, prefabricated and
tested system, it’s easy to upgrade your installation and still maintain the original
performance levels.
The switchboard is structured by zones dedicated
to switchgear, busbars, cables, etc. B
• The cubicles combine easily with switchboards already in service.
• Devices can be replaced or added at any time. Compact NSX Vertical
busbars
Mounting plate

Prefabricated
connections
C
Front plate
Connection transfer
assemblies

The functional units are naturally stacking in the switchboard.

D

Each configuration is tested for improved safety.

Temperature rise test in laboratory.

Readily available close by

The kit concept makes handling and transport easier
and you get to benefit from Schneider Electric's H
efficient international logistics. Your distributor,
selected by Schneider Electric, can give you the
very best advice.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 65
 General overview www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P

PrismaSeT Pack 250 A enclosures

A PrismaSeT G enclosures
IP30 / IP4X, IP55, up to 630 A

• Small companies
630 A
H • Buildings
• Offices
160 A • Laboratories
250 A • Healthcare centres
• Hotels

I • Supermarkets
• Malls, etc.
• Schools Pack
• Small shops PrismaSeT G
• Hotels, etc.

66 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
PrismaSeT G and P

PrismaSeT P cubicles up to 4000 A

IP30, IP31, IP55 A
The optimised, tested and IEC compliant solution, for low voltage electrical distribution
and control switchboards.
B
4000 A

E
• Hospitals
• Data centres
• Logistics centres
• Shopping centres
PrismaSeT P F
• Offices buildings
• Medium industrial solutions

Energy management has never been simpler

G
Smart Panels connect you to energy savings in three steps.

1. Measure 3. Act
Embedded and stand-alone metering & •  ata-driven energy efficiency
D
control capabilities
• Embedded and stand-alone metering •
actions
Real time monitoring and control
H
• Control capabilities • Access to energy and site
information through on-line
2. Connect
• Integrated communication interfaces services
• Ready to connect to energy
management platforms
I
Tested, Validated,
Documented Smart Panels architecture
Smart Panels have been certified via
Schneider Electric’s “TVDA” quality process
Tested in performance labs by experts, in the most
common configuration
J
Validated full functional compatibility of devices
Documented, with user guide, predefined CAD
panel designs & wiring diagrams

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 67
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

PrismaSeT G
Electrical switchboards up to 630 A

The PrismaSeT G functional system can be used for all types

A of low voltage distribution switchboards up to 630 A, in commercial
and industrial environments.

F Switchboard design is very simple Assets of PrismaSeT switchboards

Learn more Learn more

68 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
PrismaSeT G
Electrical switchboards up to 630 A

System design has been validated by type tests as per standard

IEC 61439-1 & 2 and benefits from the combined experience of A
Schneider Electric over many years.

B
Electrical characteristics
Comply with IEC 62208 and EN 62208 standards:
b rated insulation of main busbars at rear of enclosure: 1000 V
b InA: 630 A
b rated peak withstand current Ipk: 53 kA C
b short-circuit current Icc: 70 kA
b frequency: 50/60 Hz.

Mechanical characteristics
b Steel sheet metal.
b Electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder,
white colour RAL 9003.
E
b Enclosures supplied in kit form, totally dismountable, designed to be
assembled and wired horizontally on a work station.
b Can be combined side by side and one on top of another.
b Degree of protection:
v IP30: without door
v IP40: with door
F
v IP41: with door + canopy
v IP43: with door + gasket + canopy
v IP55: IP55 PrismaSeT G offer, supplied in kit form.
Readily available close by b degree of protection against mechanical impacts:
The kit concept makes handling and
transport easier and you get to benefit from
v IK07: without door
v IK08: with door (transparent)
G
Schneider Electric’s efficient international logistics. v IK10: with plain door
Your distributor, hand-picked by
v IK10: for PrismaSeT G IP55.
Schneider Electric, can give you the very b Seismic characteristics: 2.5G without accessories.
best advice. b Enclosure dimensions:
v 3 widths:
- W = 300: d ucts H
10 modules width
- W = 600: W all-mounted and floor-standing enclosures,
24 modules width
- W = 850: F loor-standing enclosures
36 modules width

Electrical switchboards built using

v depth with door:
- enclosures G IP30: 250 mm I
the PrismaSeT functional system and - enclosures G IP55: 260 mm
Schneider Electric recommendations v heights:
fully comply with international standard - PrismaSeT G IP30: 12 heights: 330 mm to 1980 mm
IEC 61439-1&2. - PrismaSeT G IP55: 7 heights: 450 mm to 1750 mm.
b Inside switchboards.
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 69
 www.se.com

PrismaSeT P - Reliable, Easily connected

The new PrismaSeT P switchboard is the market forerunner with
built-in cloud connectivity, allowing instant access to smart alarm
system, energy usage analysis, trends, and preventative maintenance
plans. Built-in cloud connectivity allows users to be notified of the
round-the-clock electrical distribution as well as voltage loss if any. This
A maximizes efficiency and power availability, while creating the basis
for future innovations. The PrismaSeT P switchboard also allows easy
wireless integration of sensors.

Offer values
B
Simplicity • Deliver connectivity without any complexity

Easy installation • Simple-to-install connected solution

C Robustness and Design • New design with new structure color, increased
frame and door robustness
Win more business • Increase the service business opportunities while
offering an affordable connected panel

Protection • Deliver greater peace of mind

D

I Digital journey
Peace of mind on the Cloud Easy-to-install 100% wireless communication
• Electrical Fire Prevention solutions
• Power availability at no cost • User friendly installation instructions
J • Energy awareness • Independent from customer IT
Built-in connectivity Easy installation and commissioning
• Voltage loss alert free of charge • Less than 30 minutes for setting up the
• Connection to cloud in less than 5 min without any IT skill communication devices

70 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
 www.se.com

PrismaSeT P - Reliable, Easily connected

New design with sustainable packaging
Enhance buildings with in-built connectivity and efficient design
The new design of PrismaSeT P increases the robustness of the panels, helps to gain efficiency on every
level and provides peace of mind to the panel builders, electrical contractors and facility managers.
In addition, the new 100% green packaging decreases the quantity of waste and its disposal cost by A
using only cartons.

Green Packaging Reinforced Frame Reinforced Plain Door

B
- Progressive cancellation of - Easier transportation and - 3 hinges
plastic and polystyrene of perception during assembly.
- Sheet metal thickness 1.5 mm
packaging.
- Reinforcement on the lower
- 20 x 20 bar reinforcement
- 100% recyclable cardboards. angle levels using additional
- Time & money saving to sort
accessories.
IP 30/31 Plain Door
C
waste.
- New cross beam in cardboard
for a more robust packaging.

Sheet
D
metal
thickness
1.5 mm

E
3 Hinges

F
New Improved Handle 20 x 20 Bar
reinforcement
- More robust handle.
- Keyless entry door.
G
- Ergonomic and Aesthetically
handle design.

Digital Instruction Sheets I

- Cancellation of systematic printed instruction in each packaging.
- 1 printed ‘Super Leaflet’ with all instructions (available to order once).
04696034AJ
- 1 systematic QR code to link to the right instruction sheets.
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 71
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

PrismaSeT P
Electrical switchboards up to 4000 A

The PrismaSeT P functional system can be used for all types of low-voltage
A distribution switchboards (main, subdistribution and final) up to 4000 A,
in commercial and industrial environments.

F Switchboard design is very simple Assets of PrismaSeT P switchboards

Learn more Learn more

72 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
PrismaSeT P
Electrical switchboards up to 4000 A

System design has been validated by type tests as per

standards IEC 61439-1 and 2 and benefits from the combined A
experience of Schneider Electric customers over many years.

B
Electrical characteristics
Complying with standards IEC 62208 and EN 62208:
b rated insulation level of main busbars: 1000 V
b InA: 4000 A
b rated peak withstand current Ipk: 220 kÂ
C
b rated short-time withstand current Icw: 100 kA rms / 1 second
b frequency: 50/60 Hz
b voltage Ue = 690 V under conditions.

Mechanical characteristics
b Steel sheet metal.
b Cataphoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder,
E
white colour RAL 9003.
b Can be dismantled.
b Can be combined side-by-side and back-to-back.
b Degree of protection:
v IP30: with IP30 cover panels including a door or a cover frame
v IP31: with IP30 cover panels including a door + gasket F
v IP55: with IP55 cover panels.
b Degree of protection against mechanical impacts:
See "How to assemble an electrical v IK07: with cover frame
switchboard" v IK08: with IP30 door
Guide DESW043EN v IK10: with IP55 door.
b Framework dimensions: G
v four widths:
- W = 300: cable compartment
- W = 400: c
 able compartment or device compartment
Electrical switchboards built using the - W = 650: d
 evice compartment or cable compartment
PrismaSeT P functional system and - W = 800: d
 evice compartment with busbar compartment or
Schneider Electric recommendations
fully comply with international
cable compartment
v two depths: 400, 600 mm H
standards IEC 61439-1 and 2. v height: 2000 mm.
b Indoor cubicles.

Learn more about

Scan or
PrismaSeT
click on
range here QR code
J
PrismaSeT P offer PrismaSeT G offer Catalogue Catalogue
PrismaSeT P PrismaSeT G
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 73
 General overview www.se.com

PrismaSeT XS & S

E
PrismaSeT XS & S:
New enclosures for small commercial
F & residential applications up to 125 A and 160 A

Schneider Electric has always prioritized accompanying our customers with their businesses

G and adapting efficiently to new opportunities in commercial buildings.

We prioritize quality and innovation in digital energy management and electrical distribution
solutions.
Our customers’ satisfaction and loyalty give us the privilege of being a leader in commercial
business for electricians.

I
Facility Expert for Small System Configurator
Business Simple & free tools to configure
A connected solution that and quote for your electrical
minimizes downtime, assures panels.

J business continuity & reduces

the risk of financial loss.

74 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
PrismaSeT XS

The easy choice made for your peace of mind

up to 125 A A

Ergonomy Vertical distribution on 24 modules B

PrismaSeT XS brings the comfort of cabling for • Fast and simplified distribution, thanks to direct
Electricians & Panel Builders and frontal access to the head of groups and
• Removable chassis for all sizes and DIN rail in 24M groups of devices
• Adjustable DIN rail interaxes 125, 150, 175 mm • Side installation for space release on the DIN rail
• Large space for wiring and accessories included
in 24M
• High reliability of cabling thanks to screwless
connections C
• Terminal block easy disconnection due to non- • Push-in technology for tool-less connections​
aligned holes • Fast connection up to 16 mm
• Removable entry plate on top and bottom
of the enclosure.

Full Plastic Enclosures’ Range

D
• From 1 to 6 Rows, available in 13, 18, and
24 modules
• Available in Surface and Flush Mounted variants
• Several types of Doors available:
- Transparent for 24M
- Smoked for 13 & 18M
E
- Plain for 13, 18 & 24M
• Class 2 for all PrismaSeT XS enclosures

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 75
 General overview www.se.com

PrismaSeT XS

We provide you with a complete system for residential

A and XS building architecture

Main incomer PrismaSeT XS:

B Acti9 NG125
PrismaSeT XS
Acti9 NG125 is the enclosures and solutions
DIN Rail Modular circuit offering up to 125 A,
breaker up to 125 A allow electricians to
that expertly combines find the more adapted
solution for any
C simplicity with reliability.
installation on an XS
building with maximum
space for cabling and
ease of installation.

D
Technical Data
• Conformity to

E
IEC 61439-1, 2 & 3
• White RAL 9003
• IP30 & IK08 without
PowerTag door and IP41 & IK09
with door
PowerTag Energy is a • Metal and plastic
compact and easy-to- material Class 2
F install Class 1 Wireless
communication energy
enclosure
• Flush version available
sensor that monitors and
for concrete and hollow
measures energy and
wall installation
power in real time. It also
sends alerts in the event
of an electrical anomaly
G so business owners
can count on PowerTag
Energy for operational
efficiency and uptime.

Acti9 iC40

I New Acti9 iC40

18 mm Phase Neutral
modular system for final
distribution provides
unmatched performance
when it comes to
simplifying installation,

J speed, space-saving
as well as ease of
maintenance and
upgradation.

76 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
PrismaSeT S

A complete system easy to choose

for a full peace of mind up to 160 A A

Ergonomy Vertical distribution B

PrismaSeT S is bringing cabling comfort for The new VDIS 160 allows easiness for connecting
Electricians & Panel Builders main incomer (like NSXm) thanks to the flexible
• All sides removable for the best accessibility cables 160 A delivered with the product.
• Removable Din Rails with adjustable interaxis It ensures a fast & simple distribution, thanks to a
• Terminal Block for SPD cabling
• Cable ring included
direct and frontal access to head of groups/groups
of devices. C

Lateral Duct
D
PrismaSeT S can be delivered with a preassembled &
reversible lateral duct, available from 6 to 8 rows.
The vertical load terminal block dissociates the panel’s
cabling & loads, and optimizes space inside the panel.
The main incomer can be installed in the lateral duct.
E

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 77
 General overview www.se.com

PrismaSeT S

We provide you with a complete system

A for S building architecture

Main incomer: PrismaSeT S:

B Compact NSXm
PrismaSeT S
The ComPact NSXm enclosures and related
is the optimized MCCB solutions up to 160 A,
Head of group with up to enable electricians’
160 A. It can be mounted autonomy to set the
electrical distribution
C at your convenience
for better flexibility and
directly connected
in commercial and
industrial buildings,
to VDIS thanks to the making its installation
flexible cable. similar to that of
residential buildings.

PowerTag
D PowerTag Energy is a
compact and easy-to- Digital connected
install Class 1 Wireless solution
communication energy
sensor that monitors and Is the new emergency
measures energy and light, connected
E power in real time. It also
sends alerts in the event
wirelessly to the
Panel Server.
of an electrical anomaly
so business owners
can count on PowerTag
Energy for operational
efficiency and uptime.
F
Technical Data
• Conformity to
IEC 61439-1, 2 & 3

G Acti9 iC40
• White RAL 9003
• IP30 & IK08 Without
door & IP41 & IK09
New Acti9 iC40 with door
18 mm Phase Neutral • Metal and plastic
modular system for final material Class 2
distribution provides enclosure
H unmatched performance
when it comes to
simplifying installation,
speed, space-saving
as well as ease of
maintenance and
upgradation.
I

Learn more about

J
Scan or
PrismaSeT
click on
range here QR code

PrismaSeT XS offer PrismaSeT S offer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

78 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 79
 General overview www.se.com

Universal enclosures

E
PanelSeT, Spacial,
Thalassa, ClimaSys
F
Electrical enclosures for demanding environments
Shelter your electrical equipment in controlled, secured, qualitative, and
G protected operating conditions. From small boxes to large floor-standing
cabinets, PanelSeT, Spacial and Thalassa electrical enclosures suit all
applications in industry or infrastructures. In addition, ClimaSys thermal
protections keep inside temperature and humidity under control to se.com/enclosures

H maximize lifespan of all embedded electrical and electronic components.

I Protection Flexible solutions Thermal management

Keep people, controls, and Wide range of products and Process reliability and
electronic components accessories, customisation operating efficiency thanks to
protected in all environments. services to fit any need, control over temperature and
easy-to-install system. humidity inside automation and
J control panels.

80 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Universal enclosures

How to define an enclosure solution?

A
Invariables Humidity
Switchgear and Controlgear are the cornerstone of any electrical Pollution
system - in industry, infrastructure, building, energy, transport or any Active
Dust Chemicals
other segment. The correct enclosure and thermal management
selection is crucial to guarantee the targeted performance.
Safeguards of equipment installed inside ensure service continuity. Ice
Lifetime Passive
UV
B
radiation
Heat Efficiency
Difficult
Correct selection of enclosure cleaning
up Low Dry up
maintenance
and thermal solution process Low
temperature
Cooldown
High No derating

C
Many influences must be considered when defining an enclosure temperature
system. Three groups may be distinguished: Public safety

• Protection (equipment and people) Certifications

• Thermal management
• Solution profitability. Protection

Ambient conditions and enclosure

D
Thermal management

The table below is only indicative and not binding. It shows, in Solution profitability
a general concept, the optimized performance of the ranges of
Universal Enclosures according to the ambient conditions,
taking into account technical and
commercial criteria:

-
Highly recommended
Recommended
Not suitable
E
Ambient condition Enclosure material
Steel Steel Stainless-steel Stainless-steel Stainless-steel Polyester Polyester
Heavy-Duty 304L 316L 316L Paint Heavy-Duty

F
Indoor clean environment [1]
Difficult cleaning process [2] - - - - -
Outdoor (no public access) -
Outdoor (public access) -
Harsh chemicals -
[4] [4]
Solar radiation - -
Sand storms - - -
Temperature > 40 ºC [3]
Temperature < 5 °C [3]
G
Salty environment - - -
Sea water splashes - - -
Humidity > 70% [3] -
Impact
Vandalism
Burglary
-
-
H
Strong pollution
Vibration (marine application) - -
Seismic activity - - - - - -
Electro-magnetic interference - - - - - -

[1] Not considering F&B process.

[2] e.g. F&B process.
[3] Always using ClimaSys solutions.
[4] Marine solar plants.
I
Thermal management
The thermal management system must ensure the temperature and humidity controlled inside
the enclosure.
The correct solution must be based on a robust process starting with the diagnosis of the J
ambient conditions, going to the parameters calculations and defining the best architecture
(enclosures + equipment installed + thermal solution).
ProClima is the calculation tool to design the optimal ClimaSys thermal management solutions.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 81
 General overview www.se.com

Universal enclosures

Our ranges, solutions for each application

A
PanelSeT and Spacial
Steel Enclosures
• PanelSeT SFN the first decarbonized steel
enclosure in the market
B • Includes enclosures ranging in size from small
boxes to large, floor-standing units SEE THE VIDEO

• Robust design for indoor industrial environments

•H
 elp protect electrical equipment from dust, oil
splashes, impacts, and more
• An extensive assortment of accessories available
C
Metal enclosures and boxes

D
Spacial Stainless-Steel
Enclosures
An optimal solution for environments with hygiene
E requirements, and for harsh, highly
corrosive environments, available in two alloys:
SEE THE VIDEO

•3
 40L – corrosion-resistant and easy to clean,
suitable for the food and pharmaceutical industries
•3
 16L – offering the highest corrosion resistance,
designed for saline and chlorinated environments

F
Stainless-Steel enclosures and boxes

G
Thalassa Insulating-Material
Enclosures
H Designed to help protect electrical equipment from
highly demanding environments:
•M
 ade with fiberglass-reinforced polyester for
SEE THE VIDEO
outdoor operation (panels exposed to direct
sunlight, rain, salt mist, or extreme temperatures)
•M
 ade with ABS or polycarbonate for aggressive
industrial atmospheres (oil splashes, chemical
I and corrosive agents)
•M
 ade with heavy-duty polyester for public
outdoor area

J Insulated enclosures

82 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Universal enclosures

A
ClimaSys
Maintaining the right temperature inside your
enclosure is vital for maximising the lifetime of your
installed devices.
Our ClimaSys range offers you the right solution:
airing, cooling or heating, including control units for SEE THE VIDEO
B
temperature, humidity and many other parameters.

ProClima
Temperature under control

C
ProClima, control panel thermal
Thermal management optimization software
Find the best thermal solution for your
enclosure
Select and calculate your thermal management
D
requirements according to the environment and
the electrical/electronic devices installed in the
enclosure.

E
The concept of the ClimaSys
Smart Airing System (CSVS)
The ClimaSys Smart Airing System is a smart,
closely integrated network that makes your life
F
easier.

Use corrective and predictive SEE THE VIDEO

maintenance of the airing system to:
• Improve CAPEX and OPEX of the installation
G
• Improve maintenance and operation of the installation
• Improve peace of mind.
Reduce maintenance cost for new and existing
installations.

Functions of the CSVS systems

H
90% savings on filter maintenance Detect general poor health of the enclosure by
monitoring:
• Input/output temperature.

I
Detect fan issues by monitoring:
• Air flow temperature
• Current level, consumed energy
• Blade speed measurement
• Used and remaining (approximate) lifespan.
Detect grid filter issues:
• Air flow temperature
• Dust level (0% clean – 100% dirty)
J
• Number of replacements
• Remaining time to next replacement.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 83
 General overview www.se.com

Universal enclosures

Thermal Management System

A
Thermal constraints in Enclosures
Make your manufacturing processes more dependable by reducing downtime
and production losses.

B Evolution of the electrical switchboard

An electrical switchboard is an assembly formed of the following components:
• The enclosure;
• Switchgear and controlgear;
• Electrical conductors; and

C • Miscellaneous functions (displays, controls, information processing).

It has evolved in three directions:
• Enclosures increasingly made of insulated materials;
•S
 witchgear and controlgear incorporating more and more electronics which
concentrates a growing number of functions in an increasingly small volume;
• An increasingly high density ratio.
D Industrial safety studies, a concept which covers:
• The safety of personnel and equipment;
• The availability of electric power;
These two aspects are the critical point of all industrial and service-sector
activities.
E Operation must therefore be perfectly under control; and this control must concern
not only the operation of the components but also their operating conditions in a
given environment.

Temperature and humidity in the enclosure

F
Analysis of the malfunctions and downtimes of an electrical installation shows that
they are mostly of thermal origin: Temperature/humidity ratio too high or too low
inside the enclosure.
The rise of the average temperature above the limits tolerated by the equipment
is often caused by changes to the electrical switchboard:
• Use of insulated materials for the enclosure impairing heat dissipation,

G •A
 n increasing number of electronic devices and a higher filling rate increase
the temperature.
Such overheating may only occur at certain points of the installation called
'hot spots'.
Excessively low temperatures occur when the electrical switchboard is installed
in a very cold environment. These low temperatures, in case of too high humidity

H ratio may cause the formation of water condensate (harmful to electrical

equipment).

Consequences
The presence of humidity or excessively high temperatures inside the enclosure
can cause numerous malfunctions:
I • Nuisance tripping of protective devices;
• Fire inside the enclosure;
• Burns for the users;
• Premature equipment ageing;
These malfunctions lead to an increase in the installation's operating costs:

J • Maintenance costs,
• Costs entailed by installation downtimes.

84 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Universal enclosures

A
Solution: Thermal Management
Objective The Schneider Electric solutions
The thermal management solution adopted shall: With the ClimaSys range, Schneider Electric proposes a comprehensive offer
•M
 aintain the temperature and humidity level inside
the enclosure at values corresponding to normal
meeting all needs:
• Natural airing and forced ventilation
B
operation of the equipment. • Homogenizing (air circulation)
• Establish a uniform temperature to prevent •H
 eat Exchangers and Cooling Units 2023 novelties: The new Cooling Unit range
hot spots. will natively be able to communicate to any supervision system
• Heating resistances
Choice of solution • Regulating controllers. C
The products constituting the thermal management Schneider Electric also proposes a thermal design software, ProClima Web, which
solution are selected to obtain a thermal balance calculates the thermal balance and proposes one or more thermal management
of the installation. This comprises 2 parts: solutions, perfectly adapted to the customers environment.
• Thermal balance inside the enclosure;
2023 novelties: To simplify user experience during electrical switchboard design
•E
 valuation of the ambient climatic conditions
(temperature, humidity level) or environmental
conditions (pollution) of the location of the electrical
phase, ProClima Web is now fully integrated with SEE Electrical Software suits.
D
switchboard.

Characteristics Smart Climasys

Cooling
Climasys
E

Smart airing systems Forced-airing systems Air-to-air exchangers Air-to-water exchangers Cooling units
F
Heating

G
Resistance heaters
Controlling

H
Smart thermal control accessories Thermal control accessories
Softwares

SEE electrical Product Selector Customization Offers ProClima Web software

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 85
 General overview www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A Industry and Infrastructure Offer

A material for every environment
Steel 304L - 316L stainless-steel
B

Indoor non-clean industrial environment Demanding industrial environment

E The industrial environment in mechanical plants is especially Food and beverage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical and
demanding as regards the protection of electric and electronic infrastructure industries are particularly demanding in terms of
components against dust, splashing with oil and impacts. hygiene and resistance to corrosion.
Such ambient conditions require a range that is suited to the Our products are available with two grades of stainless-steel:
application and easy to implement. • 304L stainless-steel: Corrosion resistance and cleanability
• Standard range for industrial applications. (often used in food production).
F • E.M.C. just available for WM (S3HF). • 316L stainless-steel: Also known as "marine stainless-steel".
• Range of ATEX enclosures, for potentially explosive Very high resistance to corrosion (saline or chlorinated
atmospheres. environment).

G Solution Solution
• The PanelSeT and Spacial ranges in steel • The Spacial range in stainless-steel
(wall-mounted, monobloc and suitable floor-standing (wall-mounted, monobloc and suitable floor-standing
enclosures). enclosures).

86 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
General overview
Universal enclosures

Insulated polyester and plastic materials Heavy-Duty materials

(ABS, polycarbonate) B

Infrastructures and industrial environments Severe outdoor environments, generally requested by

Outdoor infrastructures and electrical installations are exposed OEMs, the telecommunication, water treatment and E
to direct sunlight, rain, saline mist, extreme temperatures, oil transportation industry
splashes, chemical and corrosive agents.
Heavy-Duty polyester units are suitable for outdoor public areas
• Standard range for industry and infrastructures. thanks to its multiple benefits:
• Resistant against pressure and shock (IEC 61439-5: 2010),

Solution
• Door with ribbed surface against posting,
• Insulated (prepared for Class II according to IEC 61439-1: 2011).
F
Heavy-Duty steel enclosures are designed for outdoor private
• The Thalassa range areas:
(boxes, wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures). • Resistant against aggressive environments (anti-corrosion
certification class C4H, ISO 12944:2018).

G
Solution
• The Thalassa PHD and Spacial S3HD and SFHD ranges
(wall-mounted and floor-standing).
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 87
 General overview www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A The Customized Solutions

Enclosure Preparation Takes Precious Time Away
from Actual Panel Building
Preparing your Enclosure can take a significant amount of time and manual labor.
Not only that, achieving a high-quality final result can be challenging.
B This work can make you lose time on tasks such as:
• Drilling cut-outs for push-buttons, light indicators and cable entries
• Adding device fitting plates and cable glands
• Milling
• Deburring

C • Painting

That’s where Schneider Electric’s PanelSeT, Spacial and Thalassa enclosure customization services fit in.
We can insource the low-value customization work and get it done quickly for you.
That way, your enclosures are ready for wiring when they arrive, saving you time and reducing costs,
whilst also improving the quality of your panels.

D
Time Savings Logistics Simplified Installation Ergonomic Design
 elivered with cut-outs and
D •F
 lexible management of your Enclosures delivered Customized project

E painting: no waste of time logistics option (scheduled delivery

service for on-going orders)
with cut-outs: no special
tools required
dedicated to your
personal requirements
• Special packaging

F Increased Life-Time Improved Quality Aesthetics Higher Performance

•C
 ut-outs made before panting • No burrs on edges of cut-outs • Large choice of colors • Adapted thermal
ensure corrosion protection • Guaranteed manufacturing •N
 o scratches in external management
and reliable sealing tolerances surfaces •H
 igher-grade
•P
 ainting service for better stainless-steel

G protection

Improved Quality Time Savings

Cut-outs before painting Factory suite assemblies

Easier Handling
H Hoisting
DROXLER_SF_20.tif

Efficiency
Accessories mounted
in our factory
Increased Life-Time
Thermal management
I
Aesthetics
Colors

J
Safety
Dedicated packaging Efficiency and Ergonomics
Surface finish
88 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com
Selection Tools
Universal enclosures

Selection and A
Configuration Tools
Selection Tools B
www.se.com
Our web site allows you to access all Schneider
Electric products with just two clicks with direct links
to:
• A complete library of technical documents,
catalogues, FAQs brochures, etc.
C
• Certificates.
• 2D and 3D drawings. Scan or click
• Selection Guides from the e-catalogue.
• Product discovery sites.
You may also find illustrated overviews, news to which D
you can subscribe, a list of contacts in your country
and other useful information.

Product Selector
Find the accessories that suit your enclosure
The digital rules allow you to select the best
E
components from the current product range.
There will be no risk of mistake since product and
accessory selection take place automatically, saving
you time and money.

Quick Selection Guide F

The Quick Selection Guide is a streamlined alternative
to the catalogue, offering an overview of the Universal
enclosures ranges and a table of the most frequently
used product references.

Scan or click
G
Thermal Management
ProClima
Find the best thermal solution for your enclosure
Select and calculate your thermal management H
requirements according to the environment and the
electrical/electronic devices installed in the enclosure.

Custom Enclosure Configurator I

Get your enclosure pre-engineered for your
special needs
The Custom Enclosure Configurator software gives
you total autonomy to configure and quote enclosures
with services (cut-outs, painting, accessory mounting)
in less than 3 minutes. Custom Enclosure Configurator J
is designed to create orders quickly and conveniently,
without any errors.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A 89
 www.se.com

90 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A
www.se.com

Circuit breakers and switches

MasterPact MTZ
General overview...................................................................... B-92
Select your circuit breakers...................................................... B-96
Select your MicroLogic X control unit....................................... B-98
Usefull links............................................................................. B-100
B
MasterPact MTZ Active
General overview.................................................................... B-102
Select your circuit breakers.................................................... B-108
Select a MicroLogic Active Control Unit.................................. B-110

ComPacT NS
General overview.................................................................... B-112
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-118

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

General overview.................................................................... B-122
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors.......... B-126
Characteristics and Performance........................................... B-128

ComPacT INS & INV

General overview.................................................................... B-130
Selection guide....................................................................... B-134
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-136

TransferPacT
General overview.................................................................... B-138
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-144
Dimensions and Connection................................................... B-148

EasyPact MVS
General overview.................................................................... B-152
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-156
Characteristics and Performance........................................... B-158

EasyPact EZC
General overview.................................................................... B-160
General characteristics........................................................... B-162
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-164

EasyPact CVS
General overview.................................................................... B-166
Characteristics and Performance........................................... B-171

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 91
 General overview www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

E
Built on the legendary performance and reliability
of the MasterPact range
F MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers prepare you for the future of power distribution with smart connectivity,
remote monitoring, and easy customization via digital modules.

• Intuitive EcoStruxureTM Power Device App • Intuitive MicroLogic™ X control unit

smartphone app for easy operation and • Easy installation using established architectures
maintenance
G • Precise Class 1 power meter built in for
• Seamless integration with building and energy management systems
with EcoStruxure™ architectures
energy-saving capabilities
• Designed and tested to applicable standards for ANSI, UL, and IEC
• Easy customization with digital modules.
• Low migration cost from MasterPact NT/NW to MasterPact MTZ.

H With MasterPact MTZ breakers, enhanced

performance and connectivity equip you
for the future of power distribution.
Available from 630 A to 6300 A.

SEE THE VIDEO

J

92 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
MasterPact MTZ

B
With MasterPact MTZ air circuit breakers, you’re ready for all the ways power
distribution is changing. Smart connectivity gives you real-time data to help
avoid downtime. Digital modules allow you to customize the circuit breaker
to your specific needs. And proven durability gives you the assurance that C
you’re placing your power distribution on a reliable foundation.

D
MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers are available in three sizes:

MTZ1 MTZ2 MTZ3

From 630 to 1600 A From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
E

G
Now featuring digital
modules to customize
MicroLogic X control units H
2.0 X (LI) | 5.0 X (LSI) | 6.0 X (LSIG) | 7.0 X (LSIV)

Downloadable digital modules provide enhanced:

• Protection: Energy Reduction Maintenance Settings,
Ground-fault alarm, Under/Over voltage protection,
I
Under/Over frequency protection, Reverse active power protection,
IDTML overcurrent protection, Directional overcurrent protection
• Measurement: Energy per phase, Individual harmonics analysis
• Maintenance & Diagnostics: Power restoration assistant,
MasterPact operation assistant, Wave form capture on trip event, J
Modbus legacy dataset, IEC 61850 for MasterPact MTZ.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 93
 General overview www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

Innovation at every level

A
Whether you’re a panel builder or a contractor, MasterPact MTZ
circuit breakers offer the innovative features you need to
streamline system design, construction, and operation.
B

I build
Install and retrofit easily
C The transition from MasterPact NT/NW to MasterPact MTZ air circuit breakers
merges installation ready design with future ready evolutions in smart connectivity,
remote monitoring and easy customization. It doesn’t require switchboard
modification or IEC 61439-1 and -2 recertification.

Commission quickly
D With EcoStruxureTM Power Commission software, you can integrate smart devices,
commission connected switchboards, and generate comprehensive reports as part
of factory and site acceptance tests.

Provide better service

E Our partner programs offer tools, software, support, and loyalty awards to help you
grow your business and meet your customers’ needs with high-quality pre- and
post-sale services.

F
I operate
Improve customer loyalty
MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers allow you to provide commissioning and
G maintenance reports to demonstrate your reliability and value to your customers
or employer.

Make maintenance easier

MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers send alerts to your smartphone, helping you to
diagnose problems quickly and avoid downtime. In case of a power outage, the
H Power Restoration Assistant digital module guides you to the root cause and helps
you restore power quickly.

Increase safety
Because MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers can be operated remotely via Bluetooth,
operations can occur outside of the arc flash zone. Plus, NFC allows access to
I stored breaker data even when the power is off.

94 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

The MasterPact MTZ range A

covers your protection needs.
B

Five performance levels E

N1 | H1 | H2 | H3 | L1

Icu (kA rms) at 415 V AC

kA rms
Type H2 – 150

Type H1 – 100
kA rms
F
MTZ3
0 kA rms
Type L1 – 15 kA rms
Type H3 – 150

0 kA rms, Icw
= 100 kA 1 s
G
Type H2V - 10
85 kA 1 s
kA rms, Icw =
MTZ2 Type H2 - 100
kA rms
Type H1 – 66

Type N1 – 42
kA rms H
kA rms
Type L1 – 150
kA rms
Type H3 – 66
MTZ1
Type H2 – 50
kA rms
5000 6300 In (A) I
kA rms 4000
Type H1 – 42 2500 3200
1600 2000
1000 1250
630 800

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 95
 Select your circuit breakers www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ
Selection guide
Circuit breakers
Selection criteria

A MasterPact MTZ front face provides reinforced

insulation (Class 2) according to IEC 60664-1.


It allows Class 2 installation with breaker control from
outside.

B MasterPact MTZ1
From 630 to 1600 A
Safety of operation Type H1 H2 H3 [8] L1
Rated current (A) at 40/50°C [1] MTZ1 06 630 630 630 630

C MTZ1 08
MTZ1 10
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
MTZ1 12 1250 1250 1250
MTZ1 16 1600 1600 1600

D
Selectivity category [2] B B B A
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu At 440 V 42 50 66 130
V AC 50/60 Hz (kA rms)
E Rated service breaking capacity Ics
(kA rms)
At 1150 V
At 440 V
-
42
-
50
-
50
-
130
At 1150 V - - - -
Rated short-time withstand Icw 0.5 s 42 42 50 10
current V AC 50/60 Hz (kA rms) 1s 42 42 50 -
3s 24 24 30 -

F Compliant with IEC/EN 60947-2 Annex H

Position of neutral (Left: L, Right: R)
Yes
L
Yes
L
Yes
L
Yes
L
Type of control unit: MicroLogic X

Installation characteristics

G Type
Connection
H1 H2 H3 L1

Drawout, front

Drawout, rear

Fixed, front

H Fixed, rear

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D
Drawout 3P 322 x 288 x 291
Drawout 4P 322 x 358 x 291
Fixed 3P 301 x 276 x 209
Fixed 4P 301 x 346 x 209

I Weight (kg) approximate

Drawout 3P/4P 30/39
Fixed 3P/4P 14/18

[1] 50°C for rear vertical connected only, refer to temperature derating [6] MTZ2-H10 dedicated to 1250 V systems.
tables for other connection types. [7] For MasterPact MTZ2-H10 circuit breaker the MicroLogic X control
[2] F or details on selectivity category A and B, unit cannot be directly connected to the internal voltage pick-up on the

J see MTZ Catalogue reference LVPED216026EN.

[3] No front connection for 4000 A.
[4] No horizontal rear connection for 6300 A.
downstream terminal. The external voltage pick-up option PTE associated
with external voltage transformer shall be used, see MTZ Catalogue
reference LVPED216026EN.
[5] To be specified when ordering. [8] For MasterPact MTZ1 H3 and MTZ2 H2V the rated operational voltage is
limited to 440 V AC - 50/60 Hz.

96 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Select your circuit breakers
MasterPact MTZ
Selection guide
Circuit breakers




MasterPact MTZ2 MasterPact MTZ3

B
From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
Type N1 H1 H2 H2V [8]
H3 L1 H10 [6]
Type H1 H2

MTZ2 08
MTZ2 10
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000 C
MTZ2 12 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 16 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
MTZ2 20 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
MTZ2 25 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500

D
MTZ2 32 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200
MTZ2 40 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 MTZ3 40 4000 4000
MTZ3 50 5000 5000
MTZ3 63 6300 6300
B B B B B B B B B
42 66 100 100 150 150 - 100 150
-
42
-
66
-
100
-
100
-
150
-
150
50
-
-
100
-
150 E
- - - - - - 50 - -
42 66 66 85 85 100 65 30 50 100 100
42 66 66 85 85 100 65 30 50 100 100
22 36 66 50 75 75 65 30 50 100 100
Yes
L
Yes
L or R
[5]
Yes
L or R
[5]
Yes
L or R
[5]
Yes
L
Yes
L
No
L
Yes
L or R
[5]
Yes
L or R
[5] F
[7]

N1 H1 H2 H2V H3 L1 H10 H1 H2
G
[3] [3] [3] [3]

[4] [4]

[3] [3] [3]

[4] [4]

H
439 x 441 x 403 479 x 786 x 403
439 x 556 x 403 479 x 1016 x 403
352 x 422 x 300 352 x 767 x 300
352 x 537 x 300 352 x 997 x 300

90/120 225/300
I
50/65 120/160
Select your circuit breakers
MasterPact MTZ
www.se.com www.se.com
Select your circuit breakers
MasterPact MTZ
CLICK HERE TO SEE
Characteristics and performance Characteristics and performance
Circuit breakers
Common characteristics
Number of poles
Rated insulation voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Ui (V)
Uimp (kV)
MTZ1
3/4
1000
12
MTZ2 & MTZ3
3/4
1000
12
MTZ2 H10
3/4
1250
12
MTZ2 H2V
3/4
1000
12
Sensor selection
Sensor rating In (A)
Ir threshold
setting (A)
400
160
to 400
630
250
to 630
800
320
to 800
1000
400
to 1000
1250
500
to 1250
1600
630
to 1600
2000
800
to 2000
2500
1000
to 2500
3200
1250
to 3200
Circuit breakers

4000
1600
to 4000
5000
2000
to 5000
6300
2500
to 6300
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC 50/60 Hz) 690 [7] 690 1150 440
Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-2
Degree of pollution IEC/EN 60947-1 3 3 3 3

Characteristics

J
MasterPact MTZ1 MasterPact MTZ2 MasterPact MTZ3
From 630 to 1600 A From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
Circuit breaker as per IEC/EN 60947-2
MasterPact 06 08 10 12 16 08 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
Rated current at 40/50°C [1] In (A) 630 800 1000 1250 1600 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
Sensor ratings (A) 400 400 400 630 800 400 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2000 2500 3200
to 630 to 800 to 1000 to 1250 to 1600 to 800 to 1000 to 1250 to 1600 to 2000 to 2500 to 3200 to 4000 to 4000 to 5000 to 6300
MasterPact 06 to 10 12 to 16 08 to 16 20 25 to 40 40 to 63
Type H1 H2 H3 [7] L1 [2] H1 H2 H3 [7] N1 H1 H2 H2V [7] L1 [2] H10 [5] N1 H1 H2 H2V [7] H3 L1 [2] H10 [5] H1 H2 H2V [7] H3 H10 [5] H1 H2
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA rms) 220/415 V 42 50 66 150 42 50 66 42 66 100 100 150 - 42 66 100 100 150 150 - 66 100 100 150 - 100 150
V AC 50/60 Hz 440 V 42 50 66 130 42 50 66 42 66 100 100 150 - 42 66 100 100 150 150 - 66 100 100 150 - 100 150
500/525 V 42 42 - 100 42 42 - 42 66 85 - 130 - 42 66 85 - 130 130 - 66 85 - 130 - 100 130
660/690 V 42 42 - - 42 42 - 42 66 85 - 100 - 42 66 85 - 100 100 - 66 85 - 100 - 100 100
1150 V - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 - - - - - - 50 - - - - 50 - -
Rated service breaking capacity Ics (kA rms) % Icu 100 100 75 [4] 100 100 100 75 [4] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Selectivity category [3] B B B A B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA rms) 0.5 s 42 42 50 10 42 42 50 42 66 85 100 30 50 42 66 85 100 65 30 50 66 85 100 65 50 100 100
V AC 50/60 Hz 1s 42 42 50 - 42 42 50 42 66 85 100 30 50 42 66 85 100 65 30 50 66 85 100 65 50 100 100
3s 24 24 30 - 24 24 30 22 36 50 75 30 50 22 36 75 75 65 30 50 66 75 75 65 50 100 100
Rated making capacity Icm (kÂ) 220/415 V 88 105 145 330 88 105 145 88 145 220 220 330 - 88 145 220 220 330 330 - 145 220 220 330 - 220 330
V AC 50/60 Hz 440 V 88 105 145 286 88 105 145 88 145 220 220 330 - 88 145 220 220 330 330 - 145 220 220 330 - 220 330
500/525 V 88 88 - 220 88 88 - 88 145 187 - 286 - 88 145 187 - 286 286 - 145 187 - 286 - 220 286
660/690 V 88 88 - 52 88 88 - 88 145 187 - 220 - 88 145 187 - 220 220 - 145 187 - 220 - 220 220
1150 V - - - - - - - - - - - - 105 - - - - - - 105 - - - - 105 - -
Integrated instantaneous protection (DIN kA instantaneous ± 10%) [3] - 90 110 10 x In - 90 105 - - 190 - 80 - - - 190 - 150 80 - - 190 - 150 - - 270
Break time between tripping order and arc extinction (ms) 25 25 25 9 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Closing time (ms) <50 <50 <70 <70 <70 <80

Durability as per IEC/EN 60947-2/3

Mechanical durability [6] MTZ1 06 to 10 MTZ1 12 to 16 MTZ2 08 to 16 MTZ2 20 MTZ2 25 to 40 MTZ3 40 to 63
Mechanical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 With periodic preventive 12.5 12.5 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 10 25 (15 for H2V) 20 (15 for H2V) 20 (15 for H2V) 10
maintenance
[6] MTZ1 06 to 10 MTZ1 12 to 16 MTZ2 08 to 16 MTZ2 20 MTZ2 25 to 40 MTZ3 40 to 63
Electrical durability at rated current In
630 to 1000 A 1250 to 1600 A 800 to 1600 A 2000 A 2500 to 4000 A 4000 to 6300 A
Type of MasterPact H1 H2 H3 [7] L1 H1 H2 H3 [7] N1/H1/H2 H2V[7] L1 H10 N1/H1/H2 H2V[7] H3 L1 H10 H1/H2 H2V H3 H10 H1 H2
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 10 10 3 - 8 8 2 3 - 5 5 1.25 - 1.5 1.5
IEC/EN 60947-2 690 V 3 3 - 2 3 3 - 10 - 3 - 6 - 2 3 - 2.5 - 1.25 - 1.5 1.5
1150 V - - - - - - - - - 0.5 - - - - 0.5 - - - 0.5 - -
[6] MTZ1 06 to 12 MTZ1 16 MTZ2 08 to 16 MTZ2 20 MTZ2 25 to 40 MTZ3 40 to 63
Electrical durability at rated operational current
Ie in AC-23A [3] 630 to 1250 A 1600 A 800 to 1600 A 2000 A 2500 to 4000 A 4000 to 6300 A
Type of MasterPact H1 H2 H3 [7] H1 H2 H3 [7] H1/H2 H2V[7] H10 H1/H2/H3 H2V[7] H10 H1/H2/H3 H2V H10 H1 H2
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 - 8 8 - 5 5 - 1.5 1.5
IEC/EN 60947-3 690 V 3 3 - 3 3 - 10 - - 6 - - 2.5 - - 1.5 1.5
1150 V - - - - - - - - 0.5 - - 0.5 - - 0.5 - -
[6] MTZ1 06 to 10 MTZ2 08 to 16 MTZ2 20
Electrical durability at rated operational current
Ie in AC-3 [3] 500 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A
Type of MasterPact H1/H2/H3 H1/H2/H2V[7] H1/H2/H3 H2V[7]
Motor power (kW) 380/415 V y 250 250 to 335 335 to 450 450 to 560 335 to 450 450 to 560 560 to 670 670 to 900 900 to 1150 - -
440 V y 300 300 to 400 400 to 500 500 to 630 400 to 500 500 to 630 500 to 800 800 to 1000 1000 to 1300 - -
690 V - - - - y 800 800 to 1000 1000 to 1250 1250 to 1600 1600 to 2000 - -
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6 6 6 6 - -
IEC/EN 60947-3 and IEC/EN 60947-4-1 690 V - 6 for H1/H2 (not available for H2V) 6 - - -

[1] 50°C: rear vertical connected. Refer to temperature derating tables for [3] For details on selectivity category A, B, AC-3, AC-23A, DIN-DINF, [6] The term "durability" is used to express the expectancy of the number of the operating cycles which can be performed by the device.
other connection types. see MTZ Catalogue reference LVPED216026EN. [7] For MTZ1 H3 and MTZ2 H2V the rated operational voltage Ue is limited to 440 V AC - 50/60 Hz.
[2] See the current-limiting curves in the “additional characteristics” section. [4] Ics: 50 kA for 415-440 V.
[5] MTZ2 H10 dedicated to 1250 V systems.

Introduction Introduction

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 97
 Select your MicroLogic X control unit www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ
Overview of functions

A Measurement Maintenance
& Diagnostics

C CLICK FOR


MORE DETAILS
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

D Protection

F CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

G 14 digital
Optional 24/7 downloadable
modules dedicated
Communication
• It is now common practice to make
to upgrading MicroLogic X available most of the information
processed by a Protection Control
• Undervoltage and overvoltage Unit, locally for network operation and
• Underfrequency and overfrequency maintenance, as well as remotely for
H • Reverse active power higher functions of control, monitoring,
energy efficiency and assets management
• IDMTL overcurrent protection
• Directional overcurrent
• To comply with this requirement,
• Ground-fault alarm
MicroLogic X control units incorporate
I • Energy Reduction Maintenance Settings several channels of communication,
• Energy per phase including Ethernet, Modbus SL and
• Individual harmonics analysis wireless communication facilities.
• Power restoration assistant
• MasterPact operation assistant
J • Waveform capture on trip event
• IEC 61850 for MasterPact MTZ
• Modbus legacy dataset.

98 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Select your MicroLogic X control unit
MasterPact MTZ
Overview of functions

> Protection for ... A

> Additional features of protections
... MicroLogic 2.0 X Along with the LSIGV protections,


new additional features and facilities allow to
improve the protection performance of a system


LI: Long-time
+ Instantaneous
when difficulties are met such as low values of
the short-circuit current or the need to limit the B
thermal constraints to the equipment:
dual settings, fine settings, zone selective
interlock, tripping mode (Standard/Fast).

> Measurement C
MicroLogic X measures all electrical parameters
of an electrical network: currents, voltages,
... MicroLogic 5.0 X frequency, power, energy, power factor, current


and power demand.

Min/Max and average values are calculated
D


LSI: Long-time for most of the parameters.

+ Short-time
+ Instantaneous Optional digital modules allow the measurement
of energy per phase, and to perform
Waveform capture.

> Maintenance & Diagnostics E

Diagnostic features are intended to limit the risk
of power interruptions and to re-energize the
installation as quickly as possible after a trip.
... MicroLogic 6.0 X They provide alarms and messages


LSIG: Long-time
to help the user in scheduling both
preventive and predictive maintenance, F
+ Short-time and device replacement.
+ Instantaneous


+ Earth fault
> Communication


New generation MicroLogic X control units

incorporate wireless technology (Bluetooth and G
NFC) that allows the transfer of a wide selection
of critical information (protection, measurements,
Maintenance & diagnostics) to your mobile
device, by means of Ecostruxure Power Device
App app. Alternatively, MasterPact MTZ can
be equipped with ETHERNET communication H
through either the IFE module or the new
... MicroLogic 7.0 X embedded EIFE that includes webpages.


Modbus SL communication is available through

LSIV: Long-time the IFM interface module.
+ Short-time
+ Instantaneous
+ Earth leakage
I


> Optional digital modules

Optional digital modules can be purchased


and downloaded to extend the performance of

MicroLogic X control units. They are dedicated
to Protection, Measurement, and Maintenance &
diagnostics, and are available through Go Digital
on the Schneider Electric website, open 24/7.
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 99
 Usefull links www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

> MasterPact MTZ Catalogue

A

B
LVPED216026EN_WEB

> MasterPact MTZ Catalogue numbers and spare parts

C

D
COM-POWER-LVMKT215EN

E > Complementary technical information

LVPED318033EN

G
> Substitution guide MasterPact MTZ

LVPED516027EN
I

Learn about more

J
Scan or
MasterPact MTZ
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

100 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 101
 General overview www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

E
MasterPacT MTZTM with MicroLogic Active
Air circuit breakers
F Ready to Act Energy demands are escalating

With the emergence of Electricity 4.0 and

a world that is increasingly digital and
electric, customers face complex day-to-day
40%
Amount of available energy consumed
challenges, including 24/7 uptime demands, by buildings worldwide
G spiraling energy costs, urgent calls for
sustainable practices, and the integration of
renewables.

MasterPacT MTZ with MicroLogic Active are

+50%
Level of increase in global industry energy
ready to act to meet these challenges and
H more.
demand by 2050

50 billion
A legacy of innovation
For 35+ years, the MasterPacT name has
been synonymous with circuit breaker Number of smart, connected devices
I innovation and performance.
by 2020

After pioneering digital breakers more

than a decade ago, MasterPacT continues
to lead the way today by offering a new, 100%
J intuitive control unit with innovative digital
features that allow customers to achieve a
Expected uptime for buildings worldwide

new benchmark for safety and resiliency

while ensuring business continuity.

102 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
MasterPact MTZ Active

The MasterPacT MTZ range covers your protection needs

A
Five Performance Levels N1 H1 H2 H3 L1

Type H2 – 150 kA rms

MTZ3
Type H1 – 100 kA rms B
Type L1 – 150 kA rms
Type H3 – 150 kA rms

MTZ2 Type H2 – 100 kA rms, lcw = 85 kA 1s

C
Type H1 – 66 kA rms
Type N1 – 42 kA rms

Type L1 – 150 kA rms

MTZ1 Type H2 – 50 kA rms lcw = 24 kA

Type H1 – 42 kA rms

630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
D

Responding to customer challenges E

Companies across industries
demand power 24/7. So when
an outage occurs, they need to
determine the cause quickly.
Was it an overload? Short circuit?
F
Equipment ground fault?

Knowing the root cause of an

outage allows quick action to
restore power and resume normal G
operations versus enduring lengthy
and costly delays.
MasterPacT MTZ combines real-
time information and ease of
use to enable fast mitigation of
outage events.
H

MasterPacT MTZ with MicroLogic Active saves time and money

The new MasterPacT MTZ’s innovative control unit, MicroLogic Active, monitors various breaker functions to
provide vital, real-time information, which makes the MasterPacT MTZ Active. In the event of a power outage, I
the breaker lets you scan a QR code on the control unit to quickly identify the cause and determine the best
action to take. No need to search through a 200-page document ever again.
With MasterPacT MTZ Active, you are ready to act – fast!

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 103
 General overview www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

Ready to act for Safety

A MasterPacT MTZ Active features safety-enhancing innovations to help protect electrical
contractors, building occupants, maintenance personnel, and property. From its Energy
Reduction Maintenance Setting to its intuitive control unit, our advanced breaker sets new
benchmarks for safe installations and operation.
B
Energy Reduction Application-specific
Maintenance Settings integrated circuits (ASICs)
(ERMS) enhance protection increase IP safety, improve
against arc flash hazards reliability, and reduce cost
C
Fast-trip Intuitive Near Field
capability control unit Communication
prevents power allows quick (NFC) provides
overloads, setting of all remote access via
D safeguarding
people and
protection
functions
a smartphone and
the EcoStruxure
property Power Device app

E Keyboard locking
feature protects
Color LED and LCD
indicators facilitate at-a-
parameter settings glance breaker status
by requiring a PIN monitoring
code for user access

Ready to act for simplicity and flexibility

G With MasterPacT MTZ Active, there’s no need to change your current design and
installation practices – dimensions, footprint, and commissioning procedures all remain
the same. And in the event of last-minute trips, you are able to respond immediately.

H USB-C port allows quick User-friendly interface

setup and reflects latest facilitates operation,
communications best diagnostics, and
practices maintenance

I Alarms can be Field-swappable

customized to control unit allows
voltage requirements last-minute changeouts,
of different machines eliminating entire breaker
and applications replacements and
J avoiding project delays

104 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
MasterPact MTZ Active

Ready to act for Sustainability

By partnering for sustainability with Schneider Electric through the installation of
A
MasterPacT MTZ Active, you are helping to minimize impacts on the planet while
accelerating our collective journey on the road to net zero.

Green packaging eliminates Transformer efficiency data helps B

single-use plastics and features 100% inform actions to save energy
recycled and recyclable cardboard and reduce CO2 emissions

Upgrading with an MicroLogic Active control

unit extends the life of installed NT and
Energy metering tracks
power consumption
C
NW breakers and achieves carbon savings and promotes energy
by eliminating the need to replace the entire efficiency
breaker

Ready to act for Buniness Continuity G

Across industries, everyone demands power 24/7. And when outages occur, customers
need to determine the cause – fast. MasterPacT MTZ Active is designed allow your
customers to achieve new levels of uptime and agility.
H
On-site Selectivity Customizable Algorithm-generated
Checks ensure power alarms and event notifications
availability and maximize log contribute to facilitate preventive
the business continuity uptime optimization maintenance
I
Field-swappable control unit allows Industry-first QR code solution
last-minute changeouts, eliminating provides immediate access to the
entire breaker replacements and root cause of outages and advises
avoiding project delays the best action to remedy them J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 105
 General overview www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

Active with EcoStruxure

A
MasterPacT MTZ Active circuit breakers are part of the Active Panel solution made
possible by Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure Power architecture.
B
By connecting cutting-edge hardware with innovative software, Active Panels provide real-time information
that enables users to pinpoint overloads and inefficiencies, make informed decisions to improve operational
efficiency, and keep track of a building’s electrical system status.

C
MasterPacT MTZ Active circuit breakers combine with Active Panels to allow:

• Connection to EcoStruxure software to • Asset life-cycle management and

unlock electrical system potential condition-based maintenance via
equipment monitoring
D • Remote monitoring and control with any
supervision system to carry out predictive • Asset and alarm management
and preventive maintenance
• Energy efficiency and power
• Remote notifications and maintenance quality management
planning with Facility Expert digital
• Compliance with the latest regulations
maintenance logbook
E • Proactive facility management with
for energy-efficient buildings

EcoStruxure Facility Advisor, Power

Monitoring Expert, Power SCADA
Operations, and Building Operation
software

106 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
MasterPact MTZ Active

A new digital user experience

A
With the MasterPacT MTZ active circuit breaker, every stage of the project - from designing
and configuring to operating and maintaining - is streamlined using its digital capabilities.
B
DESIGN
EcoStruxture Power EcoStruxture Design with 3rd
Design Software Power Party Software
Single-line diagram design
software that calculates
Build Software
Quick configuration
Completely integrated
with thrid party design C
and sizes your electrical and quotation tool software to enhance
installation. for switchboards. your work effieciency.

CONFIGURE AND ORDER

D
Product Selector
Configure MasterPacT MTZ
to save time and ensure
accuracy

E
BUILD AND COMMISSION

EcoStruxure Power
Commision software
Commission and upgrade
F
easily with protection setting
and factory-acceptance
test.

OPERATE AND MAINTAIN G

Monitor with EcoStruxture Energy Operate with
Hub Software your
smartphone
Locally in the
Operate with MicroLogic
Active control unit
facility room
EcoStruxture
H
Power Device
Locally in the facility room App

EcoStruxture Power Status “at a glance” Android iOS

Monitoring Software
Power Monitoring Expert
Power SCADA Operation Remote, continuous I
Building Operation notifications
Facility Advisor Track facility data SESA137086,
recieve alerts in case of power
se.com events and scheculed
maintenance.

se.com
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 107
 Select your circuit breakers www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

Selection guide
Circuit breakers

A Selection criteria
Safety of operation
MasterPacT MTZ front face provides reinforced


insulation (Class 2) according to IEC 60664-1.
It allows Class 2 installation with breaker control
from outside.
B
MasterPacT MTZ1
From 630 to 1600 A
Type H1 H2 L1
C Rated current (A) at 40/50 °C [1] MTZ1 06
MTZ1 08
630
800
630
800
630
800
MTZ1 10 1000 1000 1000
MTZ1 12 1250 1250
MTZ1 16 1600 1600

E Selectivity category [2]

Ultimate breaking capacity Icu at 440 V
B
42
B
50
A
130
V AC 50/60 Hz (kA rms)
at 525 V 42 42 100
[6]
at 690 V 42 42 -
Rated service breaking capacity Ics
% Icu 100%
(kA rms)
F Rated short-time withstand
current V AC 50/60 Hz
Icw 0.5 s
(kA rms) 1 s
42 42 10
42 42 -
3s 24 24 -
Compliant with IEC /EN 60947-2 Annex H Yes Yes Yes
Position of neutral (Left: L, Right: R) L L L

G Type of control unit: MicroLogic Active

Installation characteristics
Type H1 H2 L1
Connection

H Drawout, front
Drawout, rear
Fixed, front
Fixed, rear
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D
Drawout 3P
I
322 x 288 x 291
Drawout 4P 322 x 358 x 291
Fixed 3P 301 x 276 x 209
Fixed 4P 301 x 346 x 209
Weight (kg) approximate
Drawout 3P/4P 30/39

J Fixed 3P/4P
[1] 50 °C only for circuit breakers with rear vertical connections,
14/18
[5] To be specified when ordering.
refer to temperature derating tables for other connection types. [6] For IT grounding systems, the rating is limited to 600 V AC. For more information,
[2] For details on selectivity category A and B, please contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center.
see MTZ Active Catalogue reference LVPED225010EN.
[3] No front connection for 4000 A.
[4] No horizontal rear connection for 6300 A.

108 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Select your circuit breakers
MasterPact MTZ Active
Selection guide
Circuit breakers




B
MasterPacT MTZ2 MasterPacT MTZ3
From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
Type N1 H1 H2 H3 L1 Type H1 H2

MTZ2 08 800 800 800 800

C
MTZ2 10 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 12 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 16 1600 1600 1600 1600

D
MTZ2 20 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
MTZ2 25 2500 2500 2500
MTZ2 32 3200 3200 3200
MTZ2 40 4000 4000 4000 MTZ3 40 4000 4000
MTZ3 50 5000 5000
MTZ3 63 6300 6300
B
42
B
66
B
100
B
150
B
150
B
100
B
150
E
42 66 85 130 130 100 130
42 66 85 100 100 100 100

100% 100%

42 66 66 85 85 65 30 100 100 F
42 66 66 85 85 65 30 100 100
22 36 66 50 75 65 30 100 100
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
[5] [5] [5] [5]
L L or R L or R L L L or R L or R

G
N1 H1 H2 H3 L1 H1 H2

H
[3] [3] [3]

[4] [4]

[3] [3]

[4] [4]

439 x 441 x 403 479 x 786 x 403

439 x 556 x 403 479 x 1016 x 403 I
352 x 422 x 300 352 x 767 x 300
352 x 537 x 300 352 x 997 x 300

90/120 225/300
50/65 120/160
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 109
 Select a MicroLogic Active Control Unit www.se.com

Overview of functions

A Measurement Maintenance
and Diagnostics


B

C


CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Image
D
Protection

F
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

G
Communication

I CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

110 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Select a MicroLogic Active Control Unit
Overview of functions

> Protection for ...

> Additional features of protections
A
... MicroLogic Active 1.0


Along with the LSIG protections, new additional
features and communication interfaces improve


SI: Short-time the protection performance of a system to

manage difficulties such as low short-circuit
+ Instantaneous
current values or the need to limit the thermal B
constraints of the equipment: fine settings, zone
selective interlock, tripping mode (Standard/Fast).

> Measurement
MicroLogic Active measures all electrical C
parameters of an electrical network: currents,
... MicroLogic Active 2.0 voltages, frequency, power, energy, power


factor, current and power demand.



Min/Max and average values are calculated for

LI: Long-time
most of the parameters.
+ Instantaneous
D
> Maintenance and Diagnostics
Diagnostic features are intended to limit the
risk of power interruptions and to power up the
installation as quickly as possible after a trip.
They provide alarms and messages to help E
the user in scheduling both preventive and
... MicroLogic Active 5.0 predictive maintenance, as well as device
replacement.


LSI: Long-time


+ Short-time
+ Instantaneous > Communication F
The new generation of MicroLogic Active control
units incorporate wireless IEEE technology NFC,
and optional Bluetooth that allows the user to
send a wide selection of information (protection,
measurements, maintenance and diagnostics
data) to your mobile device, by means of the G
EcoStruxure Power Device app. Alternatively,
... MicroLogic Active 6.0 MasterPacT MTZ can be equipped with Ethernet
communication through either an IFE module or
LSIG: Long-time an embedded EIFE, with webpage visualization.


+ Short-time Modbus SL communication is available through

+ Instantaneous
+ Ground fault
the IFM interface module. H


PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 111
 General overview www.se.com

ComPact NS

E
ComPact NS
F Molded case circuit breakers
The world is becoming more electric, digitized and As well as offering proven performance, flexibility and
decarbonized. Our digitized LV products are powered reliability, the ComPact NS sets the standard in most
by innovation at every level enabling enhanced applications: buildings, windturbine, solar, genset,
connectivity, real-time operations and smart analytics. data center, healthcare, marine and infrastructure and

G They bring improved safety and security. They help

you to improve reliability and performance – and to
prepare for the future of power distribution.
decrease your energy consumption thanks to very low
power dissipation.
Equipped with the Micrologic control units,
ComPact is an integral part of EcoStruxure™ Power ComPact NS630b to 3200 A circuit breakers offer
– Schneider’s open, interoperable, IoT-enabled built-in power and energy metering in addition to
system architecture. Through this platform, we deliver electrical measurement and analysis functions.
enhanced value around safety, reliability, efficiency,
H sustainability, and connectivity for our customers.
We leverage technologies in IoT, mobility, sensing,
The communication option makes it possible to
control power consumption, simplify maintenance and
cloud, analytics, and cybersecurity to deliver improve operating comfort.
Innovation at Every Level. This includes Connected A wide range of optimized auxiliaries and accessories
Products, Edge Control, and Apps, Analytics is available to meet the needs of protection of AC
& Services. EcoStruxure has been deployed in installations, generator protection, motor protection,
450,000+ installations, with the support of 9,000 switch-disconnectors, source changeover switch
I system integrators, connecting over 1 billion devices. function and specific offers available for DC
applications up to 1000 V.
The launch of Schneider Electric ComPact NS in
1994 revolutionized the world of molded case circuit Today, the ComPact NS range remains the
breakers and benefits from 60 years of experience international reference in the molded-case,
and leadership in industrial circuit breakers. circuit breaker market.

112 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
ComPact NS

I design electrical solutions

A
More than 10 years of long-felt techniques and technologies ahead quite simple
and convenient.
B
Win more projects and deliver the best solution for
your customers Standards
• Enhance power availability with total control of selectivity ComPact NS circuit breakers
and power management with advanced trip unit. and auxiliaries comply with:
• Optimize panel cost with cascading; the ComPact NS • IEC/EN 60947-1: C
technology covers all your needs from 630 to 3200 A, General rules
with a breaking capacity from 50 to 200 kA. • IEC/EN 60947-2:
• Equipped with electronic control units, the ComPact NS Circuit-breakers
circuit breakers ensure protection and measurement of
your electrical installation.
• IEC/EN 60947-3:
Switch-disconnectors D
• Provide efficiency to your customer with small size and • IEC/EN 60947-4-1:
multi-ways of installation and highly immune protection Contactors and
system insensitive to disturbances (IEC 60947-2 Annex F). motor-starters
• IEC/EN 60947-5-1:
Control circuit devices E

The ComPact NS range covers all ratings from 630 to 3200 A

ComPact NS630b to 1600
Type H – 85 kA
F
• ComPact NS from 630 to 1600 A, ComPact
fixed or withdrawable, front or NS1600b to 3200 Type N – 70 kA
rear connection, manual operating Manual
mechanism or motor mechanism.
G
ComPact
A 200 kA breaking performance Type L – 150 kA
NS630b to 1600
completes the ComPact NS range Type H – 70 kA
Electrical
ComPact NS1600b to 3200 Type N – 50 kA

• ComPact NS from 1600 to 3200 A,

ComPact kA
Type LB – 200
fixed, front connection,
with manual operating mechanism
NS630b to 1600
Type L – 150 kA
H
Manual
Type H – 70 kA

Type N – 50 kA In (A)
2500 3200
1600 2000
1250
630 800 1000
I
The MasterPact and ComPact range Circuirt breakers, switch-disconnectors and
source changeover are the best choice for all standards and specific applications.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 113
 General overview www.se.com

ComPact NS

I build and install electrical equipment

A
Make your business more profitable
Gain space in your switchboard
B • The ComPact NS range is available in 2 sizes only in order to
homogenize installation dimensions (volume, depth, pole pitch).
• Easy to select and to order with new Schneider Electric™ online tools.

Gain time, the installation is facilitated

C • More space to connect your cables.
• Withdrawable version also available.

114 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
ComPact NS

I design and build machines

A
Installation Optimize your solution
Fixed device • Minimum distances (safety clearance) between 2 circuit breakers are
reduced thanks to the arc chute filters.
• A solution for all your applications:
B
– generator protection
– motor protection up to 750 kW with coordination between breakers
Withdrawable device and contactors (coordination type 1 and type 2)
– source-changeover.
• Best combination of size (small depth), performance with no derating
C
up to 65 °C (vertical connection) and flexible mounting options.
• Ensure continuity of service:
– Total control of selectivity for the whole Schneider Electric circuit
CAF1
CAF2
CAO1
CAO2
breakers range from moulded circuit breaker to air circuit breaker
– High withstand of the devices to various envrionmental stresses.
D
OF1
OF2 • Bring flexibility to your installation:
OF3
SD Interchangeable trip units, standardized accessories, adjustable rating
MN or MX
SDE
and scalable indication and control functions.
COM

Manually operated device.

E

SDE
OF3
OF2
OF1
MN or MX
F
COM

Electrically operated device.

CT1

CE3
G
CE2
CE1

CD2
CD1

Withdrawable device.
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 115
 General overview www.se.com

ComPact NS

I operate my installation
A
I operate and manage my installation
Ensure continuity of service
B • Electrical energy is available, prevent nuisance power outages
using total control of selectivity.

Monitor your power

• Power consumption is optimized with on-site, real-time monitoring
C and control, plus online energy management services
• Maintenance is simplified
• Installation is scalable
• Using ComPact NS will decrease permanent consumption
with lower power dissipations.
D

116 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
ComPact NS

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 117
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

Protection of distribution systems

ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A

ComPact circuit breakers

A
Number of poles
Control Manual Toggle

Direct or extended rotary handle

Electric

Type of circuit breaker

B Connections Fixed Front connection

Rear connection

Front connection with bare cables

Withdrawable (on chassis) Front connection

Rear connection

C
ComPact NS800L.
Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2 and EN 60947-2
Rated current (A) In 50 °C
65 °C [1]
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui
Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
Rated operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz

D Type of circuit breaker

Ultimate breaking Manual lcu AC 220/240 V
capacity (kA rms) 50/60 Hz 380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V

E lcs AC
50/60 Hz
220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
Electrical lcu AC 220/240 V
50/60 Hz
F
ComPact NS1600H. 380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
lcs AC 220/240 V
50/60 Hz 380/415 V
440 V
G 500/525 V
660/690 V
Short-time withstand current (kA rms) lcw AC 1s
50/60 Hz 3s
Integrated instantaneous protection kA peak ±10 %
Suitability for isolation
H Utilisation category
Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical
Electrical 440 V In/2
In
690 V In/2
ComPact NS2000H.
In
I Pollution degree

118 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
Protection of distribution systems
ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A

NS630b NS800 NS1000 NS1250 NS1600 NS1600b NS2000 NS2500 NS3200

A
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4

-
(except LB) -

N H L LB N H L N H N H N H
-
- -
B
- - - - - - -
- -
- -

630 800 1000 1250 1600 1600 2000 2500 3200

C
630 800 1000 1250 1510 1550 1900 2500 2970
800 800 800 800 800
8 8 8 8 8
690 690 690 690 690
N
85
H
85
L
150
LB
200
N
85
H
85
L
150
N
85
H
85
N
85
H
85
N
85
H
125
D
50 70 150 200 50 70 150 50 70 50 70 70 85
50 65 130 200 50 65 130 50 65 50 65 65 85
40 50 100 100 40 50 100 40 50 40 50 65 -
30 42 - 75 30 42 - 30 42 30 42 65 -
50
50
50
50
150
150
200
200
50
50
52
52
150
150
50
50
52
52
37
37
37
37
65
52
94
64
E
50 50 130 200 50 48 130 50 48 37 37 65 64
40 40 100 100 40 37 100 40 37 30 30 65 -
30 30 - 75 30 31 - 30 31 22 22 65 -
50 70 150 - 50 70 150 50 70 50 70 -
50
50
70
65
150
130
-
-
50
50
70
65
150
130
50
50
70
65
50
50
70
65 F
40 50 100 - 40 50 100 40 50 40 50
30 42 - - 30 42 - 30 42 30 42
37 37 150 - 37 37 150 37 37 37 37 -
37 37 150 - 37 37 150 37 37 37 37
37 37 130 - 37 37 130 37 37 37 37
30 30 100 - 30 30 100 30 30 30 30 G
22 22 - - 22 22 - 22 22 22 22
19.2 19.2 - - 19.2 19.2 - 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2 -
- - - - - - - - - - - 32
40 40 - - 40 40 - 40 40 40 40 130

B B A A B B A B B B B B H
10000 10000 10000 10000 5000
6000 6000 4000 4000 6000 6000 4000 5000 5000 3000
5000 5000 3000 3000 5000 5000 3000 4000 2000 2000
4000 4000 3000 3000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 1000
3 3 3 3 3 I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 119
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

Protection of distribution systems

ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A

ComPact circuit breakers

A Protection and measurements

Interchangeable control units
Overload protection Long time Ir (In x …)

Short-circuit protection Short time Isd (Ir x …)

Instantaneous Ii (In x …)

B Earth-fault protection

Residual earth-leakage protection

lg (In x …)

I∆n

Zone selective interlocking ZSI

Protection of the fourth pole

Current measurements

C Electrically operated device. Power measurements

Advanced protection

Quick view

Remote communication by bus

Device-status indication

D Device remote operation [2]

Transmission of settings

Indication and identification of protection devices and alarms

Transmission of measured current values

ComPact circuit breakers

E Additional indication and control auxiliaries
Indication contacts

Voltage releases MX shunt release/MN undervoltage release

Installation
Accessories Terminal extensions and spreaders

F Terminal shields and interphase barriers

Escutcheons

Dimensions fixed devices, front connections (mm) 3P

HxWxD 4P
Weight fixed devices, front connections (kg) 3P

G 4P
Source changeover system (see section on "source changeover systems")
Manual, remote-operated and automatic source changeover
systems
[1] Except 1600b-3200.
[2] With NS630b...NS1600, remote operation is possible with electrically operated device.
With NS1600...NS3200, remote operation is not possible.

120 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
Protection of distribution systems
ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A

NS630b NS800 NS1000 NS1250 NS1600 NS1600b NS2000 NS2500 NS3200

Micrologic
2.0 5.0 6.0 2.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 2.0 E 5.0 E 6.0 E 5.0 P [1] 6.0 P [1] 7.0 P [1] A
- - -

-
-

- -
-

-
-

- -
- -

-
-

- -
-

- -
-
B
- - -

- - -

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

- - - -
C
- - - - - - - - - -

D
- - -

- - -

- - -

NS630b NS800 NS1000 NS1250 NS1600 NS1600b NS2000 NS2500 NS3200

E

F
327 x 210 x 147 350 x 420 x 160
327 x 280 x 147 350 x 535 x 160
14 24
18 36
G
-

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 121
 General overview www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

E
Meet the new face of
connected breaker technology
F
70 years of innovative and reliable protection
The Schneider ElectricTM ComPacTTM range is This range can be connected to
built on 70 years of expertise and leadership in Schneider Electric’s open, interoperable,
G industrial circuit breakers. IoT-enabled EcoStruxureTM Power architecture.
Through this platform we deliver enhanced
Today Schneider Electric is launching its value in terms of safety, reliability, efficiency,
new generation of ComPacT molded case sustainability, and connectivity.
circuit breakers.
The comprehensive, optimized ComPacT range We leverage technologies in IoT, mobility,

H covers your protection and has been redesigned

with a superior customer experience in mind.
sensing, cloud, analytics, and cybersecurity to
deliver Innovation at Every Level. This includes
connected products, edge control, apps,
The range combines wireless intelligent analytics and services.
metering and monitoring, along with advanced
protective functions. SEE THE VIDEO

122 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
ComPacT NSX & NSXm

ComPacT NSX and NSXm,

even more innovative and efficient A
ComPacT circuit breakers feature Schneider Electric’s exclusive Roto-Active Breaking System;
it reduces the effects of short circuits of your installation.

Today, the ComPacT range is optimized with a high level of breaking capacities, outstanding
selectivity and cascading. It offers more advanced functions and ergonomic designs for easy
installation and operations.
B

Eleven performance levels C

K | HB2 | HB1 | R | L | S | H | N | F | B | E
- 10 kA
Type K
00 kA
B2 - 1
Type H

Type H
B1 - 7
5 kA D
A
- 200 k
Type R
A
- 150 k
Type L
A
- 100 k
Type S

Type H
- 70 kA
E
NSX 400-630

- 50 kA
ComPacT

Type N
- 36 kA
Type F

F
00 kA
B2 - 1
Type H
5 kA
B1 - 7
Type H

kA
- 200
Type R
- 150
kA
G
NSX 100-250

Type L
ComPacT

kA
- 100
Type S
- 70 kA
Type H
- 50 kA
Type N
- 36 kA
Type F

Type B
- 25 kA H
Type H
- 70 kA
630 A
400 A
ComPacT NSXm

0 kA
TypeN-5

Type F
- 36 kA 250 A
160 A
Type B
- 25 kA

- 16 kA 100 A I
63 A
Type E

16 A
Icu = (kA rms) at 1000 V AC
Icu = (kA rms) at 690 V AC J
Icu = (kA rms) at 415 V AC

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 123
 General overview www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

Schneider Electric is proud to introduce the new generation of ComPacT MCCBs.

A These breakers talk to you, wherever you are, in all transparency. New design complements
new wireless connectivity capabilities with our latest wireless auxiliary contact.

New New
C
ComPacT Design Wireless Auxiliary Contact

G
New signature design Wireless breaker status
Learn more Learn more

124 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
ComPacT NSX & NSXm

While we are launching a new generation of ComPacT breakers, we are building upon the
very latest innovations that made the success of the range in the first place. The following A
innovations were launched recently and are still very much applicable to the new generation
of ComPacT breakers.
B

New New
C
ComPacT NSXm MicroLogic Vigi

G
Smallest size in the range Integrated earth leakage protection
Learn more Learn more

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 125
 Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

General characteristics

A
A Compliance with Standards


NSXm 160H ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors comply with
C C12H3TM160L B
the following:
D Ui 800V Uimp 8kV E b International standards

B Ue(V)
220-240 a
Icu(kA) Ics(kA)
100 100 F
v IEC 60947-1: general rules
v IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers
v IEC 60947-3: switch-disconnectors
380-415 a 70 70 v IEC 60947-4-1: contactors and motor starters [1]
440 a 65 65 v IEC 60947-5-1 and following: control circuit devices and switching elements;
automatic control components
b European standards (EN 60947-1, EN 60947-2, EN 60947-3, EN 60947-4-1 and

C G
50/60Hz
IEC/EN 60947-2
40°C
Cat A
EN 60947-5-1)
b China CCC
b EAC (Customs Union)
b The specifications of the marine classification companies (Bureau Veritas, Lloyd's
Register of Shipping, Det Norske Veritas, etc.), recommendations issued by the
CNOMO organization.

D Pollution Degree
stem
n sy
ectio
Conn

ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors are certified
for operation in pollution degree 3 environments as defined by IEC standards
60947-1 and 60664-1 (industrial environments).

Climatic Withstand
E ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests
defined by the following standards for extreme atmospheric conditions.
Dry cold and dry heat
Conn
ectio
n sy
stem

b IEC 60068-2-1: dry cold at -55°C

b IEC 60068-2-2: dry heat at +85°C.
Damp heat (tropicalization)
F H
Ir(A) 63/160 b IEC 60068-2-30: damp heat (temperature + 55°C and relative humidity of 95%)
b IEC 60068-2-52: severity 2 - Cycling salt mist.
In=60A
Environment
Standardized characteristics indicated on the rating
ComPacT NSX and NSXm respects the European environment directive 2011/65/
plate:
EU (amendment 2015/863/EU) concerning the restriction of hazardous substances
A Type of device: frame size and breaking capacity
G class
B Circuit breaker/switch-disconnector symbol
(RoHS) and is Green Premium.
Product environment profiles (PEP) have been prepared, describing the
environmental impact of every product throughout its life cycle, from production to
C Commercial reference
the end of its service life.
D Ui: rated insulation voltage
All ComPacT production sites have set up an environmental management system
E Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage
certified ISO 14001.
F Ue: operational voltage Each factory monitors the impact of its production processes. Every effort is made to
G Reference standard
H H Circuit breaker rating
prevent pollution and to reduce consumption of natural resources.

Note: When the circuit breaker is equipped with an extended Ambient Temperature
rotary handle, the door must be opened to access the rating
plate. b ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers may be used between -25°C and
+70°C. For temperatures higher than 40°C, (for ComPacT NSX: +65°C for circuit
breakers used to protect motor feeders) devices must be derated
b Circuit breakers should be put into service under normal ambient, operating-
I


temperature conditions. Exceptionally, the circuit breaker may be put into service
when the ambient temperature is between -35°C and -25°C
b The permissible storage temperature range for ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit
breakers in the original packing is -50°C [2] [3] and +85°C.

[1] For ComPacT NSX

[2] For ComPacT NSXm: -40°C for ComPacT NSXm MicroLogic Vigi 4.1

J [3] For ComPacT NSX: -40°C for Micrologic Vigi 4, MicroLogic 5, MicroLogic 6 and
MicroLogic Vigi 7

126 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
ComPacT NSX & NSXm
General characteristics

A
Electromagnetic Compatibility A G


NSX250HB2
ComPacT NSX and NSXm devices are protected against:
b Overvoltages caused by circuit switching (e.g. lighting circuits) B Ui 800V Uimp 8kV C
b Overvoltages caused by atmospheric disturbances
F D
Ue(V) Icu(kA) Ics
b Devices emitting radio waves such as mobile telephones, radios, walkie-talkies,
radar, etc. 500 ~ 100 100 E
B
b Electrostatic discharges produced by users.
525 ~ 100 100
Immunity levels for ComPacT NSXm comply with the standards below. 690 ~ 100 100
b IEC/EN 60947-2: Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, part 2: Circuit breakers:
v Annex F: Immunity tests for circuit breakers with electronic protection
v Annex B: Immunity tests for residual current protection.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-2: Electrostatic-discharge immunity tests.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-3: Radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic-field immunity tests.
50/60Hz Cat A
H
C
b IEC/EN 61000-4-4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity tests.
IEC/EN 60947-2
b IEC/EN 61000-4-5: Surge immunity tests.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-6: Immunity tests for conducted disturbances induced by
radio-frequency fields.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-8: Power frequency magnetic field immunity test. Standardized characteristics indicated on
b IEC/EN 61000-4-11: Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations
immunity tests.
the rating plate:
A Type of device: frame size and
D
b CISPR 11: Industrial, scientific and medical equipment - Radio-frequency breaking capacity class
disturbance characteristics - Limits and methods of measurement. B Ui: rated insulation voltage
C Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage
D Ics: service breaking capacity
Suitable for Isolation with Positive Contact Indication E Icu: ultimate breaking capacity for various
All ComPacT NSX and NSXm devices are suitable for isolation as defined
in IEC standard 60947-2:
values of the rated operational voltage Ue
F Ue: operational voltage
E
b The isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF) position G Circuit breaker/switch-disconnector symbol
b The operating handle cannot indicate the OFF position unless the contacts are
H Reference standard
effectively open
b Padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open. Note: When the circuit breaker is equipped with an
Installation of a rotary handle or a motor mechanism does not alter the reliability extended rotary handle, the door must be opened to
of the position-indication system.
The isolation function is certified by testing:
access the rating plate.
F
b The mechanical reliability of the position-indication system
b The absence of leakage currents
b Overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.
The tripped position does not insure isolation with positive contact indication.
Only the OFF position confirms isolation.

Installation in Class II Switchboards G

All ComPacT NSX and NSXm devices are class II front face devices. They may be
installed through the door of class II switchboards (as per IEC standards 61140
and 60664-1) without downgrading switchboard insulation. Installation requires no
special operations, even when the circuit breaker is equipped with a rotary handle or
a motor mechanism.
H
Degree of Protection
The following indications are in accordance with standards IEC 60529 (IP degree of
protection) and IEC 62262 (IK protection against external mechanical impacts).
Bare Circuit Breaker with Terminal Shields
b With toggle: IP40, IK07.
b With direct rotary handle: IP40, IK07. I
Circuit Breaker Installed in a Switchboard
ComPacT NSXm ComPacT NSX
b With toggle: IP40, IK07. b With toggle: IP40, IK07.
b With direct rotary handle: IP40, IK07. b With direct rotary handle:
b With extended rotary handle: IP54 or v Standard/VDE: IP40, IK07
IP65, IK08.
b With side rotary handle: IP54 or
v MCC: IP43, IK07
v CNOMO: IP54, IK08.
J
IP65, IK08. b With extended rotary handle:
IP55, IK08.
b With motor mechanism: IP40, IK07.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 127
 Characteristics and Performance www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

A
ComPacT NSXm circuit breakers from 16 to 160 A up to 690 V

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
CLICK HERE TO SEE
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPact NSXm circuit breakers from 16 to 160 A up to 690 V
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPact NSXm circuit breakers from 16 to 160 A up to 690 V THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE

B
Common Characteristics Common Characteristics
Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V) Ui 800 Control Manual With toggle
Insulation voltage for ELCB [1] (V) Ui 500 With direct or extended rotary handle
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8 With side rotary handle
Operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 690 Versions Fixed
Operational voltage for ELCB [1] (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 440
Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-2 yes
Utilization category A
Pollution degree IEC 60664-1 3

Circuit Breakers NSXm up to 63 A NSXm from 80 to 160 A and ELCB [1]

Breaking Capacity Levels E B F N H E B F N H
Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated current (A) ln 40 °C 63 160
Number of poles 3P, 4P 3P, 4P
Breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcu AC 50/60 Hz 220...240 V 25 50 85 90 100 25 50 85 90 100
380...415 V 16 25 36 50 70 16 25 36 50 70
440 V 10 20 35 50 65 10 20 35 50 65
500 V 8 10 15 25 30 - - - - -
525 V - - 10 15 22 - - - - -
660...690 V - - - 10 10 - - - - -
ComPacT NSXm Service breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcs AC 50/60 Hz 220...240 V 25 50 85 90 100 25 50 85 90 100
380...415 V 16 25 36 50 70 16 25 36 50 70
440 V 10 20 30 50 65 10 20 30 50 65
500 V 8 10 10 25 30 - - - - -
525 V - - 10 15 22 - - - - -
660...690 V - - - 2.5 2.5 - - - - -
Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 20000
Electrical 440 V In/2 20000
In 10000
690 V In/2 10000
In 5000
Protection and Measurements
Overload/short-circuit protection Thermal magnetic
Electronic with Earth Leakage Protection (ELCB)
Options Device status/control
For ELCB [1]: alarming and fault differenciation
Installation/Connections
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (mm) 3P 81 x 137 x 80
WxHxD 4P 108 x 137 x 80
ELCB [1] 108 x 144 x 80
Weight (kg) 3P 1.06
4P 1.42
ELCB [1] 1.63
Connections
Pitch (mm) Standard 27
With spreaders 35
EverLink lug Cu or Al [2] cables Cross-section (mm²) Rigid 95
Flexible 70
Crimp lugs Cu or Al Cross-section (mm²) Rigid 120
Flexible 95
Source Changeover System
Manual mechanical interlocking
[1] ELCB: Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (MicroLogic Vigi 4.1).
[2] Al up to 100 A.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

D ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
CLICK HERE TO SEE
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V
ComPacT Circuit Breakers NSX100
ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V
NSX160
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance

NSX250
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
Number of poles 1 2 1 2 1
Control Manual toggle
direct or extended rotary handle - - - - -
Electric - - - - -
Connections Fixed front connection
rear connection
Withdrawable front connection - - - - -
rear connection - - - - -
Electrical Characteristics IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated current (A) In 40 °C 100 100 160 160 250
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui 750 750 750 750 750
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV) Uimp 8 8 8 8 8
Rated operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 277 690 277 690 277
DC 250 500 250 500 -
ComPacT NSX single-pole Type of Circuit Breaker F N M F M S F N M F M S N
Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) lcu AC 220/240 V 18 25 40 36 85 100 18 25 40 36 85 100 25
50/60 380/415 V - - - 18 25 70 - - - 18 25 70 -

E
Hz 440 V - - - 15 25 65 - - - 15 25 65 -
500/525 V - - - 10 18 35 - - - 10 18 35 -
660/690 V - - - 5 8 10 - - - 5 8 10 -
DC 250 V (1P) 36 50 85 36 85 100 36 50 85 36 85 100 -
500 V (2P) - - - 36 85 100 - - - 36 85 100 -
Service breaking capacity (kA rms) lcs % Icu 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
Suitability for isolation
Utilization category A A A A A
Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 20000 20000 20000 20000 10000
Electrical 277 V In/2 20000 20000 20000 20000 10000
In 10000 10000 10000 10000 5000
Protection and Measurements
ComPacT NSX two-pole Type of trip units built-in thermal-magnetic built-in thermal-magnetic built-in thermal-magnetic
Ratings In 16 20 25 30 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 160 200 250
Overload protection (thermal) Long time Ir fixed fixed fixed
threshold 16 20 25 30 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 160 200 250
Short-circuit protection (magnetic) Instantaneous li fixed fixed fixed
pickup value indicated for AC [1] 190 190 300 300 500 500 500 640 800 1000 1250 850 850 850
real value for DC 260 260 400 400 700 700 700 800 1000 1200 1250 - - -
Add-on earth-leakage protection VigiPacT add-on - - - - -
combination with VigiPacT relay - - -
Additional Indication and Control Auxiliaries
Indication contacts - - -
Voltages releases MX shunt release - - -
MN undervoltage release - - -
Installation
Accessories Terminal extensions and spreaders
Terminal shields and interphase barriers
Escutcheons
Dimensions (mm) WxHxD 35 x 161 x 86 70 x 161 x 86 35 x 161 x 86 70 x 161 x 86 35 x 161 x 86
Weight (kg) 0.7 1.2 0.7 1.2 0.7
Source Changeover System
Manual mechanical interlocking
[1] The thresholds for TMD and TMG 1-pole and 2-pole magnetic trip units up to 63 A
are indicated for AC. The real DC thresholds are indicated on the following line.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V

G Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
CLICK HERE TO SEE
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V
Common Characteristics Common Characteristics
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
Rated Insulation voltage (V) Ui 800 Control Manual With toggle
voltages Insulation voltage for ELCB [6] Ui 500
With direct or extended rotary handle
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8
Operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 690 Electrical With remote control
Operation voltage for ELCB [6] Ue AC 50/60 Hz 440 Versions Fixed
Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-2 yes
Withdrawable Plug-in base
Utilization category A
Pollution degree IEC 60664-1 3 Chassis

Circuit Breakers NSX100 NSX160 [4]

NSX250
Breaking Capacity Levels B F N H S L R HB1 HB2 B F N H S L B F N H S L R HB1 HB2
Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated current (A) In 40 °C 100 100 160 250 250
Number of poles 2 [5], 3, 4 3, 4 2 [5], 3, 4 2 [5], 3, 4 3, 4
Breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcu AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 40 85 90 100 120 150 200 - - 40 85 90 100 120 150 40 85 90 100 120 150 200 - -
380/415 V 25 36 50 70 100 150 200 - - 25 36 50 70 100 150 25 36 50 70 100 150 200 - -
440 V 20 35 50 65 90 130 200 - - 20 35 50 65 90 130 20 35 50 65 90 130 200 - -
500 V 15 25 36 50 65 70 80 85 100 15 30 36 50 65 70 15 30 36 50 65 70 80 85 100
525 V - 22 35 35 40 50 65 80 100 - 22 35 35 40 50 - 22 35 35 40 50 65 80 100
660/690 V - 8 10 10 15 20 45 75 100 - 8 10 10 15 20 - 8 10 10 15 20 45 75 100
Service breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcs AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 40 85 90 100 120 150 200 - - 40 85 90 100 120 150 40 85 90 100 120 150 200 - -
380/415 V 25 36 50 70 100 150 200 - - 25 36 50 70 100 150 25 36 50 70 100 150 200 - -
440 V 20 35 50 65 90 130 200 - - 20 35 50 65 90 130 20 35 50 65 90 130 200 - -
500 V 7 12 36 50 65 70 80 85 100 15 30 36 50 50 50 15 30 36 50 65 70 80 85 100
ComPacT NSX250 HB2 525 V - 11 35 35 40 50 65 80 100 - 22 35 35 35 35 - 22 35 35 40 50 65 80 100
660/690 V - 4 10 10 10 10 45 75 100 - 8 10 10 10 10 - 8 10 10 10 10 45 75 100
Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 50000 20000 40000 20000 20000
Electrical 440 V In/2 50000 20000 40000 20000 20000
In 30000 10000 20000 10000 10000
690 V In/2 20000 10000 15000 10000 10000
In 10000 5000 7500 5000 5000
Characteristics as per UL 60947-4-1
Breaking capacity (kA rms) AC 50/60 Hz 240 V - 85 85 85 - - - - - - 85 85 85 - - - 85 85 85 - - - - -
480 V - 25 50 65 - - - - - - 35 50 65 - - - 35 50 65 - - - - -

H
600 V - 10 10 10 - - - - - - 10 10 10 - - - 15 15 15 - - - - -
Protection and Measurements
Short-circuit protection Magnetic only
Overload/short-circuit protection Thermal magnetic
Electronic
With neutral protection (Off-0.5-1-OSN) [1]
With ground-fault protection
With zone selective interlocking (ZSI) [2]
Display/I, U, f, P, E, THD measurements/interrupted-current measurement
Options Power meter display on door
Operating assistance
Counters
Histories and alarms
Metering Com
Device status/control Com
Earth-leakage protection By VigiPacT add-on [3]
By VigiPacT relay

Installation/Connections
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (mm) Fixed, front connections 2/3P 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86
[1] OSN: Over Sized Neutral protection for neutrals carrying WxHxD 4P 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86
high currents (e.g. 3rd harmonics). Weight (kg) Fixed, front connections 2/3P 2.05 2.4 2.2 2.4
[2] ZSI: Zone Selective Interlocking using pilot wires.
4P 2.4 2.8 2.6 2.8
[3] VigiPacT add-on is not available for breaking capacity
levels HB1/HB2. Connections
Connection terminals Pitch With/without spreaders 35/45 mm 35/45 mm 35/45 mm 35/45 mm
[4] There is no 160 A frame, use 250 A frame with lower rating
Large Cu or Al cables Cross-section mm² 300 300 300 300
trip units for R, HB1, HB2.
[5] 2P circuit breaker in 3P case for B and F types, only with Source-Changeover System
thermal-magnetic trip unit. Manual mechanical interlocking
[6] Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (MicroLogic Vigi 4.2 and
7.2 E). Automatic source-changeover

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

128 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Characteristics and Performance
ComPacT NSX & NSXm

A
ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 400 to 630 A up to 690 V

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
CLICK HERE TO SEE
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 400 to 630 A up to 690 V
Common Characteristics Common Characteristics
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 400 to 630 A up to 690 V THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V) Ui 800 Control Manual With toggle
Insulation voltage for ELCB [4] 500 With direct or extended rotary handle
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8

B
Operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 690 Electrical With remote control
Operation voltage for ELCB [4] Ue AC 50/60 Hz 440 Versions Fixed
Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-2 yes
Withdrawable Plug-in base
Utilization category A
Pollution degree IEC 60664-1 3 Chassis

Circuit Breakers NSX400 NSX630

Ir = 225 - 500 A Ir = 501 - 630 A
Breaking Capacity Levels F N H S L R HB1 HB2 F N H S L R HB1 HB2 R HB1 HB2
Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated current (A) In 40 °C 400 400 630 630
Number of poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcu AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 40 85 100 120 150 200 - - 40 85 100 120 150 200 - - 200 - -
380/415 V 36 50 70 100 150 200 - - 36 50 70 100 150 200 - - 200 - -
440 V 30 42 65 90 130 200 - - 30 42 65 90 130 200 - - 200 - -
ComPacT NSX630 HB2 500 V 25 30 50 65 70 80 85 100 25 30 50 65 70 80 85 100 80 85 100
525 V 20 22 35 40 50 65 80 100 20 22 35 40 50 65 80 100 65 80 100
660/690 V 10 10 20 25 35 45 75 100 10 10 20 25 35 45 75 100 45 75 100
Service breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcs AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 40 85 100 120 150 200 - - 40 85 100 120 150 200 - - 200 - -
380/415 V 36 50 70 100 150 200 - - 36 50 70 100 150 200 - - 200 - -
440 V 30 42 65 90 130 200 - - 30 42 65 90 130 200 - - 200 - -
500 V 25 30 50 65 70 80 85 100 25 30 50 65 70 80 85 100 80 85 100
525 V 10 11 11 12 12 65 80 100 10 11 11 12 12 65 80 100 - - -
660/690 V 10 10 10 12 12 45 75 100 10 10 10 12 12 45 75 100 - - -
Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 15000 15000 15000 15000
Electrical 440 V In/2 12000 12000 8000 8000
In 6000 6000 4000 4000
690 V In/2 6000 6000 6000 6000
In 3000 3000 2000 2000
Characteristics as per UL 60947-4-1
Breaking capacity (kA rms) AC 50/60 Hz 240 V 85 85 85 - - - - - 85 85 85 - - - - - - - -
480 V 35 50 65 - - - - - 35 50 65 - - - - - - - -
600 V 20 10 20 - - - - - 20 20 20 - - - - - - - -
Protection and Measurements
Short-circuit protection Magnetic only
Overload/short-circuit protection Thermal magnetic - -
Electronic
With neutral protection (Off-0.5-1-OSN) [1]
With ground-fault protection
With zone selective interlocking (ZSI) [2]
Display/I, U, f, P, E, THD measurements/interrupted-current measurement
Options Power meter display on door
Operating assistance
Counters
Histories and alarms
Metering Com
Device status/control Com
Earth-leakage protection By VigiPacT add-on [3]
By VigiPacT relay
Installation/Connections
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D Fixed, front connections 2/3P 140 x 255 x 110 140 x 255 x 110
4P 185 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110
Weight (kg) Fixed, front connections 2/3P 6.05 6.2
4P 7.90 8.13
Connections
[1] OSN: Over Sized Neutral protection for neutrals carrying Connection terminals Pitch With/without spreaders 45/52.5 mm 45/52.5 mm
high currents (e.g. 3rd harmonics). 45/70 mm 45/70 mm
[2] ZSI: Zone Selective Interlocking using pilot wires. Large Cu or Al cables Cross-section mm² 4 x 240 4 x 240
[3] VigiPacT add-on is not available for breaking capacity Source-Changeover System
levels HB1/HB2. Manual mechanical interlocking
[4] Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (MicroLogic Vigi 4.3 and
7.3 E) Automatic source-changeover

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

ComPacT NSX switch-disconnectors from 50 to 160 A NA D

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
ComPact NSX & NSXm ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance Characteristics and performance
ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors from 50 to 160 A NA ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors from 50 to 160 A NA

Installation standards require upstream

protection.
However ComPacT NSXm 50 to 160 NA
switch-disconnectors are self-protected by
their high-set magnetic release.
Common Characteristics
Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V)

Operational voltage (V)

Suitability for isolation
Utilization category
Ui
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
Ue AC 50/60 Hz
800
8
690
IEC/EN 60947-3 yes
AC 22 A/AC 23 A
Common Characteristics
Control

Versions
Manual

Fixed
With toggle
With direct or extended rotary handle
With side rotary handle
AND PERFORMANCE
Pollution degree IEC 60664-1 3

Switch-Disconnectors NSXm50NA NSXm100NA NSXm160NA

Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-3
Conventional thermal current (A) Ith 40 °C 50 100 160
Number of poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Operational current (A) le AC 50/60 Hz AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A
depending on the utilization 220/240 V 50 100 160/100
category

E
380/415 V 50 100 160/100
440/480 V 50 100 160/100
500/525 V 50 100 160/100
660/690 V 50 100 160/100
ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors Short-circuit making capacity lcm min. (switch-disconnector alone) 1.28 2.13 2.13
(kA peak) max. (protection by upstream circuit 150 150 150
breaker)
Rated short-time withstand lcw for 1s 900 1500 1500
current (A rms) 3s 900 1500 1500
20 s 200 335 335
Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 20000 20000 20000
Electrical AC AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A
440 V Ie/2 20000/20000 20000/20000 20000/20000
Ie 10000/10000 10000/10000 10000/10000
690 V Ie/2 10000/6000 10000/6000 10000/6000
Ie 5000/3000 5000/3000 5000/3000
Positive contact indication
Pollution degree 3 3 3
Additional indication and control auxiliaries
Indication contacts
Voltage releases MX shunt trip release
MN undervoltage release
Installation/connections
Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions (mm) 3P 81 x 137 x 80
WxHxD 4P 108 x 137 x 80
Weight (kg) 3P 1.06
4P 1.42
Connections
Pitch (mm) Standard 27
With spreaders 35
EverLink lug Cu or Al [1] cables Cross-section (mm²) Rigid 95
Flexible 70
Crimp lugs Cu or Al Cross-section (mm²) Rigid 120
Flexible 95
Source-changeover systems
Manual mechanical interlocking
[1] Al up to 100 A.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 A NA

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
CLICK HERE TO SEE G
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPacT NSX switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 A NA
Installation standards require upstream Common Characteristics Common Characteristics
ComPact NSX & NSXm
Characteristics and performance
ComPacT NSX switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 A NA THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
protection. However ComPacT NSX100 Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V) Ui 800 Control Manual With toggle
to 630 NA switch-disconnectors are Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8 With direct or extended rotary handle
self-protected by their high-set magnetic Operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 690 Electrical With remote control
release. Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-3 yes
Versions Fixed
Utilization category AC 22 A/AC 23 A - DC 22 A/DC 23 A
Withdrawable Plug-in base
Pollution degree IEC 60664-1 3
Chassis

Switch-Disconnectors NSX100NA NSX160NA NSX250NA NSX400NA NSX630NA

Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-3
Conventional thermal current (A) Ith 50 °C 100 160 250 400 630
Number of poles 2 [1], 3, 4 2 [1], 3, 4 2 [1], 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Operational current (A) depending on le AC 50/60 Hz AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A
the utilization category 220/240 V 100 160 250 400 630
380/415 V 100 160 250 400 630
440/480 V 100 160 250 400 630
500/525 V 100 160 250 400 630
660/690 V 100 160 250 400 630
DC DC22A/DC23A DC22A/DC23A DC22A/DC23A - -
250 V (1 pole) 100 160 250 - -
500 V (2 poles in series) 100 160 250 - -
750 V (3 poles in series) 100 160 250 - -
Short-circuit making capacity lcm Min. (switch-disconnector alone) 2.6 3.6 4.9 7.1 8.5
(kA peak) Max. (protection by upstream circuit 330 330 330 330 330
breaker)
Rated short-time withstand current lcw for 1s 1800 2500 3500 5000 6000
(A rms) 3s 1800 2500 3500 5000 6000
20 s 690 960 1350 1930 2320
ComPacT NSX100 to 250 NA
Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 50000 40000 20000 15000 15000
Electrical AC AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A AC22A/AC23A
440 V In/2 35000 30000 15000 10000 6000
In 20000 15000 7500 5000 3000
690 V In/2 15000 10000 6000 5000 3000
In 8000 5000 3000 2500 1500

H
DC 250 V (1 pole) and In/2 10000 10000 10000 - -
500 V (2 poles in series)In 5000 5000 5000 - -
Positive contact indication
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3
Protection
Add-on earth-leakage protection By VigiPacT add-on
By VigiPacT relay

Additional indication and control auxiliaries

Indication contacts
Voltages releases MX shunt release
MN undervoltage release
Current-transformer module
Insulation monitoring module

Remote communication by bus

ComPacT NSX400 to 630 NA Device-status indication
Device remote operation
Operation counter

Installation/connections
Dimensions (mm) Fixed, front connections 2/3P 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 255 x 110
WxHxD 4P 140 x 161 x 86 185 x 255 x 110
Weight (kg) Fixed, front connections 3P 1.5 to 1.8 5.2
4P 2.0 to 2.2 6.8
Source-changeover systems
(see chapter on Source-changeover systems)
Manual mechanical interlocking
Automatic source-changeover

[1] 2P in 3P case.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Learn more about

ComPacT NSX
J
Scan or
& NSXm click on
QR code
ranges here

NSX offer NSXm offer Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 129
 General overview www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV

E
Optimize your solution with
field-proven & high-performance
F switch-disconnectors
Switch-disconnectors INS/INV40 to 2500 A

G
Standards
ComPact INS/INV Switch Disconnectors comply with:

H • International Standards:
– IEC/EN 60947-1: General rules
• UL489 and CSA C22.2 N°5-02 &
N°5-13 standards. INSE and INSJ
– IEC/EN 60947-3: Switch-disconnectors. versions only.
• Marine certifications:
– American Bureau of Shipping
– Bureau Veritas
I – Det Norske Veritas - Germanischer Lloyd
– Lloyd's Register of Shipping
– Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
– China Classification Societies
– Registro Italiano Navale
– Korean Register of shipping
J – Russian Maritime Registers of Shipping.

130 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
ComPacT INS & INV

High performances
No derating for all performances in accordance with IEC60947-3 criteria:
• Ith = Ithe = Ie up to 60°.
A

Functions and characteristics www.schneider-electric.com www.schneider-electric.com

Switch
Switch-disconnector selection
ComPact INS40 to 160
B
ComPact INS switch-disconnectors INS40 INS63 INS80 INS100
PB111402_30.eps

Number of poles 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4

Electrical characteristics as defined by IEC 60947-1 / 60947-3 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-3

C
Conventional thermal current (A) Ith at 60 °C 40 63 80 100
Conventional thermal current in enclosure Ithe at 60 °C 40 63 80 100
Rated insulation level (V) Ui AC 50/60 Hz 690 690 690 800
Impulse-withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8 8 8 8

A Rated operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz

DC
500
250
500
250
500
250
690
250
ComPact INS40 to 80 switch-disconnector.
Rated operational voltage AC20 and DC20 AC 50/60 Hz 690 690 690 750
(V)
Rated operational current (A) Ie Electrical AC 50/60 Hz AC22A AC23A AC22A AC23A AC22A AC23A AC22A AC
220-240 V 40 40 63 63 80 80 100 10
380-415 V 40 40 63 63 80 72 100 10
440-480 V 40 40 63 63 80 63 100 10
500 V 40 32 63 40 80 40 100

D 10
PB111403_30.eps

660-690 V - - - - - - 100 63
Electrical DC DC22A DC23A DC22A DC23A DC22A DC23A DC22A DC
125 V (2P in series) 40 40 63 63 80 80 100 10
250 V (4P in series) 40 40 63 63 80 80 100 10
Rated operational power AC23 (kW) Electrical AC 50/60 Hz
220-240 V 11 15 22 22

Total coordination with MasterPact MTZ, NT, NW, ComPact NS,

ComPact INS40 to 80 emergency-off
switch-disconnector.
380-415 V
440 V
20
22
30
30
37
37
45
55
ComPact NSX and ComPact NSXm 500-525 V
660-690 V
18,5
-
22
-
22
-
55
55

The switch must be chosen according to:

Rated duties

Short-circuit making capacity (kA peak) Icm

Uninterrupted duty

Intermittent duty
Min. (switch-disconnector alone)
Class 120 - 60 %
15
Class 120 - 60 %
15
Class 120 - 60 %
15
E
Class 120 - 60 %
20
• the characteristics of the network on which it is installed Max. (with upstream protection 75 75 75 154
PB111406_42.eps

circuit breaker)
• the location and the application Short-time withstand current (A rms) Icw 1s 3000 3000 3000 5500
3s 1730 1730 1730 3175
• coordination with the upstream protection devices (in particular overload 20 s 670 670 670 1230
30 s 550 550 550 1000
and short-circuit). Suitability for isolation

F
Durability (O-C cycles) Mechanical 20000 20000 20000 15000
Electrical AC 50/60 Hz AC22A AC23A AC22A AC23A AC22A AC23A AC22A AC
220-240 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 15
ComPact INS100 to 160 switch-disconnector. 380-415 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 15
440 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 15
500 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 15
690 V - - - - - - 1500 15
Electrical DC DC22A DC23A DC22A DC23A DC22A DC23A DC22A DC
250 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 15
Positive contact indication

Visible break - - - -

G
PB111407_42.eps

Emergency-off switch-disconnector

Degree of pollution 3 3 3 3
Upstream protection
See the “Complementary technical information” page <?>. - - - -

ComPact INS100 to 160 emergency-

off switch-disconnector.

H
A-6 Version : 1.0 - 12/05/2017
Untitled-1
Version : 1.0 - 12/05/2017
Untitled-1

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 131
 General overview www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV

Grow your business with better solutions

A
Choose the installation that best suits your needs

Main power Main power

distribution board

C
distribution board
for commercial for industrial
applications applications

Final

F distribution
enclosure
for
commercial
applications

G
Note: adjacent to or built into the machine.

Less stock space needed

I • Common accessories for ComPact INS/INV and ComPact NSX
• Less product references.

Energy availability thanks to the power-system protection

J
• Isolation of components under fault.

132 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
ComPacT INS & INV

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 133
 Selection guide www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV

The complete range 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 250 A

A Modular profile INS40 INS63 INS80PV INS100 INS125 INS160

INS250-100 INS250-160 INS250-200 INS250

INSE 40-80

ComPact INS
B Switch-disconnectors with
positive contact indication

Emergency-off switch-
D disconnectors with positive
contact indication

E
Mounting on backplate INV100 INV160 INV200 INV250

ComPact INV
Switch-disconnectors with
F visible break

Emergency-off switch-
disconnectors with visible break

134 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Selection guide
ComPacT INS & INV

320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 630b A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A

A
INS320 INS400 INS500 INS630 INS630b INS800 INS1000 INS1250 INS1600 INS2000 INS2500
INSJ400

E
INV320 INV400 INV500 INV630 INV630b INV800 INV1000 INV1250 INV1600 INV2000 INV2500

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 135
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV

A Functions and characteristics www.schneider-electric.com www.schneider-electric.com

Functions and characteristics
CLICK HERE TO SEE
General characteristics General characteristics

The ComPact INS and INV switches are non-automatic switches with rotary handles.
Note: non-automatic switches do not provide overcurrent or short circuit protection and therefore must be protected by a suitable circuit breaker or fuse.
FUNCTIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS
Compact Conformity with standards Altitude
(PART 1)

DB432448.eps
A INS 250 b ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors and auxiliaries comply with the following
standards and international recommendations:
v IEC 60947-1: general rules
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are designed to operate at their rated
values at altitudes under 2000 metres.
Above 2000 metres, the changes in the characteristics of the ambient air (electrical
A
v IEC 60947-3: switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors, etc. resistance, cooling capacity) result in a reduction of the characteristics below.
v IEC 60947-5.1 and following: control-circuit devices and switching elements; Altitude (m) 2000 3000 4000 5000
DB414488.eps

automatic-control components. Dielectric resistance voltage (V) 3500 3150 2500 2100
AC22A AC23A DC23A In that these standards and recommendations are applied in most countries, Rated insulation voltage (V) 750 700 600 500
Ui 800V Ue (V) 690 690 250 (4P)
Uimp 8kV Ie (A) 250 250 250 ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors and auxiliaries comply with European Maximum utilisation voltage (V) 690 550 480 420
Ith 250A/60ºC (EN 60947-1, EN 60947-3, EN 60947-5-1)
50/60 Hz Rated current (A) at 60 °C 1 x In 0.96 In 0.93 In 0.9 In
IEC / EN 60947-3 v CCC (China)
v EAC (Customs Union)
Ith: conventional thermal current. b the specifications of the Marine Classification companies (American Bureau of
Ui: rated insulation voltage. Shipping, Bureau Veritas, Det Norske Veritas –Germanisher Lloyd, Lloyd Register of
Uimp: rated impulse-withstand voltage. Shipping, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, China Classification Societes, Registro Italiano
Ue: rated operational voltage.

DB432449.eps
Navale, Korean Register of shipping, Russian Maritime registers of Shipping) .
Ie: rated operational current.
suitable for isolation. b ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors and auxiliaries are suitable for the control Vibrations
of machine-tools in that they comply with the recommendations issues by the
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are guaranteed against electromagnetic or
CNOMO organization.
mechanical vibrations.
Tests are carried out in compliance with standard IEC 68-2-6 for the levels required
Easy Rotary Handle Operation

B
by merchant-marine inspection organisations (Veritas, Lloyd’s, etc.):
Rotary handles are designed to offer easy operation, yet high performance in b 2 to 13.2 Hz: amplitude ±1 mm
interruption of currents. The handle is front-mounted with optional handle b 13.2 to 100 Hz: constant acceleration 0.7 g.
extensions. Excessive vibration may cause tripping, breaks in connections or damage to
mechanical parts.
Installation in class II switchboards
All ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are class II front-face devices. They may
be installed through the door of class II switchboards (as per standard IEC 60664)
without downgrading switchboard insulation. Installation requires no special
operations even when the switch-disconnector is equipped with rotary handles.

DB432450.eps
Environmental withstand capacity (tropicalisation) Electromagnetic compatibility
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors meet the environmental requirements of the ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are protected against:
following standards: b overvoltages caused by devices that generate electromagnetic disturbances
b IEC 60068-2-1 - dry cold (-55 °C) b overvoltages caused by atmospheric disturbances or by a distribution-system
b IEC 60068-2-1 - dry heat (+85 °C) outage (e.g. failure of a lighting system) and devices emitting radio waves (radios,
b IEC 60068-2-30 - damp heat (95 % relative humidity at +55 °C) walkie-talkies, radar, etc.).
b IEC 68-2-52 (level 2) - salt mist.

Degree of pollution
The ComPact INS/INV range is certified for operation in pollution-degree
3 environments as defined by IEC standard 60947 for industrial environments.

Ambient temperature
Operating-temperature range
b ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors may be used between -25 °C and +70 °C.
DB432447.eps

b Switch-disconnectors should be put into service under the normal, ambient

operating temperatures indicated above. Exceptionally, they may be put into service
when the ambient temperature is between -35 °C and -25 °C.
Storage-temperature range
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors may be stored in their original packing
between -50 °C and +85 °C.

Environmental protection
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors take into account important concerns for
environmental protection. Most components are recyclable. Insulating parts making
up the ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are marked as specified in applicable
environmental standards.

A-2 A-3

D Functions and characteristics

General characteristics

Degree of protection
www.schneider-electric.com www.schneider-electric.com

Suitable for isolation with positive contact indication

Functions and characteristics
General characteristics
CLICK HERE TO SEE
FUNCTIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS
PB111440_52.eps

ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors offer the following protection characteristics

DB424307.eps

(PART 2)
depending on the installation conditions:
b IP: degree of protection (standard IEC 60529)
IK: protection against external mechanical imPacts (standard EN 50102).
All ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are suitable for isolation as defined in
IEC standards 60947-1 and 3. The mechanical design of ComPact switches
A IP40 IK07 IP40 IK07 IP55 IK08 ensures the position of the handle always reflects the position of the main contacts:
b the isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF) position
A
b the operating handle cannot indicate the OFF position unless the contacts are
actually open
DB105443.eps

DB105444.eps

DB414040.eps
PB115813.eps

b padlocking in the OFF position is not possible unless the contacts are actually
open.

Installation of an extended handle does not alter the suitability for isolation. The
isolation function is certified by tests guaranteeing: Suitable for isolation with positive contact indication.
b the mechanical reliability of the position-indication system
Bare switch-disconnector Switch-disconnector in Switch-disconnector in b the absence of leakage currents
PB111442_52_1.eps

with terminal shields. cabinet or enclosure cabinet or enclosure b overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.
(direct handle). (extended handle). The ComPact switch-disconnector range can be used as disconnecting mean.
Suitable for isolation with visible break
IP66 IK10
The physical separation of the main contacts is directly visible through a transparent
cover.
The ComPact INV range offers both positive contact indication and visible break.
DB425822.eps

Emergency-off switch-disconnector
This switch-disconnector can be used as an emergency-off device. For this
application, it must be easily visible, accessible and identifiable (see standards and
rules concerning the safety of machines VDE 0660, VDE 0113, CNOMO, etc.).
Switch-disconnector in dedicated enclosure For easy identification, the emergency-off switch-disconnector uses special colours
IP66 with specific extended handle Switch-disconnector in stipulated by the standards and different from those of the standard version:
dedicated enclosure b yellow for the front face of the device
with specific handle. b red for the handle.
The electrical and mechanical performance characteristics of ComPact INS/INV Suitable for isolation with visible break.
emergency-off switch-disconnector are the same as those of the standard version.
The emergency-off switch-disconnectors are available in positive contact indication
and visible-break versions.
PB111441_47.eps

E INS250 emergency-off switch-disconnector.

PB111443_47.eps

INV250 emergency-off switch-disconnector.

A-4 A-5

Learn more about

J
Scan or
ComPacT INS/INV
click on
ranges here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

136 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 137
 General overview www.se.com

TransferPacT

F
Transfer
Switching Equipment
G Source-changeover systems

138 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
TransferPacT

3
ways
to switch the load to meet your needs A

Automatic Source-Changeover System

1 (or ATSE: Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment) B
An automatic controller may be added to a remote-operated
source-changeover system. It is possible to automatically control
source transfer according to programmed (dedicated controllers)
or programmable (PLC) operating modes. These solutions ensure
optimum energy management.
C
System
Derived ATSE: Two or three circuit breakers that may have different
configurations, linked by an electrical interlocking system. A mechanical
interlocking system protects against electrical malfunctions or incorrect
manual operations, with an automatic control system (dedicated D
controllers or PLC).
Non-derived ATSE: Specifically designed ATSE with a specific controller
for the system. A mechanical interlocking system is standard for product
which protects against electrical malfunctions or incorrect manual
operations.
E
Manual Source-Changeover System
2 (or MTSE: Manual Transfer Switching Equipment)
A very simple way to switch the load. It is controlled manually by
an operator. The time required to switch from the ‘N’ source to ‘R’ F
source can vary.

System
Two or three mechanically interlocked manually-operated circuit breakers
or two switch-disconnectors.
G
Remote-Operated Source-Changeover System
3 (or RTSE: Remote Transfer Switching Equipment)
The most commonly used system for devices with high ratings. H
No direct human intervention is required. Source-changeover
is controlled electrically.

System
Derived RTSE: Two or three circuit breakers that may have different
configurations, linked by an electrical interlocking system. I
In addition, a mechanical interlocking system protects against electrical
malfunctions or incorrect manual operations.
Non-Derived RTSE: Specifically TSE that is electrically operated and not
self-acting. A mechanical interlocking system is standard for product
which protects against electrical malfunctions or incorrect manual
operations. J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 139
 General overview www.se.com

TransferPacT

Applications
A
• Commercial and service sector
(operating rooms in hospitals, safety systems
for buildings, computer rooms for banks
B and insurance companies, lighting and
emergency lighting systems in malls, etc.),
industry and infrastructure.

• Buildings and infrastructure where the need

for continuity of service is significant but not
D a priority: offices, small and medium-sized
businesses.

F • Industry (assembly lines, engine rooms

on ships, critical auxiliaries in thermal
powerstations, etc.)
• Infrastructure (port and railway installations,
runway lighting systems, control systems on
military sites, etc.).
G

140 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
TransferPacT

Whatever the system,

you benefit from our expertise! A

Benefits
For many years Schneider Electric’s source changeover system have proved their
B
reliability everywhere around the world, in most power dependable buildings.
Switching is performed by ComPacT or MasterPacT circuit breakers, the ultimate
references in industrial switchgear.

C
Maximized continuity Optimized energy
of service management
• Energy availability is ensured whatever the • Transfer the load to a replacement source
external requirements (e.g. high power
demand)
according to external requirements D
• Manage power sources according to power
• Maintenance and replacement of the quality and power costs
sources (N or R) can be done with no
interruption of service • Perform system regulation

• You can maintain a continuous level of • Switch to an emergency replacement E

service and customer satisfaction source

You are no longer dependent on your power

Maximized safety supply (and supplier)!

For LV electrical installations where safety

and continuity of service are critical for Simplicity and reliability
F
people and/or equipment such as hospitals,
airports, banks, malls, etc • Simple installation on LV switchboard

• Optimized size of the switchboard

• System based on pre-tested components G

• Compliance with IEC 60947-6-1

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 141
 General overview www.se.com

TransferPacT Class PC

TransferPacT is a high speed, comPacT, modular design intelligent automatic transfer switch
that provides maximum scalability and robust performance. It is a Class PC ATSE designed
A according to IEC 60947-6-1, available through 32 A to 630 A, 2, 3, 4 pole with rated operating
voltage through 208 V to 440 V[*].
[*] Voltage varies depending on different frame. For more information, see general feature section.

B Power availability
Maximized uptime
Innovative technology ensuring transfer in less than 500 ms.

Vast application
C Utilization category AC-33B without derating, fits the most complicated load types.

Reliable under extreme condition

Short circuit capabilities including short time withstand current for your power continuity.

Robust design – Extreme Environment Proof

D • Best-in-class electromagnetic protection, exceeding industry standards on class B
• Designed to perform in harsh environments with operating temperature -25…+70°C
• Successfully passed testing in compliance with IEC 60068-2-6 and IEC 60068-2-27.

E Efficiency
Easy installation
• Built-in DPS and sensing wire, 30% of commissioning time saving
• Multiple installation adapted. E.g. DIN rail for 32 A ~160 A (TA10, TA16).

F Enhanced scalability
10 function modules plug and play, non-disruption upgrading.

Connectivity
G Natively connected – Integrated in EcoStruxureTM Power
• 24/7 precise power monitoring on voltage, frequency, voltage unbalance, phase rotation
• Predictive maintenance with hands-on approach and cloud-based monitoring
software that synthesizes and analyzes performance and alert data into proactive
recommendations. TransferPacT enables wherever-you-go visibility.
H
Cyber security
Designed according to cyber security standard IEC 62443 at the level of SL1

I
Sustainability
Green premium ecolabel
• Green Package for full product range

J • Saving trees - Scan QR code for full version for technical documents.

142 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 143
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

TransferPacT

TransferPacT Automatic / TransferPacT Active Automatic

A
Frame
Conventional Thermal Current Ith At 60°C
Rated operating current (A) Ie AC-33B
AC-32B
Number of poles
Operating positions
Control types
B
Electrical characteristics as defined by IEC 60947-1 / 60947-6-1
and EN 60947-1 / 60947-6-1
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui

TransferPacT Active Automatic Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp

C Rated operating voltage (V) Ue AC50/60 Hz

Rated operating frequency (Hz) F

Rated short-time withstand current Icw
(kA/60 ms)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm Switch alone
(400 V, 50 Hz) With upstream circuit breaker

D Rated duties
Contact Transfer Time [2] (I -> II or II -> I)
Uninterrupted duty

I -> II or II -> I transfer time [2], after power loss

Mechanical durability
Suitability for Isolation

E Installation and connection- Fixed, front connection

Installation
Wiring

Switch Accessories
Position feedback (Auxiliary contact)

F Terminal cover
Rail buckle
Terminal Shield
Load extension bars
Interphase barrier

G
Tightening torque for electrical
connections (Nm)
Degree of pollution
Upstream protection Refer to Complementary
TransferPacT Automatic technical information
Dimensions and weights
Overall dimensions 2P

H H x W x D (mm) 3P
4P
Approximate weight (kg) 2P
3P
4P

b Standard v Optional
I [1] Default 230 V/400 V.
[2] Transfer times are at rated voltage, excluding time delays when applicable.
[3] Suitable for normal and upside down installation.

144 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
TransferPacT

TA10D TA16D

A
100 160
100 160
32, 40, 50, 63 80, 100, 125, 160
80, 100
2/3/4 3/4
3 3
Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI
B
TA10D TA16D

800 800
6 8

C
[1]
2P: 220/230/240/250 V [1] 3P, 4P: 380/400/415/440 V
3P, 4P: 380/400/415/440 V [1]
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
5 kA/0.1 s 10 kA/0.1 s

15 kA 20 kA
75 kA 154 kA
b
≤ 200 ms
b
≤ 200 ms
D
≤ 500 ms ≤ 500 ms
8,000 10,000
b b

TA10D TA16D E
Rail / Base plate [3] Rail / Base plate [3]
Busbar / Cable Busbar / Crimp lug

TA10D TA16D
v v
b
b
b
b
F
v v
v v
- v

G
3.5 ±0.3 N•m 8 ±0.8 N•m
30.97 ±2.65 lb-in 70.8 ±7.08 lb-in
3 3

155 x 310 x 94
155 x 310 x 94
155 x 310 x 94
164 x 351 x 95
164 x 351 x 95
H
3.4 -
3.4 5.6
3.4 5.6

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 145
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

TransferPacT

TransferPacT Automatic / TransferPacT Active Automatic

A Frame
Conventional Thermal Current Ith At 60°C
Rated operating current (A) Ie AC-33B
Number of poles
Operating positions
Control types

B Electrical Characteristics as Defined by IEC 60947-1 /

60947-6-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-6-1
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
(kV)
Rated operating voltage (V) Ue AC50/60 Hz

C TransferPacT Active Automatic

Rated operating frequency (Hz)
Rated short-time withstand current Icw
F

(kA/60 ms)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm Switch alone
(400 V, 50 Hz) With upstream circuit breaker
Rated duties Uninterrupted duty

D Contact Transfer Time

(I -> II or II -> I)
I -> II or II -> I Transfer Time,
after power loss
Mechanical durability
Suitability for Isolation

Installation and Connection - Fixed, Front Connection

E Installation
Wiring

Switch Accessories
Position feedback (Auxiliary contact)

F Terminal cover
Rail buckle
Terminal Shield
Connection accessories Crimp lug
Connector
Terminal Extension

G TransferPacT Automatic
Interphase barrier
Tightening torque for electrical
connections (Nm)
Degree of pollution
Upstream protection Refer to Complementary
technical information
Dimensions and weights
H Overall dimensions
W x H x D (mm)
3P
4P
Approximate weight (kg) 3P
4P

b Standard v Optional

146 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
TransferPacT

TA25D TA63D
250
250
630
630 A
100, 200, 250 320, 400, 500, 630
3/4 3/4
3 3
Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI
TA25D TA63D
B
800 800
8 12

208/220/230/240 V 208/220/230/240 V
380/400/415/440 V 380/400/415/440 V
50/60 Hz
15 kA/0.1 s
50/60 Hz
25 kA/0.1 s
C
10 kA/0.5 s 20 kA/0.5 s
30 kA 40 kA
330 kA 330 kA
b b
≤ 200 ms ≤ 200 ms
D
≤ 500 ms ≤ 500 ms

10,000 10,000
b b
TA25D TA63D
Base Plate Base Plate E
Busbar / Crimp lug / Cable Busbar / Crimp Lug / Cable
TA25D TA63D
b b
Maximum 3 sets Maximum 3 sets
-
-
-
- F
v v
v v
v v
v v
v
15 ±1.5
v
50 ±5
G
3 3

370 x 341 x 186

370 x 341 x 186
467 x 341 x 186
467 x 341 x 186
H
13.1 20.8
13.3 22.1

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 147
 Dimensions and Connection www.se.com

TransferPacT
Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC

TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame

A 100 / 2P, 3P, 4P
Dimensions

B C D
H3
H2 H1

C
E
w

F
B

D L H

Panel and Front panel cut

E 291

NTPG
X
46
4L634 WOTPC
TA10D

acT N
TransferP

X
134
6
12 7
14
Auto
105 12 7 16
6 14 8 SII
5
10 8
16
9
U
4
8 48 9 18
18 SI
63 36 20 20
10
) 10
f 42 24 (
5 10
240 3 20
60Hz 230 415 2
400 250 30
50Hz t
440 A） 1 60
f 5s 220 (N＞R） 0
(N (S)
(s)
5 10
0s 380 3 20
G
G
t Off Ue(V) 2 30
t
N）1 60
Mode SII (R＞N） 0 (min)
(A
SI
N Non

23
Prio.
Auto Return
Return

F 4x Ø4.6 Y
Y
153

307

Frame L W H A B C D E F H1 H2 H3
100 310 147 94 45 82 17.5 18 90 125 15 79.5 11

G Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028EN.

148 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Dimensions and Connection
TransferPacT
Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC

TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame

160 / 3P, 4P A
Dimensions

C D

W
E
A
B

L
H1

H
H2
D
Panel and Front panel cut

284
E
X
done
test is
atic Insulation wrong
Autom in factory, test will

46
dielectircthe controller.
PE transition 0V damage

604T
Open 80V~44
D4S1
ATSE Ue:AC3
TA16
Ie:160AA/0.1s
acT Icw:10k
20

TransferP
120500
No:203

X
136
12 14
10 6 7 16
5 8 SII
84 9 18
U
6 3 20 SI
) 10
f 4 2 (
5 10
240 3 20
60Hz 230 415 2
400 250 30
50Hz t
440 A） 1 60
f 5s 220 (N 0 (s)
5 10
0s

23
380 3
G 20
t Off Ue(V) 2 30
t
N）1 60
Mode SII (A 0 (min)
SI
N Non
Prio.
Auto Return

F
Return

Y
Y 176
4x Ø4.6
352

Frame L W H A B C D E F H1 H2 H3
160 351 164 95 45 82 28 30 105 80 15

Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028EN.
G

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 149
 Dimensions and Connection www.se.com

TransferPacT
Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC

TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame

A 250 / 3P, 4P
Dimensions

B H1
H
H2 E
L
C F

H4
H5
D

K
G

M
H6
I
W

O
N
D
A

75
P
J

H7 4X Ø7

E
Q
Panel and Front panel cut

196±0.5

F
117

325.5±0.5

G 329

4x Ø7±0.2

Frame L W H A B C D E F H H1 H2
H 250 370 341 185.8 115 101.3 196 35 162 12 185.8 20.1 185.7

Frame H4 H5 H6 H7 I J K M N O P Q
250 81.75 3 0.7 101.7 300 20.7 8 27.3 240 325 30.7 8

Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028E.
I

150 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Dimensions and Connection
TransferPacT
Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC

TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame

630 / 3P, 4P A
Dimensions

H
H2
H3 E
L
C F B

K
H1 H4 H5
H6 D

P2
G

M
C

N
I

O
W
A

D
B

P1
22
J

H7 4X Ø7

Q
Panel and Front panel cut E
230±0.5

F
325.5±0.5 117

G
370

4x Ø7±0.2

Frame L W H A B C D E F G H1 H2 H3
630 467 341 185.8 115 101.3 230 45 162 75 4.3 20.1 165.7 72.45

Frame H4 H5 H6 H7 I J K M N O P1 P2 Q
H
250 81.7 3 0.7 101.6 300 20.7 8 27.3 270 325 30.7 24.3 8

Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028EN.

Learn more about

J
Scan or
TransferPacT
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 151
 General overview www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

EasyPact MVS range

A The easy choice for reliable performance

One family and two frame sizes

• Performance without compromise
• Assured quality and safety you can trust
B • Deliver exceptional reliability and flexibility in its class
• Outstanding value for an optimized feature set
• Precision engineered to meet your needs
• Unbeatable value throughout its lifecycle
• Simple to choose and easy to install.
C

2 sizes:
D MVS Frame 1:
630 to
1600 A Performances

E C 50 kA
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A

MVS Frame 2:
800 to
F 4000 A

H 65 kA
N 50 kA
G
800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

152 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
EasyPact MVS

Choose the leader

A
• 630 to 4000 A ratings
• Breaking capacity: 50 & 65 kA
• Suitable for 690 V applications
• Complete selectivity with Ics = Icu
• Intelligent ET range of trip system with display B
• Fully protected neutral on 4 pole breakers
• Full accessories with modular design
• Conforms to IEC 60947- 2 & 3.

C
Performance Level Communication
b Ratings:
v Frame 1: 630 to 1600 A, Eco COM
v Frame 2: 800 to 4000 A. b EasyPact in a communication network.
b
b
Breaking capacity: 50 & 65 kA.
Suitable for 690 V applications.
b
b
BCM-ULP COM option inside breaker.
IFM: Modbus interface module.
D
b Complete selectivity with Ics = 100% Icu. b I/O application module.
b Circuit breakers type C, N, H.
b Switch-disconnectors type CA, NA, HA. Transmission signal
b 3 or 4 poles. b Breaker signal: OF, SDE, PF and CH.
b
b
Fixed or drawout versions.
Conforms to IEC 60947- 2 & 3.
b
b
Cradel signal: CD, CT, CE.
Measurements ways: instantaneous, maximum/minimum, demand. E
b Measurements value: current, voltage, power, power factor, energy.
b Protection settings.
ET range of trip system b Trip causes.

Type of measurement
b ET for basice protection.
b ETA for “current”.
F
b ETV for “Energy”.

Type of protection
b 2.0 for basice protection.
b 5.0 for seletive protection.
b 6.0 for selective + earth-fault protection. G
EasyPact MVS communication module
b Independent Modbus interface module.
b Digital Input: 3 sets of OF, SDE, PF.
b Digital output: 3 sets of MX & XF.
b Analog Input: 1 set of 4-20 mA.
H

I
M2C programmable contacts
b Two programmable contacts.
b Signal events: Ir, Isd, Alarm Ir, Alarm Ig, Igv.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 153
 General overview www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

Benefits for every Panel Builder and Contractor

A
EasyPact MVS06 to MVS40

B Panel builders / Contractors

• Suitable for copper & Aluminium termination
with the pole pitch of 70 or 115 mm

• Terminal orientation can be converted from

horizontal to vertical and vice-versa at
C workshop

• Direct mounting Door frames (escutcheon)

without drilling any holes

• Front fitted accessories like under-volt

release, shunt release & closing coil for
D complete range

• Conversion of manual operated breaker in

to electrical operated, with single bolt fixing.

EasyPact MVS wwith modular design helps

E to increase the shop floor efficiency,enabling
faster delivery of swith boards.

F
The Key values
G
90% 30% 100%
of applications are covered Reduce stock by up to Commitment to quality

The performance At a cost-effective With the quality

H you need investment you demand

EasyPact MVS provides the ideal level Pay for what you need: Designed and manufactured
of capability for your installation from Get outstanding durability with the by Schneider Electric using
630 to 4000 A. features you need, with the benefit advanced manufacturing
of easy to order and stock. methods and premium materials.
I

154 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

Gain peace of
mind and
optimised cost A
for every
installation B

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 155
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

EasyPact MVS
General overview

This overview describes all the functions Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
offered by EasyPact MVS devices.
A b
v
b
Ratings:
EasyPact MVS 630 to 4000 A.
Circuit breakers type C, N, H.
b Switch-disconnectors type CA, NA, HA.
b 3 or 4 poles.
b Fixed or draw-out versions.

B ET trip system
b 2I basic protection.
b 5S selective protection.
b 6G selective + earth-fault protection.
b Standard long-time rating plug:
v current setting (A) 0.4 to 1 x In.
C
ETA trip system with current measurement
b 2I basic protection.
b 5S selective protection.
b 6G selective + earth-fault protection.
D b
v
Standard long-time rating plug:
current setting (A) 0.4 to 1 x In.
External power-supply module.
ET2I Trip System

b
ET6G Trip System ET5S Trip System ET6G Trip System
ET6G Trip System ET6G Trip System

ETV trip system with energy measurement

E b
b
2I basic protection.
5S selective protection.
b 6G selective + earth-fault protection.
b Standard long-time rating plug:
Ir
.7
long
.8
time
long time
tr
.9 (s)
(s) 4
8
12
alarm
alarm
Ir
.7
long
.8
time
long time
tr
.9 (s)
(s) 4
8
12
alarm
alarm Ir
.7
long
.8
time
long time
tr
.9 (s)
(s) 4
8
12
alarm
alarm
v current setting (A) 0.4 to 1 x In.
b External power-supply module.
.6 .95 2 16 .6 .95 2 16 .6 .95 2 16
.5 .98 1 20 .5 .98 1 20 .5 .98 1 20
.4 1 .5 24 .4 1 .5 24 .4 1 .5 24
x In at 6 Ir
[Ir x In at 6 Ir x In at 6 Ir
instantaneous [Ir [Ir
short time short time instantaneous short time instantaneous
short time instantaneous short time instantaneous
Isd Isd tsd Ii Isd tsd Ii
(s) .4 .4 .3
4 5 4 5 (s)
(s) .4 .4 .3 8 10 4 5 (s) 8 10
3 3 6 3 6
2.5 6 2.5 6 .3 .2 4 12 2.5 6 .3 .2 4 12

F
2 8 2 8 . 2 .1 3 15 2 8 . 2 .1 3 15
1.5 10 1.5 10 on.1 2 0off 2 off
off 1.5 10 on.1 2 0off 2 off
off
x Ir on I t x In on I t x In
x Ir x Ir
test test
setting delay test
test
tg
(s)
Ig
D E F (s) .4 .4 .3
C G .3 .2

Connections
B H .2 .1
A I on.1 2 0off
on I t off
ground fault
ground fault

b Rear connection:
ET2I trip system ET5S trip system ET6G trip system v horizontal,
v vertical.
b Optional accessories:
v interphase barriers,
G
Safety shutters Interphase barriers
v safety shutters and shutter locking
blocks.

Locking
b Push button locking by padlockable
H transparent cover.
b OFF-position locking by keylock.
b Chassis locking in disconnected
position by keylock.
b Chassis locking in connected,
disconnected and test positions.
b Door interlock (inhibits door opening) Door interlock Chassis key lock
I with breaker in "connected" or "test"
position.

156 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
EasyPact MVS
General overview

Indication contacts
b Standard:
v ON/OFF indication (OF),
v “Fault” trip indication (SDE).
A
b Optional:
v additional ON/OFF,
indication (OF),
v ready-to-close contact (PF),
Ready-to-close OF contact
v carriage switches for connected
(CE) disconnected (CD) and test
contact
B
(CT) positions.

Remote operation
b Remote ON/OFF:
v gear motor,
v XF closing or MX opening
C
voltage releases.
b Remote tripping function:
v MN voltage release
- standard,
- adjustable or
non-adjustable delay. D
Gear motor MX, XF and MN volage
releases

Accessories
b Auxiliary terminal shield.
b Operation counter.
E
b Escutcheon
(Door sealing frame).
b Transparent cover
for escutcheon.
b Escutcheon blanking plate. Escutcheon Transparent cover
F

Mechanical operation
counter
G
Source-changeover systems
b Mechanical interlocking
using cables:
v interlocking between
two devices,
v interlocking between
H
three devices.

I
Interlocking of two
devices

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 157
 Characteristics and Performance www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

A Functions and characteristics www.se.com www.se.com

Functions and characteristics
CLICK HERE TO SEE
EasyPact MVS EasyPact MVS
Characteristics and performance Characteristics and performance
Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS06 to MVS16 (Frame 1)
Common characteristics
Number of poles
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui
3/4
1000
Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS06 to MVS16 (Frame 1)
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 12
Rated operational voltage (V AC 50/60 Hz) Ue 440
Suitability for isolation IEC 60947-2 Yes
Degree of pollution IEC 60664-1 3

Basic circuit-breaker MVS06 MVS08 MVS10 MVS12 MVS16

Circuit-breaker as per IEC 60947-2
Rated current (A) In At 40°C [1] 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Rating of 4th pole (A) In At 40°C [1] 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Sensor ratings (A) 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Type of circuit breaker C C C C C
Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) Icu 220...440 V 50 50 50 50 50
Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms) Ics % Icu 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Utilisation category B B B B B
Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms) Icw 1s 220...440 V 35 35 35 35 35
V AC 50/60 Hz 3s 440 V 20 20 20 20 20
Circuit breaker
Rated making capacity (kA peak) Icm 220...440 V 105 105 105 105 105
Integrated instantaneous protection (DIN KA instantaneous ± 10%) 105 105 105 105 105
Breaking time (ms) between tripping order and arc extinction (ms) 25 25 25 25 25
Closing time (ms) <50 <50 <50 <50 <50

B
Switch-disconnector as per IEC 60947-3 and Annex A MVS06 MVS08 MVS10 MVS12 MVS16
Type of switch-disconnector CA CA CA CA CA
Operational current AC23A Icm 75 75 75 75 75
Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms) Icw 1s 35 35 35 35 35
3s 20 20 20 20 20

Maintenance / Connection / Installation MVS06 MVS08 MVS10 MVS12 MVS16

Service life Mechanical With maintenance 20 20 20 20 20
C/O cycles x 1000 Without maintenance 10 10 10 10 10
Electrical Without maintenance 440 V 5 5 5 5 5
Connection Horizontal Yes
Vertical Yes
Dimensions (mm) Draw-out 3P 322 x 288 x 277
(H x W x D) 4P 322 x 358 x 277
Fixed 3P 301 x 276 x 196
4P 301 x 346 x 196
Weight (kg) Draw-out 3P/4P 30/39
(approximate) Fixed 3P/4P 14/18

[1] Refer to catalogue EasyPact reference LVED211021EN.

Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs) Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

D Functions and characteristics

EasyPact MVS
Characteristics and performance
Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS08 to MVS40 (Frame 2)
Common characteristics
Number of poles
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui
3/4
1000
www.se.com www.se.com
Functions and characteristics

Characteristics and performance

Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS08 to MVS40 (Frame 2)
EasyPact MVS
CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 12
Rated operational voltage (V AC 50/60 Hz) Ue 690
Suitability for isolation IEC 60947-2 Yes
Degree of pollution IEC 60664-1 4

Basic circuit-breaker MVS08 MVS10 MVS12 MVS16 MVS20 MVS25 MVS32 MVS40
Circuit-breaker as per IEC 60947-2
Rated current (A) In At 40°C [1] 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000
Rating of 4th pole (A) In At 40°C [1] 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000
Sensor ratings (A) 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000
Type of circuit breaker N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H
Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) Icu 220...440 V 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 55 65
V AC 50/60 Hz 690 V 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50
Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms) Ics % Icu 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Utilisation category B B B B B B B B
Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms) Icw 1s 220...440 V 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 55 65
Circuit breaker V AC 50/60 Hz 690 V 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50 42 50
3s 440/690 V 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 30 36
Rated making capacity (kA peak) Icm 220...440 V 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 121 143
V AC 50/60 Hz 690 V 88 105 88 105 88 105 88 105 88 105 88 105 88 105 88 105
Breaking time (ms) between tripping order and arc extinction 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Closing time (ms) <70 <70 <70 <70 <70 <70 <70 <70

Switch-disconnector as per IEC 60947-3 and Annex A MVS08 MVS10 MVS12 MVS16 MVS20 MVS25 MVS32 MVS40
Type of switch-disconnector NA HA NA HA NA HA NA HA NA HA NA HA NA HA NA HA
Operational current AC23A 800 - 1000 - 1250 - 1600 - 2000 - 2500 - 3200 - 4000 -
Rated making capacity (kA peak) Icm 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 105 143 121 143
Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms) Icw 1s 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 50 65 55 65
3s 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 30 36

Maintenance / Connection / Installation MVS08 MVS10 MVS12 MVS16 MVS20 MVS25 MVS32 MVS40
Switch disconnector
Service life Mechanical With maintenance 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
C/O cycles x 1000 Without maintenance 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Electrical Without maintenance 440 V 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 5000 5000 5000

E
690 V 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 2500 2500 2500
Connection Horizontal Yes
Vertical Yes
Dimensions (mm) Draw-out 3P 439 x 441 x 395
(H x W x D) 4P 439 x 556 x 395
Fixed 3P 352 x 422 x 297
4P 352 x 537 x 297
Weight (kg) Draw-out 3P/4P 70/85 90/120
(approximate) Fixed 3P/4P 40/50 60/80

[1] Refer to catalogue EasyPact reference LVED211021EN.

Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs) Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

Learn more about

J
Scan or
EasyPact MVS
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

158 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 159
 General overview www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

E Easy choice for total Simplicity

So easy, so simple
EasyPact™ EZC:
F Build your complete solution with Schneider Electric

With just three sizes of circuit breakers, Schneider Electric’s EasyPactTM EZC system
is the simple, universal solution to fit all low-voltage protection needs.
G > The fixed version is particularly adapted to the OEM and Building markets,
offering optimum performance at a competitive price.

> The plug-in version offers an additional function dedicated to the Marine market.

H EasyPactTM EZC range complies With international certifications

with worldwide standards: and approvals by independent
• IEC 60947-2 laboratories: Buildings Marine

• EN 60947-2 • ASEFA, KEMA, TILVA, TÜV, UL.

I • JISC8201-2-1 / C8201-2-2 (annex 1 and 2)
• GB 14048.2 And compliance with
• UL508 [1] RoHS Directive OEM
• CSA22-2 [1]
• Restriction of Hazardous Substances.

J • IACS for Merchant Marine

(International Association of Classification
Societies: ABS, BV, CCS, DNV, GL, KRS, LR,
NK, RINA).
[1] Only for the 100 A model

160 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
EasyPact EZC

Easy to choose A
EasyPactTM EZC brings you
easy solutions
• From 15 A to 630 A B
• Up to 50 kA at 415 V
• Up to 4 poles
• In only three frame sizes
• With a complete range of auxiliaries: rotary
commands, auxiliaries, shunt trip, phase
barrier, terminal cover, undervoltage trip.
C

Easy to install
E
• Fixed front mounting
• Plug-in mounting EasyPactTM EZC 250 ELCB
• Front connections Built-in Integrated Earth-Leakage Circuit Breaker
(ECLB) function
• Bare cables connected through cable lugs,
screwed inside the breaker > Fully interchangeable with MCCB. F
• Field-installable auxiliaries and accessories
• Built-in earth-leakage protection > Same MCCB footprint and panel cut.
• Interchangeable MCCB and ELCB.

Easy to use H
• A thermal calibration suitable for MCCB use
at 50°C without derating (up to 250 A)
• Positive contact indication for safety and
reliability
• A smaller case optimized for tight spaces.
I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 161
 General characteristics www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers and auxiliaries comply with the following
international standards:
A EasyPact TM

b IEC 60947-1 - general rules

b IEC 60947-2 - low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, part 2 (circuit breakers)
b European (EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-2) and the corresponding
national standards
b GB 14048.2
b JIS C8201-2-1 Annex 1 and Annex 2, for moulded case circuit breakers
b JIS C8201-2-2 Annex 1 and Annex 2, for earth-leakage circuit breakers
B b UL 60947-4-1(old UL508)/CSA 22-2 no. 14.

Approvals and Certifications

Standardised characteristics indicated on the rating plate: b IEC certification by independent laboratories (ASEFA, KEMA, TÜV).
Ui: rated insulation voltage
Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage b marking.

C Ue:
Icu:
the
rated operational voltage
ultimate breaking capacity, for various values of b certified by third-party Tilva.
rated operational voltage Ue
b UL 60947-4-1(old UL508) certified by third party Underwriter Laboratories as a
Cat: utilisation category
Ics: service breaking capacity “Manual Motor Controller” (EZC100/EZC250/EZCV250).
In: rated current
suitability for isolation
Vibration and shock withstand test
D EasyPact EZC circuit breakers resist mechanical vibrations and shocks.
Tests are carried out in compliance with standard IEC 60068-2-6 for the levels
required by merchant-marine inspection organisation IACS:
International Association of Classification Societies up to 250 A (ABS, BV, DNV, LR,
KRS, RINA, NK):
b 2 to 13.2 Hz: amplitude ± 1 mm

E b 13.2 to 100 Hz: acceleration 0.7 g.

Pollution degree
EasyPact EZC circuit breakers are certified for operation in pollution-degree III
environments as defined by IEC standard 60947 (industrial environments).

Tropicalization
F EasyPact EZC circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests prescribed by
the following standards for extreme atmospheric conditions:
b IEC 60068-2-1 - dry cold (-55°C)
b IEC 60068-2-2 - dry heat (+85°C)
b IEC 60068-2-30 - damp heat (95% relative humidity at 55°C)
b IEC 60068-2-52 - salt mist (severity level 2).
G Positive contact indication
All EasyPact EZC circuit breakers are suitable for isolation as defined in
IEC standard 60947-2:
b the isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF) position
b the operating handle cannot indicate the O (OFF) position (“green colour” visible)

H unless the contacts are effectively open

b padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open
b installation of a rotary handle does not alter the reliability
of the position-indication system.
The isolation function is certified by tests guaranteeing:
b the mechanical reliability of the position indication system
b the absence of leakage currents

I b overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers take into account important concerns for
environmental protection. Most components are recyclable and the parts are
marked as specified in applicable standards.

162 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
 www.se.com
General characteristics
EasyPact EZC

Ambient temperature
b EasyPact EZC circuit breakers have been particularly designed to hold 100% In
at 50°C without tripping in normal condition (up to 250 A, except earth leakage A
circuit breakers).
b EasyPact EZC circuit breakers may be used between -25°C and +70°C.
b The permissible storage-temperature range for EasyPact EZC circuit breakers
in the original packing is -35°C to +85°C.

B


Installation
EasyPact EZC circuit breakers are designed for easy installation in the various
types of switchboards. They may be mounted vertically, horizontally or flat on their
back without any derating of characteristics.
Installation positions.


Power supply
EasyPact EZC circuit breaker can be supplied from either the top or the bottom C
(reverse feeding) without any reduction in performance. For earth-leakage circuit
breakers, reverse feeding is possible only up to 240 V AC.
This capability facilitates connection when installed in a switchboard.

Degree of protection
Reverse feeding.
As per standards IEC 60529 (IP degree of protection) and EN 50102
(IK degree of protection against external mechanical impacts).
D

Bare circuit breaker with terminal shields

E
With toggle IP20 IK07


With direct rotary handle standard IP40 IK07

F


Circuit breaker installed in a switchboard G

With toggle IP40 IK07



H
Earth-leakage With direct rotary handle IP54 IK07


protection standard/VDE MCC

EasyPact EZC circuit

breakers have a specific
version including earth-
leakage protection.
This protection is fully
I
With extended rotary handle IP54 IK08


integrated inside the

breaker and does not
require any additional
space.
EasyPact EZC
circuit breakers and
earth leakage circuit
J
breakers are fully
interchangeable.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 163
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

A Functions and characteristics www.se.com www.se.com

Functions and characteristics
CLICK HERE TO SEE
EasyPact EZC EasyPact EZC
Selection guide Selection guide

THE SELECTION GUIDE

CPB100600

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers EZC100B EZC100F EZC100N EZC100H EZC250F EZC250N EZC250H
Fixed version b b b b b b b b b
Plug-in version b b - b [3] - b [3] b b b
Number of poles 3 3 1 3-4 1 2-3-4 3 3 2-3

(PART 1)
Rated current (A) In At 40°C 15, 16, 20, 25, 15, 16, 20, 25, 15, 16, 20, 25, 15, 16, 20, 25, 15, 16, 20, 25, 15, 16, 20, 25, 100, 125, 150, 100, 125, 150, 100, 125, 150,
30, 32, 40, 45, 30, 32, 40, 45, 30, 32, 40, 45, 30, 32, 40, 45, 30, 32, 40, 45, 30, 32, 40, 45, 160, 175, 200, 160, 175, 200, 160, 175, 200,
50, 60 50, 60, 63, 75, 50, 60, 63, 75, 50, 60, 63, 75, 50, 60, 63, 75, 50, 60, 63, 75, 225, 250 225, 250 225, 250
80, 100 80, 100 80, 100 80, 100 80, 100
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
EZC100-1P
Rated operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 550 550 415 550 415 550 550 550 550
DC - 250 125 250 125 250 250 250 250
Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, JIS C8201-2-1
Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) Icu AC 50/60 Hz 110/130 V 10 25 25 25 50 100 25 50 85
CPB100601

220/230/240 V 10 25 18 25 25 100 [1] 25 50 85

380 V 7.5 10 2.5 18 5 30 18 25 36
400/415 V 7.5 10 2.5 15 5 30 18 25 36
440 V 5 7.5 - 10 - 20 15 20 25
550 V 2.5 5 - 5 - 10 5 8 10
DC 125 V (1P) - 5 5 5 10 10 5 20 30
250 V (2P in series) - 5 - 5 - 10 5 20 30
Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms) Ics % Icu 110-400 V 25% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50%
415-550 V 25% 50% 50% 50% 50% 25% 50% 50% 50%
Suitability for isolation b b b b b b b b b
EZC100-2P
Utilisation category A A A A A A A A A
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Endurance (C-O cycles) Mechanical 13 000 13 000 13 000 13 000 13 000 13 000 10 000 10 000 10 000
Electrical In/415 V 4 000 4 000 4 000 4 000 4 000 4 000 5 000 5 000 5 000

B
CPB100602

Protection
Overload protection Bimetal Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Instantaneous protection Magnetic Fixed (±20%) Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 10 In 10 In 10 In
Auxiliaries
Indication contacts Auxiliary switch AX b b - b - b b b b
Alarm switch AL b b - b - b b b b
Combined AX + AL AXAL b b - b - b b b b
Voltage releases Shunt trip release SHT b b - b - b b b b
Undervoltage release UVR b b - b - b b b b

Installation
Connection Crimp lugs/bars b b b b b b b b b
Accessories Box lugs for bare cables b b b b b b b b b
Rotary handles Direct b b - b - b [2] b b b
CPB100603

Extended b b - b - b [2] b b b
Terminal extensions - - - - - - b b b
Spreaders b b - b - b b b b
Phase barriers b b b b b b b b b
Terminal shields b b - b - b [2] b b b
Padlocking system b b b b b b b b b
DIN rail adaptor b b b b b b - - -
Dimension and weight
Dimensions (mm) DxH 60 x 130 60 x 130 60 x 130 60 x 130 60 x 130 60 x 130 60 x 165 60 x 165 60 x 165
W 75 75 25 75 (3P) 25 50 (2P) 105 105 105
100 (4P) 75 (3P)
100 (4P)
Weight (kg) 0.78 0.78 0.28 0.78 (3P) 0.28 0.6 (2P) 1.3 1.3 1.1 (2P)
1.0 (4P) 0.78 (3P) 1.3 (3P)
1.0 (4P)
CPB100604

[1] 50 kA for 2 poles.

[2] For 3 and 4 poles only.
[3] For 3P only.

EasyPact EZC EasyPact EZC

D Functions and characteristics

EasyPact EZC
Selection guide
www.se.com www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
EasyPact EZC
Selection guide
CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE SELECTION GUIDE
CPB100605

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers EZC250N EZC250H EZCV250N EZCV250H EZC400N EZC400H EZC630N EZC630H
Fixed version b b b b b b b b
Plug-in version b b b b - - - -

(PART 2)
Number of poles 4 4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4
Rated current (A) In At 40°C 63, 80, 100, 125, 63, 80, 100, 125, 63, 80, 100, 125, 63, 80, 100, 125, 320, 350, 400 320, 350, 400 400, 500, 600 400, 500, 600
150, 160, 175, 150, 160, 175, 150, 160, 175, 150, 160, 175,
200, 225, 250 200, 225, 250 200, 225, 250 200, 225, 250
Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui 690 690 440 440 690 690 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Rated operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 550 550 440 440 440 440 440 440
DC 250 250 - - - - - -
EZC250-4P Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 and JIS C8201-2-1/C8201-2-2
Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) Icu AC 50/60 Hz 220/230 V 50 85 50 85 40 70 40 70
380 V 25 36 25 36 36 50 36 50
400/415 V 25 36 25 36 36 50 36 50
440 V 20 25 20 25 36 50 36 50
550 V 8 10 - - - - - -
CPB100606

DC 125 V (1P) 20 30 - - - - - -
250 V (2P in series) 20 30 - - - - - -
Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms) Ics % Icu 50% 50% 50% 50% 100% 100% 100% (220-415 V) 100% (220-415 V)
77% (440 V) 77% (440 V) 50% (440 V) 50% (440 V)
Suitability for isolation b b b b b b b b
Utilisation category A A A A A A A A
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Endurance (C-O cycles) Mechanical 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000
Electrical In/415 V 5 000 5 000 5 000 5 000 4 000 4 000 3 000 3 000
Protection
EZCV250-4P Overload protection Bimetal Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Instantaneous protection Magnetic Fixed (± 20%) 10 In 10 In 10 In 10 In 10 In 10 In 10 In (400/500 A) 10 In (400/500 A)
5000 A (600 A) 5000 A (600 A)
Earth-leakage protection
CPB100607

Sensitivity (A) I∆n Adjustable - - 0.1/0.3/0.5/1 0.1/0.3/0.5/1 - - - -

Time-delay (ms) ∆t Adjustable - - 0/200/500/1000 0/200/500/1000 - - - -
Max. breaking time (s) At 2 I∆n - - 0.15/0.4/1/2 0.15/0.4/1/2 - - - -
Auxiliaries
Indication contacts Auxiliary switch OF/AX b b b b b b b b
Alarm switch SD/AL b b b b b b b b
Combined AX + AL AXAL b b b b - - - -
Earth-alarm switch ALV - - b b - - - -
Voltage releases Shunt trip release MX/SHT b b b b b b b b
Undervoltage release MN/UVR b b b b b b b b

E
Installation
Connection Crimp lugs / bars b b b b b b b b
Accessories Box lugs for bare cables b b b b b b b b
EZC400-3P b b b b b b b b
Rotary handles Direct
Extended b b b b b b b b
Terminal extensions b b b b b b b b
Spreaders b b b b b b b b
Phase barriers b b b b b b b b
Terminal shields b b b b b b b b
Padlocking system b b b b b b b b

Dimension and weight

Dimensions (mm) DxH 68 x 165 68 x 165 68 x 165 68 x 165 110 x 255 110 x 255 110 x 255 110 x 255
W 140 140 105 (3P) 105 (3P) 140 (3P) 140 (3P) 140 (3P) 140 (3P)
140 (4P) 140 (4P) 185 (4P) 185 (4P) 185 (4P) 185 (4P)
Weight (kg) 1.8 1.8 1.6 (3P) 1.6 (3P) 4.8 (3P) 4.8 (3P) 4.8 (3P) 4.8 (3P)
2.1 (4P) 2.1 (4P) 6.4 (4P) 6.4 (4P) 6.4 (4P) 6.4 (4P)

EasyPact EZC EasyPact EZC

Learn more about

J
Scan or
EasyPact EZC
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

164 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 165
 General overview www.se.com

EasyPact CVS

E
Low voltage circuit breakers 400 A - 630 A

from 100 to 630 A 100 A - 250 A

F EasyPact CVS MCCBs

EasyPact CVS is packed with world class features and designed

especially to meet technical and commercial needs of customers

G • Conforms to IEC 60947-1 and 2 • Front accessible common snap fit auxiliaries
• Breaking Capacities: simplifies the installation procedures and
- 25 kA (100 A - 250 A), 36 kA (100 A - 630 A), reduces inventory costs
- 50 kA (400 A and 630 A) • Suitability for Isolation ensures that the circuit
• Complete range with Service breaking is isolated from the remainder of the system
H capacity, Ics = 100% Ultimate breaking thus the personnel carry out work with
complete safety
capacity, Icu
• Two frame sizes for complete range helps • Class 2 front face reinforces safety with unique
is faster design and delivery of distribution modular construction where the auxiliaries are
systems isolated from the main current path
• MCCB’s can be either pad locked or key
I • Thermal magnetic trip units (100 A - 630 A)
and electronic trip units locked,thus ensuring safety and better control
(400 A and 630 A) on installation
• Fault current limitation technology helps • High electrical and mechanical endurances.
to reduce the thermal stresses and thus
increases the life of cables and installation.

166 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
EasyPact CVS

Easy choice for Quality and Value:

Safe, reliable and simple A

Safe B
Isolation
• EasyPact CVS circuit breakers are suitable for Isolation as defined in
IEC 60947-2 standards. The aim of isolation is to separate a circuit or
apparatus from the remainder of a system which is energized in order C
that personnel may carry out work on the isolated part in perfect safety
• MCCB locking with external padlocks enables a user to isolate and
undertake maintenance with utmost safety.

D
Isolation

E
Class II front Face
• All EasyPact CVS MCCBs are class II Front face devices, they may be
installed through the door of class II switchboards without downgrading
the switchboard insulation. Installation requires no special operation,
even when the Circuit Breaker is equipped with a rotary handle.
F
Class II
enclosure

Class II
front face
G

Class II panel with circuit breaker having a class II front face

H
Locking in OFF position
• Key locks enable to lock the breaker in OFF position ensuring safety
and better control on installation
• It also helps in interlocking multiple circuit breakers in an installation.
I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 167
 General overview www.se.com

EasyPact CVS

A Reliable
Conforms High electrical & Reliable EasyPact CVS
to IEC 60947-2 Mechanical accessories offer protection
for circuit endurance • Continuous rated for human as
B breaker • 30000 mechanical shunt coils well as Electrical
• Tested at renown operations for 100 A • Multifunctional installation
international • 12000 electrical Aux./Alarm contact
Earth leakage protection
laboratories operations for 100 A. • Unique electrical through Vigi Module to
like KEMA fault trip indication protect human against
(SDE). leakage current.
C • Complete range
with Ics = 100% Icu.

IEC 60947-2
D

Fault current
E limitation
technology
• EasyPact CVS Double
break mechanism
ensures high fault

F -R
current limitation
 educes thermal
stresses on the
electrical distribution
network
- I ncreases the life of

G EasyPact CVS Double break Roto mechanism Current limitation technology cables and installation.

168 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
General overview
EasyPact CVS

Simple A
Only two frame sizes up to 630 A
Frame - I: 100 - 250 A
Frame - II: 400 - 630 A
B
• Common and snap-fit accessories up to 630 A
• Single OF contact for ON/OFF, Trip indication
• Single Shunt coil for remote tripping
• Single Under Voltage coil
Rotary handle • EasyPact CVS share same footprint of
ComPacT Family MCCBs
C
Rotary handle
- mounting dimensions
OF1 SD
OF2 - easy retrofitting
OF1 OF2 OF3 SDE - system upgradeability.
SD
MN /
MX
SDE Reserved
MN /
MX
D

SDV
SDV E

100 A - 250 A 400 A - 630 A

G
Stands for customer value
Panel builders H
• Only two frame sizes up to 630 A
• Common accessories for complete range
(ON/OFF/Trip Auxiliaries/Shunt/UV etc)
• Line load reversibility for entire range
• Suitable for class II switchboards.
I
Contractors
• Sufficient pole pitch helps to terminate
Copper and Aluminum busbars or cables
• Easy availability of the product due to less
number of frame size J
• Designed to perform in demanding
applications.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 169
 www.se.com

A
Gain peace of mind,
quality, and value for
B your installations

170 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com
Characteristics and Performance
EasyPact CVS

Functions and characteristics www.se.com www.se.com

Functions and characteristics
CLICK HERE TO SEE
A
EasyPact CVS EasyPact CVS
Characteristics and performance Characteristics and performance

Common characteristics
Rated voltages
Insulation voltage (V) Ui 690
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp 8
Operational voltage (V) Ue AC 50/60 Hz 440
Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-2 yes
Utilisation category A
Pollution degree IEC 60664-1 3

Circuit breakers CVS100 CVS160 CVS250 CVS400 CVS630

PB106447

Performance
Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2
Rated current (A) In 40°C 100 160 250 400 630
Number of poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Breaking capacity levels B F N B F N B F N F N F N
Breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcu AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 40 70 90 40 70 90 40 70 90 40 70 40 70
380/415 V 25 36 50 25 36 50 25 36 50 36 50 36 50
440 V 20 36 50 20 36 50 20 36 50 30 42 30 42
Service breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcs AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 40 70 90 40 70 90 40 70 90 40 70 40 70
380/415 V 25 36 50 25 36 50 25 36 50 36 50 36 50
440 V 15 18 38 15 18 38 15 18 38 23 32 23 32
EasyPact CVS100/160/250 Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical 30000 25000 20000 15000 15000
Electrical 415 V In/2 30000 25000 20000 12000 8000

B
In 12000 12000 10000 6000 4000
Protection
PB106448

Short-circuit protection Magnetic only b b b b b

Overload/short-circuit protection Thermal magnetic b b b b b
Electronic - - - b b
With neutral protection (Off-0.5-1) - - - b b
Earth-leakage protection By Vigi module b b b b b
Installation/connections
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (mm) Fixed, front 3P 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 255 x 110 140 x 255 x 110
WxHxD connections
4P 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 185 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110
Weight (kg) Fixed, front 3P 1.8 1.8 2.0 4.7 5.2
connections
4P 2.2 2.3 2.6 6.3 7.1
Connections
Connection terminals Pitch Without spreaders 35/45 mm 35/45 mm 35/45 mm 45/52.5 mm 45/52.5 mm
With spreaders 45/70 mm 45/70 mm
Large Cu or Al cables Cross-section mm² 300 300 300 4 x 240 4 x 240

EasyPact CVS400/630

EasyPact CVS EasyPact CVS

Learn more about

J
Scan or
EasyPact CVS
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B 171
 www.se.com

172 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B
www.se.com

Power monitoring and power quality

PowerLogic™
General overview....................................................................C-174
Technical characteristics........................................................C-178

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

General overview....................................................................C-186
Architecture overview.............................................................C-188
Technical characteristics........................................................C-189
Technical specifications..........................................................C-192
C
HeatTag
General overview....................................................................C-194
Functions and characteristics.................................................C-196

EasyLogic Power Metering

General overview....................................................................C-198
Functions and characteristics.................................................C-201

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

General overview....................................................................C-206
Technical characteristics........................................................C-210

EasyLogic™ APF
General overview....................................................................C-216
Technical characteristics........................................................C-218

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 173
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic™

F
Energy management, revenue metering
and power quality monitoring
G
Electrical network management

EcoStruxure Panel Server is the next generation of gateway, providing a seamless

connection of wired or unwired smart IoT devices to your edge control software or
advisor. It is a foundational enabler for Schneider Electric EcoStruxure solutions.
H

174 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic™

PowerLogic™ A
System is…
Schneider Electric believes every business can increase B
productivity while consuming less and achieving energy savings
of 10% to 30%.

C
PowerLogic technology
forms one part of your
total energy management
solution from Schneider
Electric. As the global energy
management specialist, D
we offer end-to-end power,
building and process
management solutions that
help you optimize energy
use and costs, improve
performance, enhance
comfort and safety, and
deliver uninterrupted service E
while taking responsible care
of our planet.

Our expert services can

help you audit your energy
use and build your energy
action plan. From power
factor correction systems, F
harmonic filtering and
variable speed drives to
HVAC and lighting controls,
we offer a complete
range of energy efficient
technologies.
• Saving energy reduces costs and pollution, but you need the tools to uncover all opportunities,
avoid risks, track progress against goals, and verify success. Schneider Electric provides these G
tools via the world’s most advanced energy intelligence technology: PowerLogic.
• A PowerLogic system of meters, software and power quality solutions help manage all energy
assets, every second of the day. A PowerLogic system enables all stakeholders, from CEO to
facility and engineering managers, to respond quickly to potential problems and manage energy
in financial and environmental terms.
• PowerLogic technology delivers the key performance indicators and analytics that you need to
H
strategically balance emissions, efficiency, reliability and cost.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 175
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic™

Gain energy insight and control with

A PowerLogic™ systems

Cutting-edge technology to increase profitability

B PowerLogic technology converts the complex dynamics governing the relationship between power generation
and distribution on the utility side, and energy consumption, cost and reliability on the consumer side, into
timely, easily understood information. Businesses can use this powerful to improve tactical actions and
strategic decision making.
From a single facility to an entire enterprise, PowerLogic meters monitor key distribution points 24 hours a day. Whether from generators,
C substations, service entrances, mains, feeders, loads or 3rd party equipment and systems, PowerLogic technology tracks, records and
reports all real-time conditions and historical performance data. Intuitive web-based interfaces give stakeholders access to this data as well
as advanced analytics, alarm annunciation and control capabilities. It supports comprehensive energy management programs by tracking
performance and empowering you to make effective decisions.

Demand

E Power availability and reliability

• Validate that power quality complies with the energy contract
• Identify power quality issues and fix them quickly with reliable
mitigation solutions
• Improve response to power-related problems
• Leverage existing infrastructure capacity and avoid over-building
F • Support proactive maintenance to prolong asset life

Energy efficiency and cost savings

• Measure efficiency, reveal opportunities and verify savings
• Manage greenhouse gas emissions
G • Allocate energy costs to departments or processes
• Reduce peak demand and power factor penalties
Supply • Enable participation in loadcurtailment programs
(e.g. demand response)
Energy availability and reliability • Strengthen rate negotiation with energy suppliers

H
• Improve T&D network reliability • Identify billing discrepancies
• Enhance substation automation • Sub-bill tenants for energy costs
• Maximize the use of your existing infrastructure

Revenue metering and power quality

I • Maximize metering accuracy at all interchange points

• Verify compliance with new powerquality standards
• Analyse and isolate the source of power quality problems

176 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic™

Market segments
A

• Cost allocation • Tenant sub-billing

E
• Procurement optimization • Cost allocation
• Power factor correction • Energy efficiency & benchmarking
• Continuity of service even in case of an earth fault. • Procurement optimization
• Power availability
• Demand response / load curtailment.

• Metering all key interchange • Revenue metering • Infrastructure optimization I

points with the highest • Power quality monitoring • Power quality analysis compliance
possible accuracy
• Power availability and • Alarming and event notification
• Improving the quality of reliability
power delivered to your • Energy efficiency
customers • Insulation monitoring. • Cost allocation
• Ensuring the reliability and
efficiency of your network
• Procurement optimization. J
and equipment.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 177
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

Use this panorama to select the most efficient products for

A your application needs
Current transformers Panel instruments

C
CTs Ip / 5 A iAMP iVLT AMP/VLT iFRE iCH/iCI
Function
Current transformer Ammeter, Ammeter, Ammeter, Frequency Hour counter,
D Applications
Voltmeter Voltmeter Voltmeter meter Pulse counter

Installation Panel instrumentation

Solid Core CTs Panel instrumentation I/U I/U I/U F hours/pulses
b Insulated Cable, diameter
21 to 35 mm Energy efficiency & cost
b Busbar through transformer Sub-billing & cost allocation
E b Cable connections Demand & load management
Billing analysis
Split Core CTs
b CT installation without the need Power availability & reliability
to uninstall and reinstall power Compliance monitoring
conductors Sag/swell, transient
b Cable and Busbar connections
Harmonics

F Revenue metering
Revenue meter
Characteristics
Solid Core CTs Measurement accuracy Class 1.5 ± 0.5% ± 1 digit Class 1.5 ± 0.5% ± 1 digit
b Transformation ratio: Installation DIN rail DIN rail flush mounted DIN rail iCI, iCH: DIN rail
40/5 A to 6000/5 A 4 x 18 mm 2 x 18 mm 72 x 72 mm 2 x 18 mm 2 x 18 mm

G
b Accuracy: class 0.5 to 3 modules modules 96 x 96 mm modules modules
b Maximum rated operational CH: flush mount
voltage: 720 V AC
Measurement iAMP: iVLT: VLT: 400 V AC direct
b Tropicalised range 25°C to
30 A direct 600 V AC direct 500 V AC direct
+60°C [1] or external CT or external VT or external VT
Relative humidity > 95% AMP:
external CT
Communication ports

H Split Core CTs

b Transformation ratio:
Memory capacity

100/5 A to 4000/5 A
b Accuracy: class 0.5 to 3
b Maximum rated operational
voltage: 720 V AC
b Cable connection:
-5°C to +50°C
I Relative humidity 5-85%
b Busbar connection:
5°C to +40°C
Relative humidity 5-85%

[1] Warning: some products are limited to +50°C.

178 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Basic energy metering

iEM2xxx Range iEM3000 Series PM3000 Series PowerTag

C
iEM2000, iEM2100, Energy Series
iEM2400
Function
Kilowatt-hour meter Kilowatt-hour meters Metering & sub-metering Wireless power &
Power and energy meters
Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22
energy meter D
Class 1 IEC 62053-21
Class 2 IEC 62053-23
Applications
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation E (in all range)
I, U, F, P, Q ,S, PF
(in selected ranges)
I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
(Power demand and
current demand)
I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
(Power demand and
current demand)
I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
(Depending on reference;
Power demand depending
E
on gateway)
Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation Cost allocation only

Demand & load management

Billing analysis F
Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoring
Dip/swell, transient
Harmonics
Revenue metering
Revenue meter G
Characteristics
Measurement accuracy Class 1 (Wh) / Class 2 (VARh) Class 0.5S / Class 1 (Wh) Class 0.5 IEC 61557-12 PMD/DD
Class 2 (VARh) Class 1 (active energy)
Installation DIN rail 1, 2 x 18 mm modules DIN rail 5, 7 x 18 mm modules DIN rail On product or on cables
depending on the reference
Voltage measurement Up to 276 V (Ph-N) AC direct 100 - 277 V L-N,
173 - 480 V L-L
50 V to 330 V AC (Ph-N)
80 V to 570 V AC (Ph-Ph)
Up to 277 V AC (Ph-N) /
480 V AC (Ph-Ph)
H
Up to 1MV AC (ext VT) Up to 1M V AC (ext VT) depending on the reference
Current measurement 40 to 125 A direct External CT (iEM32/34/3500) External CT 63 to 2000 A
Direct 63 A (iEM3100),
125 A (iEM3300)
Communication ports RS-485, M-Bus in selected RS-485, M-Bus, BACnet, 1 Wireless
references LonWorks in selected
references I
Inputs / Outputs 1/1 (in selected) Up to 2 Inputs and 1 Output 2 I/O
Memory capacity

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 179
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Wireless products Basic multi-function metering

More details on page 194

C Function
PowerTag Control HeatTag Smart Sensor PM5000 Series PM5350 Series

Circuit monitoring & Early detection of Metering & sub-metering Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22
control overheating wire Class 2 IEC 62053-23
connections or Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22 Class 1 IEC 61557-12
IEC 60364-8-1 overheating cables Class 1 IEC 62053-21

D EN 17267
ISO 50010
Class 2 IEC 62053-23
Class 0.5/1 IEC 61557-12
Applications
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation Analysis of gas and I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
micro-particles, (Power demand and (Power demand and
Temperature, Humidity current demand) current demand)
E Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation

Demand & load management

Billing analysis

Power availability & reliability

F Compliance monitoring

Dip/swell, transient
Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

G Characteristics
Measurement accuracy Temperature ±-1.1°C Class 0.5 Class 0.5
Humidity ± 9 RH%
Installation DIN rail DIN rail Flush mount 96 mm x 96 mm Flush mount
6 x 18 mm modules or DIN rail (PM5563) 96 mm x 96 mm
Voltage measurement 20 V to 400 V AC L-N 20 V to 300 V L-N
35 V to 690 V AC L-L 35 V to 520 V L-L

H Current measurement
Communication ports Wireless
External CT
RS-485, Ethernet, BACnet,
External CT
RS-485
Ethernt IP
Inputs / Outputs 2 I/O Up to 4 inputs/ 2 outputs Up to 4 inputs/ 2 outputs
Memory capacity Available

180 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Advanced metering

Function
PM8000 Series ION9000
C
Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter

IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S IEC62052-11 ed.2 Class 0.1S

ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2 ANSI C12.20 Class 0.1
IEC 61000-4-30 Class S
IEC 62586-2
PQI Class A
IEC 62586-1 / -2 D
IEC 61557-12 PMD/Sx/K70/0.2 IEC 61557-12 PMD/Sx/K70/0.2
IEC / UL 61010-1 IEC / UL 61010-1
Applications
Panel instrumentation

E
Panel instrumentation I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E, THD, Min/Max, harm, alarm, I/O I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E, THD, Min/Max, harm, alarm, I/O
(I, U unbalance, demand, clock/cal, dip/swell) (I, U unbalance, demand, clock/cal, dip/swell, transients,
flicker, RVC, mains signalling, 1/2 cycle RMS)
Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation

Demand & load management

F
Billing analysis

Power availability & reliability

Compliance monitoring

Dip/swell, transient Dip/swell only

Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter G
Characteristics
Measurement accuracy IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S IEC62052-11 ed.2 Class 0.1S
(active energy) ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2 ANSI C12.20 Class 0.1
Installation Flush & DIN 96 mm x 96 mm Flush & DIN 160 mm x 160 mm
Display 96 mm or 197 mm x 175 mm
Voltage measurement
Current measurement
57-400 V AC L-N 3P (100-690 V AC L-L)
External CT
57-400 V L-N AC or 100-690 V L-L AC
External CT and LVCT
H
Communication ports 3 4
Inputs / Outputs Up to 27 DI, 9 DO Up to 32 DI, 4 DO, 10 RO (relay)
Up to 16 AI, 8 AO Up to 16 AI, 8 AO
Memory capacity 512 MB 2 GB

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 181
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Advanced utility metering

C ION7400 ION8650
A B C
Function
Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter

D IEC 61557-12
IEC 62053-22
IEC 62052-11
IEC 62053-22/23
IEC 61000-4-30 Class S Class 0.2S
IEC 62586 IEC 61000-4-30 Class A
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2
PMD/Sx/K70/0.2
Applications
E Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E, THD, Min/Max,harm, alarm, I/O I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
(I, U unbalance, demand, clock/cal) (demand, minimum and maximum values)
Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation

Demand & load management

F Billing analysis

Power availability & reliability

Compliance monitoring

Dip/swell, transient Dip/swell only

G
Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

Characteristics
Measurement accuracy IEC 61053-22 Class 0.2S Class 0.2S
(active energy) ANSI 12.20 Class 0.2S

H Installation Flush & DIN rail mount 96 mm x 96 mm ANSI socket mount 9S, 35S, 36S, 39S and 76S; FT21
switchboard case
Voltage measurement 57-400 V AC L-N 3P (100-690 V AC L-L) 57-277 V L-N AC (9S, 36S);
120-480 V L-L AC (35S)
Current measurement External CT External CT
Communication ports 3 5
Inputs / Outputs Up to 27 DI, 9 DO Up to 22 I/O

I Memory capacity
Up to 16 AI, 8 AO
512 MB 10 MB 4 MB 2 MB

182 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Multi-circuit metering

HDPM6000 BCPM EM4000 EM4800

Function C
3-phase power quality Branch circuit monitor Multi-circuit Multi-circuit
meter; branch-circuit Energy meter Energy meter
accessory module hub IEC 61036
Class 1 Class 0.5 ANSI Class 0.5 ANSI
C12.1, C12.20 C12.1, C12.20

Applications
Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22
D
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
(Power demand and (Power demand and (Power demand and
current demand) current demand) current demand)
Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation E
Demand & load management
Billing analysis
Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoring
Sag/swell, transient
Harmonics F
Revenue metering
Revenue meter
Characteristics
Measurement accuracy Class 1 (mains active energy) Class 0.5S Class 0.5S
Installation
Voltage measurement
Panel or enclosure
90 – 277 V L-N
Panel or enclosure Panel or enclosure
80 - 480 V AC L-L without PTs, 80 - 480 V AC L-L without PTs,
G
voltage Inputs Up to 999 kV with external PTs Up to 999 kV with external PTs
Current measurement CT strips for branch circuits Split- or solid-core CTs Split- or solid-core CTs
and external CTs for mains
Communication ports 2 2
Inputs / Outputs 2 2
Memory capacity
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 183
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Multi-circuit metering Retrofit products

C EM4900 EM3500 EM4200

Function
Multi-circuit DIN rail power & energy meter Power & energy meter
Energy meter
ANSI 12.20 0.2% accuracy, ANSI C12.20 0.2% IEC 62053-22
Class 0.5 ANSI IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S for Class 0.2S

D C12.1, C12.20
Class 0.5S IEC 62
EM35xx models, ANSI C12.20
0.5% accuracy, IEC 62053-22
Class 0.2S for EM35xxA models
Applications
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E

E
(Power demand and current demand) (Power demand and current demand) (Power demand and current demand)
Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation

Demand & load management

Billing analysis
Power availability & reliability

F Compliance monitoring
Sag/swell, transient
Harmonics
Revenue metering
Revenue meter
Characteristics
G Measurement accuracy Class 0.5S Class 1 (mains active energy) ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2S
IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S
Installation Panel or enclosure Panel or enclosure DIN or screw, clip-on or hook
Voltage measurement 150 - 480 V AC L-L without PTs UL: 90 V L-N to 600 V L-L; 890 - 480 V AC L-L
Up to 999 kV with external PTs CE: 90 V L-N to 300 V L
Current measurement Split- or solid-core CTs EM35xxA models work exclusively with 5 A to 5000 A
Rogowski coil CTs

H Communication ports
Inputs / Outputs
2
2
1 for main
(see Datasheet)
2

Memory capacity

184 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Insulation monitoring Devices EcoStruxure™ Panel Server
More information on page 186

Vigilohm™
Insulation monitoring devices
EcoStruxure™
Panel Server C
Function
Insulation monitoring for IT / Ungrounded networks IoT gateway for intelligent power network
Features
RS-485 / Ethernet gateway RS-485 Supports IEEE 802.15.4 and Modbus devices
Devices supported Insulation Monitors:
IM9, IM9-OL, IM10, IM20
Wired devices communicating though Modbus-SL, Modbus
TCP/IP, or digital inputs:
D
IM10-H, IM20-H, IM400 series Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors, Protection relays,
IM400THR Power meters, Energy meters, Pulse meters, IO modules,
Gateways
Insulation Fault Locators:
IFL 12, IFL 12C, IFL 12MC, IFL 12H Wireless devices:
PowerTag Energy sensors, Environmental sensors, Acti9
Accessories:
Including voltage adaptors, cardews, toroids
Active, HeatTage sensors, PowerTag Control modules,
Wireless indication auxiliaries for ComPacT NSX and
ComPacT NSXm, circuit breakers
E
Web server with
standard HTML pages
Web server with
custom HTML pages

F
Real time data Available on product supervision e.g.PME, Com'X 510 Available on web server embedded in Panel Server
Historical data Available on product supervision e.g.PME, Com'X 510 Available on web server embedded in Panel Server
(Advanced Panel Server only)
Automatic notification Available in supervision PME Available on embedded web server (Advanced Panel Server
only), edge control system & cloud-hosted application
Alarm and event logs Available in supervision PME Available on embedded web server (Advanced Panel Server
only), edge control system & cloud-hosted application

G
Waveform display
Custom animated graphics
Manual/automatic reports
Characteristics
Ethernet ports An IT earthing system -also called ungrounded system- allows Two Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port
Modbus TCP/IP protocol the network to operate even in the presence of an insulation Wi-Fi
RS-485 (2-wire / 4-wire) ports, fault, without endangering people or property. Bluetooth communication for commissioning
Modbus protocol
Number of devices
Required as part of the IT network, an Insulation Monitoring
Device (IMD) detects the insulation fault and locates it so it can
be repaired.
Modbus RS485 serial communication
IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication
Modbus TCP/IP server and client
H
connected directly Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client and server with
RS-232 configuration ports proxy management
Miscellaneous Modbus RS485 to Modbus/TCP Gateway
Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP
Installation Two digital inputs (24 V DC version only) Commissioning

I
through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or through
Embedded Web-Pages

Learn more about

J
Scan or
PowerLogic™
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 185
 General overview www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

F IoT for an intelligent power network

The EcoStruxure™ Panel Server is the next generation of
gateway, providing a seamless connection of wired or unwired
G smart IoT devices to your edge control software or cloud-based
applications and analytics. It is a foundational enabler for
Schneider Electric EcoStruxure™ solutions. SEE THE VIDEO

EcoStruxure Panel Server gives you access to the information

you need to protect, maximize and optimize your power system.
H
Help keep people Optimize energy
and assets safer efficiency

I Maximize power
availability
@ Improve cybersecurity

186 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

Electrical safety
• Panel Server is an integral part of Schneider Electric’s continuous thermal monitoring
application, helping reduce risk of electrical fires, increase people and assets protection. A
Implement the thermal monitoring of your electrical panel by connecting thermal and heat
sensors to your Panel Server.

Power availability
• Electrical distribution monitoring and power event analysis help avoid unplanned downtime
B
caused by electrical failure. Panel server collects real-time data and alarms, presenting
information through embedded webpages, making it available to edge control software
or cloud-based applications and analytics for electrical system diagnostics. Use embedded
webpages for first-level monitoring or monitor from your edge or cloud control system.
C
Optimize energy efficiency
• Improve your facility’s energy efficiency and reduce energy consumption with energy usage
analysis and performance tracking. Panel Server collects and shares energy data to help achieve
your energy conservation initiatives. It is certified as part of an energy data management system
certified for compliance with ISO 50001, 50002, 50006 requirements. D
Cybersecurity
• Guarding your electrical assets and systems against cyber attacks is vital. Discover
the enhanced cybersecurity benefits of Panel Server and its IEC62443-4-1 compliant
development lifecycle. Explore its cybersecurity features through a dedicated guide, and E
discover how Panel Server empowers you to retrieve security logs, providing valuable
insights into system security and activity.

Benefits F

All-in-one gateway Intuitive operation

• Separates your OT network from your • User-friendly webpages offer
IT network first-level monitoring G
• Wireless data concentrator • Contextualized data and
operational insights
• Modbus RS485 to Modbus TCP
• Simple alarm setup for email notification
• Supports multiple Ethernet connections for
serving information to edge control software • Standardized IEC 62974-1 compliant H
and cloud applications datalogger and energy server

Simple commissioning
• EcoStruxure™ Power Commission software I
• Device auto discovery

• Generation of acceptance reports to

validate gateway configuration

• Commission via WiFi J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 187
 Architecture overview www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

Schneider Electric EcoStruxure Power Monitoring Expert

A cloud services Panel Server
webpages
or third-party edge controls

Gas meter

Water meter Internet

Ethernet or WiFi LAN
Energy meters
B Cellular
Ethernet / Modbus TCP

C Circuit breakers Power Protection

Energy and Circuit
Power meters breakers meters relays
EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

D Gas
meter

PowerTag Energy PowerTag Sensors Acti9

Control Active
Water meters

E Ethernet or WiFi LAN Modbus Serial Line Digital IOs Wireless devices

188 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
EcoStruxure™ Panel Server
Entry

Compatible with a large set of wireless sensors, PowerTag Energy, Heat Tag,


and others. PAS400 is the perfect fit for small networks or installations
where space is a challenge.
A
Functions
b Optimized gateway to retrieve data your wireless devices.
b Connect to your monitoring and control software such as EcoStruxure™ Power
Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure™ Power Operation or to your Building
Management System.
b Connect to Schneider cloud applications such as EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub or
Asset Advisor.
B
b Ease of commissioning with EcoStruxure™ Power Commission software, or
directly through the Panel Server webpages, enabling device plug-and-play and
auto-discovery features.
b Ease of operation with user friendly embedded webpages, and data

Standards & certifications

contextualization for more relevant analytics.
C
b IEC 61010-1 Main features
b IEC 61010-2-201
b Power Supply 110…277 V AC/DC.
b UL 61010-1
b Designed to match with electrical switchboard environment (temperature,
b UL 61010-2-201
humidity electromagnetic compatibility).
b IEC 62974-1
b One Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port.
b
b
ETSI EN 301 489-1 V.2.2.3
ETSI EN 301 489-17 V.3.2.4
b Wi-Fi.
b Bluetooth communication for commissioning.
D
b IEC 61326-1
b IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication.
b IEC 62974-1
b Modbus TCP/IP server.
b EN50581
b Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client with proxy management.
b EN 62321
b Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP.
b EN 62474
b Designed through a Secured Development Life Cycle in accordance
b ETSI EN 300 328 V2.2.2
To IEC 62443-4-1.
b Commissioning through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or through Embedded
E
Web-Pages.
e C US b Speed-up commissioning through device list import and configuration export to
the monitoring software.
LISTED b Fully integrated in Cybersecurity Admin Expert tool to facilitate the management of
cybersecurity in your electrical network’s (Security features such as enabling/
disabling communication means).
b Embedded web server for real-time measurement visualization, power
F
consumption.
b Real Time Alarm display.

Commercial Description
Reference
PAS400 Panel Server Entry 110..277 V AC/DC G

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 189
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

Universal

All-in-one and Wired by Design Panel Server


b The All-in-one Panel Server is designed to retrieve data from both wireless,
A Modbus, and Ethernet based protocols to offer versatility and adaptability.
b Panel Server Universal Wired by Design is designed for specific cybersecure
sensitive installations, dedicated to wired communication protocols (Modbus,
Ethernet) and PAS embedded digital inputs (PAS600LWD).

Functions
B b Connect to your monitoring and control software such as EcoStruxure™ Power
Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure™ Power Operation or to your Building
Management System.
b Connect to Schneider cloud applications such as EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub or
Asset Advisor.
b Ease of commissioning with EcoStruxure™ Power Commission software, or
directly through the Panel Server webpages, enabling device plug-and-play and
C Standards & certifications auto-discovery features.
b Ease of operation with user friendly embedded webpages, and data
b IEC 61010-1
contextualization for more relevant analytics.
b IEC 61010-2-201
b UL 61010-1
b UL 61010-2-201
Main features
b IEC 62974-1 b Power Supply 24 V DC, 110…277 V AC/DC

D b ETSI EN 301 489-1 V.2.2.3 PoE-PD (CLASS 0, IEEEE 802.3af/at).

b ETSI EN 301 489-17 V.3.2.4 b Designed to match demanding electrical switchboard environment (temperature,
b IEC 61326-1 humidity electromagnetic compatibility).
b IEC 62974-1 b Two Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port (supporting switched or separated
b EN50581 network topology).
b EN 62321 b Wi-Fi (All-in-one Panel Server Universal).
b EN 62474 b Modbus RS485 serial communication.
b IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication (All-in-one Panel Server Universal).
E b ETSI EN 300 328 V2.2.2
b Modbus TCP/IP server and client.
b Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client and server with proxy management.

e
b Modbus RS485 to Modbus/TCP Gateway.
C US b Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP (All-in-one Panel Server
LISTED Universal).
b Two digital inputs (24VDC version only) for contact information or
WAGES pulse meter.
F b Designed through a Secured Development Life Cycle in accordance
To IEC 62443-4-1.
b Commissioning through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or through Embedded
Web-Pages.
b Speed-up commissioning through device list import and configuration export to
the monitoring software.
b Fully integrated in Cybersecurity Admin Expert tool to facilitate the management of
G cybersecurity in your electrical network’s (Security features and measures such as
enabling/disabling communication means or implementation of two Wired by
Design models).
b Embedded web server for real-time measurement visualization, power
consumption.
b Real Time Alarm display.

H Compatible accessories
b Wi-Fi external antenna (PASA-ANT1).

Commercial Description
References

I PAS600
PAS600L
Panel Server Universal with 110...277 V AC/DC power supply
Panel Server Universal with 24 V DC power supply
PAS600LWD Wired by Design Panel Server Universal with 24 V DC Power
PAS600PWD Wired by Design Panel Server Universal with PoE power supply

190 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
EcoStruxure™ Panel Server
Advanced

PAS800 has Data Logger and Local Energy Server capabilities. It embodies
the first step into energy monitoring. Follow, analyze and compare your loads
consumption to enable energy savings.
A
Functions
b An all-in-one gateway to retrieve data from both your wireless IEEE 802.15.4
devices and Modbus devices.
b Monitor up to three years historized data and analyze your energy consumption
directly through the Panel Server Advanced embedded webpages.
b Connect to your monitoring and control software such as EcoStruxure Power
Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure Power Operation or to your Building Management
B
System.
b Connect to Schneider cloud applications such as EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub or
Asset Advisor.
b Ease of commissioning with EcoStruxure Power Commission software, or directly

Standards & certifications

through the Panel Server webpages, enabling device plug-and-play and
auto-discovery features.
b Ease of operation with user friendly embedded webpages, and data
C
b IEC 61010-1
b IEC 61010-2-201 contextualization for more relevant analytics.
b UL 61010-1
b UL 61010-2-201 Main features
b IEC 62974-1
b Power Supply 24 V DC, 110…277 V AC/DC, PoE-PD (CLASS 0,IEEE802.3af/at).
b
b
ETSI EN 301 489-1 V.2.2.3
ETSI EN 301 489-17 V.3.2.4
b Designed to match demanding electrical switchboard environment (temperature,
humidity electromagnetic compatibility).
D
b IEC 61326-1
b Two Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port (supporting switched or separated
b IEC 62974-1
network topology).
b EN50581
b Wi-Fi.
b EN 62321
b Modbus RS485 serial communication.
b EN 62474
b IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication.
b ETSI EN 300 328 V2.2.2
b Modbus TCP/IP server and client.
b Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client and server with proxy management.
E
b Modbus RS485 to Modbus/TCP Gateway.
e C US b Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP.
b Two digital inputs (24 V DC version only) for contact information or WAGES
LISTED Pulse meter.
b Designed through a Secured Development Life Cycle in accordance to
IEC 62443-4-1.
b Commissioning through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or though Embedded
F
Web-Pages.
b Speed-up commissioning through device list import and configuration export to
the monitoring software.
b Fully integrated in Cybersecurity Admin Expert tool for security settings (Security
features such as enabling/disabling communication means).
b Embedded web server for real-time measurement and alarm visualization, energy
& power consumption by usage and location, 3 years historical trending and
G
dashboarding.
b 3 years Data Logger with 32 GB memory.
b Real Time Alarm display and e-mail notification.
b Event and Alarm historization and dashboarding.

Compatible accessories H
b Wi-Fi external antenna (PASA-ANT1).
b IEEE 802.15.4 external antenna (PASA-ANT1).

Commercial Description
References
PAS800L Panel Server Advanced with 24 V DC power supply I
PAS800P Panel Server Advanced with PoE power supply
PAS800 Panel Server Advanced with 100-277 V AC/DC power supply

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 191
 Technical specifications www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

A EcoStruxure Panel Server Entry

EcoStruxure Panel Server Entry www.se.com CLICK HERE TO SEE

THE TECHNICAL DATA
Technical data EcoStruxure Panel Server Entry
Commercial Reference PAS400
Power Supply

B
Voltage 110-277 V AC/DC
Tolerance ± 10%
Frequency 45-65 Hz
Maximum consumption 3 W, 10 VA
Ethernet & Wi-Fi
Ethernet Number of Ports Single RJ45 Port
10/100base T PoE 802.3af & 802.3at Class 0 N.A.
Wi-Fi Supported Frequency 2.4 & 5 GHz
TCP/IP Yes
IP V4 / IP V6 Yes
DPWS Yes
DHCP Client Yes
Server (Separate Nework) No
Modbus/TCP Server Max. number of client connection 64 (2)
Modbus/TCP Client Max. number of TCP/Modbus devices N.A.
Schneider Cloud Services Yes
HTTPS Yes
External Wi-Fi/Bluetooth Antenna N.A.
GPRS/3G/4G CELROUT-7
Wireless Devices (IEEE 802.15.4)
Number of devices Total 20 devices
PowerTag Energy & Ambient (1) 20 devices
Other type of devices (1) 20 devices
External IEEE 802.15.4 Antenna No
Serial Ports
Modbus RS485 Max. number of devices w/o repeater N.A.
Client Max. number of devices with repeater N.A.
Maximum Length N.A.
Baudrate N.A.
Functionality
Data Buffering for cloud applications 3 months
Data Logger and Data Logging No
Web-Server Event logging Yes (2)
Simple Monitoring Web-Pages Yes
Monitoring Web-Pages with historical data No
Time RTC (with battery) Yes
Management TimeUpdate (NTP & SNTP) Yes
Digital inputs
Two DI WAGES & Dry-Contact No
Environmental
Protection Degree Front Face IP40
Others IP20
OverVoltage Category OVC III

C
Polution Degree 2
Temperature Operation -25°C to +60°C
Storage -40°C to +85°C
Altitude Max. 2000 m
Relative Humidity y 5...95%
Mechanical
Form factor Acti9
Installation Din Rail
Width 54 mm
Weight 163 g
Standard & Certification
Certifications CE, CULus, RCM, UKCA, FCC, IC
Standards IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-201, UL 61010, UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-1-12, CSA C22.2 No 61010-2-201, IEC 62974-1, IEC 62443-4-1,
IEC 61326-1, EN 301-489-1, EN 301-489-17, EN 55032, CISPR 11, EN 300-328,
IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
(1) Consult the User Manual or other documentations to check the limit applicable to your wireless device.
(2) Lower limits may apply depending the firmware version, the serial line length, and the type of device(s). Consult the User Manual, Release Notes or other
documentations.

EcoStruxure Panel Server

EcoStruxure Panel Server Universal

D www.se.com
EcoStruxure Panel Server Universal
CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICAL DATA
Technical data EcoStruxure Panel Server Universal
Commercial Reference PAS600 PAS600L PAS600LWD PAS600PWD
Power Supply
Voltage 110-277 V AC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC via POE
Tolerance ± 10% ± 10% ± 10% N.A.
Frequency 45-65 Hz N.A.
Maximum consumption 3 W / 10 VA 3W 3.5 W
Ethernet & Wi-Fi
Ethernet Number of Ports Two RJ45 ports
10/100base T PoE 802.3af & 802.3at Class 0 No No No 1 port (PD)
Wi-Fi Supported Frequency 2.4 GHz N.A.
TCP/IP Yes
IP V4 / IP V6 Yes
DPWS Yes
DHCP Client Yes
Server (Separate Nework) Yes
Modbus TCP/IP Server Max. number of client connection 64
Modbus TCP/IP Client Max. number of Modbus TCP/IP devices 128

E
Schneider Electric Cloud Services Yes
HTTPS Yes
External Wi-Fi/Antenna PASA-ANT1
Wireless Devices (IEEE 802.15.4)
Number of devices Total for mixed network up to 40 devices(2) N.A.
PowerTag Energy (1) up to 85 devices(2) N.A.
Other type of devices (1) 40 devices(2) N.A.
Serial Ports
Modbus RS485 Max. number of devices w/o repeater 32 devices
Client Max. number of devices with repeater 128 devices
Maximum Length 1000 m
Baud Rate 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200
Functionality
Data Buffering for cloud applications 1 month
Data Logger and Data Logging No
Web-Server Event logging Yes (2)
Simple Monitoring Web-Pages Yes
Monitoring Web-Pages with historical data No
Time RTC (with battery) Yes
Management TimeUpdate (NTP & SNTP) Yes
Digital inputs
Two DI WAGES & Dry-Contact No Yes Yes No
Environmental
Protection Degree Front Face IP40
Others IP20
OverVoltage Category OVC III
Polution Degree 2 3 3 2
Temperature Operation -25°C to +70°C
Storage -40°C to +85°C
Altitude Max. < 2300 m 2000 m 2000 m < 2300 m
Relative Humidity 0 to 93% 5 to 95 % 5 to 95 % 0 to 93%
Mechanical
Form factor Acti9
Installation Din Rail
Width 72 mm
Weight 201 g 181 g TBC TBC
Standard & Certification
Certifications CE, CULus, RCM, UKCA, FCC, IC CE, cULus, RCM, UKCA
Standards IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-201, IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1,
UL 61010, UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201, IEC 61010-2-201, UL 61010,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-1-12, UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-2-201, IEC 62974-1, CSA C22.2 No 61010-1-12,
IEC 62443-4-1: IEC 61326-1, CSA C22.2 No 61010-2-201,

F
EN 301-489-1, EN 301-489-17, EN 55032, IEC 62974-1, IEC 62443-4-1,
CISPR 11, EN 300-328, IEEE 802.15.4, IEC 61326-1, EN 55032; CISPR 11
IEEE 802.11b/g/n
(1) Consult the User Manual or other documentations to check the limit applicable to your wireless device.
(2) Lower limits may apply depending the firmware version, the serial line length, and the type of device(s). Consult the User Manual, Release Notes or other documentations.

EcoStruxure Panel Server

EcoStruxure Panel Server Advanced

G EcoStruxure Panel Server Advanced

Technical data
Commercial Reference
Power Supply
EcoStruxure Panel Server Advanced
PAS800L PAS800P PAS800
www.se.com CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICAL DATA
Voltage 24 V DC PoE 110-277 V AC/DC
Tolerance ± 10 % ± 10 %
Frequency N.A. 45-65 Hz
Maximum consumption 3W 3.5 W 3 W / 10 VA
Ethernet & Wi-Fi
Ethernet Number of Ports Two RJ45 ports
10/100base T PoE 802.3af & 802.3at Class 0 No 1 port (PD) No
Wi-Fi Supported Frequency 2.4 & 5 GHz
TCP/IP Yes
IP V4 / IP V6 Yes
DPWS Yes
DHCP Client Yes
Server (Separate Nework) Yes
Modbus/TCP Server Max. number of client connection 64 (2)
Modbus/TCP Client Max. number of TCP/Modbus devices 128
Schneider Cloud Services Yes
HTTPS Yes
External Wi-Fi/Bluetooth Antenna PASA-ANT1
GPRS/3G/4G CELROUT-7
Wireless Devices (IEEE 802.15.4)
Number of devices Total 40 (2)
PowerTag Energy (1) 85 (2)
Other type of devices (1) 40 (2)
External IEEE 802.15.4 Antenna PASA-ANT1
Serial Ports
Modbus RS485 Max. number of devices w/o repeater 32 devices

H
Client Max. number of devices with repeater 128 devices
Maximum Length 1000 m
Baudrate 1200, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200
Functionality
Data Buffering for cloud applications 3 months
Data Logger and Data Logging 3 years
Web-Server Event logging Yes (2)
Simple Monitoring Web-Pages Yes
Monitoring Web-Pages with historical data Yes
Time RTC (with battery) Yes
Management TimeUpdate (NTP & SNTP) Yes
Digital inputs
Two DI WAGES & Dry-Contact Yes No
Environmental
Protection Degree Front Face IP40
Others IP20
OverVoltage Category OVC III
Polution Degree 3 2
Temperature Operation -25°C to +70°C
Storage -40°C to +85°C
Altitude Max. 2000 m
Relative Humidity y 5...95%
Mechanical
Form factor Acti9
Installation Din Rail
Width 72 mm
Weight PAS800L : 186 g
PAS800P : 184 g
PAS800 : 206 g
Standard & Certification
Certifications CE, CULus, RCM, UKCA, FCC, IC
Standards IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-201, UL 61010, UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201,
CSAC22.2 No 61010-1-12, CSAC22.2 No 61010-2-201, IEC 62974-1, IEC 62443-4-1, IEC 61326-1,
EN 301-489-1, EN 301-489-17, EN 55032, CISPR 11, EN 300-328, IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
IEEE 802.3 af/at
(1) Consult the User Manual or other documentations to check the limit applicable to your wireless device.
(2) Lower limits may apply depending the firmware version, the serial line length, and the type of device(s). Consult the User Manual, Release Notes or other documentations.
EcoStruxure Panel Server

Learn more about

EcoStruxure
J
Scan or
Panel Server click on
QR code
range here

Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

192 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 193
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic™ HeatTag

F
Wireless Sensor for early detection
of overheating cables
G The PowerLogic™ HeatTag sensor analyzes gas and airborne
particles helping facility manager to anticipate and act before
smoke appears or an electrical fire starts.

Electrical fires generate huge losses in commercial and SEE THE VIDEO
industrial buildings, interrupting production and delaying
H service delivery. These losses can be prevented if early
detection of component overheating is accurately detected and
alarmed.

PowerLogic™ HeatTag helps prevent electrical cabinets from

being damaged by analyzing airborne gas and particles and
I sending alerts before smoke appears or an electrical fire
starts. HeatTag is much more than a fire or smoke detector -
it scientifically detects overheating in electrical installations
before any damage is done.

194 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic™ HeatTag

The solution for

Markets that can benefit from a solution that includes

PowerLogic™ HeatTag smart sensors:
A
• Buildings • Data Center and networks
• Industry • Infrastructure.
• Healthcare

Power management solutions

B
• Schneider Electric provides innovative power management solutions to increase your
energy efficiency and cost savings, maximize electrical network reliability and availability,
and optimize electrical asset performance.

C
Competitive advantages
• Easy to install and operate • More than a smoke detector or heat
• Suitable for non forced ventilated sensor
cabinets ≥ IP30 • 3 levels of alert recording
• Immediately detects overheating • Monitors air quality index D
in cables and connections • Continous improvements of algorithms.

Conformity of standards
• IEC/UL 61010-1
• IEC 61010-2-201
• ETSI EN 300 328
• EN 62311
E
• IEC 61326-1 • EN IEC 63000
• IEC61326-2-3 • IEEE 802.15.4 protocol
• ETSI EN 301 489-1 • FCC and IC certified.
• ETSI EN 301 489-17 F

Benefits
G
System integrators’ benefit End users’ benefit
• Ease of integration • Ease of use
• Ease of setup • Prevents fire damage and
associated costs
• Cost effectiveness
• Comprehensive, consistent and superior
H
• Seamless integration with
performance
EcoStruxure™ solutions
• Maximize uptime, eliminate faults, and
enhance safety
Panel builders’ benefit
• No settings
I
• Nominal environment auto-learning to avoid
false alerts
• Concentrator auto-discovery
• Alerts generated by a powerful algorithm
integrated in HeatTag
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 195
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogic™ HeatTag
HeatTag sensors

Sensor Characteristics

A
Temperature Measurement range -15°C / +70°C (5°F to 158°F)
measurement Measurement -1.1°C / +1.1°C
accuracy
Default transmission 60 seconds (higher in case of high wireless data traffic)
period
Humidity Measurement range 15 - 90%
measurement Measurement ±9 RH %
PowerLogic™ HeatTag sensor
accuracy

B Default transmission
period
60 seconds (higher in case of high wireless data traffic)

Air quality Index (0 to 10), alert generation when index ≥10

Test alert after pairing During first 30 minutes
Environment auto-learning phase 8 hours after the first 30 minutes
Mechanical Characteristics

C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 108 x 107 x 55 mm
Weight 270 g
Degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP20
HeatTag sensor DIN mounted Electrical Characteristics
Supply voltage 110 - 277 V AC, -15% / +15%
Frequency 50 - 60 Hz
Max. consumption 0.1 A

D Operating temperature
Storage temperature
-15°C / +70°C (5°F to 158°F)
-20°C / +85°C (-4°F to 185°F)
Relative humidity in operation 15 - 90%
Altitude of use 0 - 2000 m (0 - 6500 ft)
Degree of pollution (IEC 60664-1) 3
Overvoltage category OVC III
Commercial Reference Number
E HeatTag rear view showing fan
PowerLogic™ HeatTag Sensor SMT10020

Q1
110–277 V~
G 2A
C Curve or Fast-acting fuse

I
HeatTag sensor dimensions.
See the appropriate Installation Guide.

196 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
PowerLogic™ HeatTag
HeatTag sensors

Detection IDD device Smoke / Fire sensor

(HeatTag)

Insulation material Possible change Start releasing Softening Possible ignition

A
behavior of color particles and gas and risk of fire
(Pyrolyse)
Operating Normal Overload
condition

70° 90° 100° 150° 200° 250° 300° 350°

B
Short circuit max T°
(IEC 60724)

PVC insulation material behavior with increasing temperature

C
Temperature

Combustion

Ignition
Fire sensor D
Smoke

Melting of cable insulation

Smoke detector

E
200°C
Insulation
decomposition
detection
120°C

F
0°C Time

Comparison of HeatTag, smoke and fire sensors

G
NOTE
Do not use HeatTag as a safety device or to replace fire protection devices.
Please see the appropriate User Guide for this product.

Learn more about

PowerLogic™
J
Scan or
HeatTag click on
QR code
range here

Offer White paper

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 197
 General overview www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering

F Multifunction energy
and power meters
G
The easy choice...
• for quality - Designed and manufactured in Performance without compromise -
ISO-certified Schneider Electric facilities. exceptional reliability in its class
• for value - The right balance of features and price.
H • for peace of mind - Reliable performance where
you need it.
> Assured quality that you can trust to meet your needs
throughout its lifecycle.
Leaner, more efficient order management thanks to > Outstanding value for an optimized feature set.
field settable CT or PT ratios, modularity Fast and
efficient installation & commissioning. > Simple to choose and easy to install and use for many
I
Safety marks for CE and UL compliance in
accordance with latest IEC/UL 61010-1 Ed-3 standard.
applications.

198 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
EasyLogic Power Metering

Digital Panel Meters

B
Family DM1000 DM3000 DM6000H
Parameters DM1110 DM1210 DM1310 DM3110 DM3210 DM6000H DM6000H
Amps: per phase & 1-ph 3-ph (per ph)
3-ph avg
Volts: per phase
& 3-ph avg
Frequency
1-ph 3-ph (per ph)
C
Power Factor per
phase & 3-ph avg
CT Secondary 5 A or 1 A 5 A or 1 A 5 A or 1 A 5 A or 1 A
I nominal
Class of Accuracy
RS-485 Modbus RTU
0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5 0.5 1 1
D
Form Factor in mm 96x96x44 96x96x44 96x96x44 96x96x44 96x96x44 96x96x49 96x96x49
(LengthxWidthxDepth)
Mounting Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel
Simple energy cost management
Data aggregation
Load profile E
Bill verification
Cost allocation
Basic network management
Panel instrumentation
Power metering
Basic harmonic
F
monitoring
Status monitoring
Threshold alarming
Monitoring and verification
Test bench
Genset
G
PF Improvement panel
Labs
OEMs
Commercial METSEDM1110 METSEDM1210 METSEDM1310 METSEDM3110 METSEDM3210 METSEDM6000HCL10NC METSEDM6200
reference numbers HCCL10RS (LED)
METSEDM6220HCL1
H
(LCD)

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 199
 General overview www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering

Power & Energy Meters

Family PM1120H/ PM1130H PM2100 LED PM2200 LCD PM2200R

EM1250H

B Parameters
Amps: per phase & 3-ph avg
Volts: per phase & 3-ph avg
Frequency
Power Factor per phase &
3-ph avg

C W, Wh
VAR, VARh
[1]

[1]

VA, VAh [1]

DI/DO (optional) 2 (PM2130) 2 (PM2230) 2 (PM2230R)

Class of Accuracy [*] 1.0 active 1.0 active 1.0 active 1.0 active 1.0 active
(0.5 optional) (0.5 optional) (0.5S PM2x30) (0.5S PM2x30) (0.5S PM2x30R)

D Analog IO A (optional)
1.0 reactive
2 (PM2130)
1.0 reactive
2 (PM2230)
1.0 reactive
2 (PM2230R)
RS-485 Modbus RTU
CT Secondary I nominal 5 A or 1 A 5 A or 1 A 5 A or 1 A 5 A or 1 A LVCT
Form Factor in mm 96x96x49 96x96x52 96x96x54 96X96X54 96X96X54
With IO module 96X96X72 96X96X72 96X96X72

E Mounting
Simple energy cost management
Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel Flush/Panel

Data aggregation
Load profile
Bill verification
Cost allocation

F Basic network management

Panel instrumentation
Power metering
Basic harmonic monitoring
Status monitoring

G Threshold alarming

Monitoring and verification

Test bench
Genset
PF Improvement panel

H
Labs
OEMs
Commercial reference METSEPM1120HCL10RS METSEPM1130HCL05RS METSEPM2110 METSEPM2210 METSEPM2210R
numbers METSEPM1125HCL10RS METSEPM1230HCL1 METSEPM2120 METSEPM2220 METSEPM2220R
(Link to product information) METSEPM1225HCL10RS METSEPM1230HCL5LVD METSEPM2130 METSEPM2230 METSEPM2230RCL05
METSEPM1125HCL1LVD
METSEPM1225HCL1LVD

I
METSEEM1250HCL1

[*] Refer data sheet for operating range

One power vector at a time (W/Wh or VA/VAh or VAR/ VARh in PM1120H and Three power vector in PM1125H/ PM1225H)
[1] Three power three energy

200 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
EasyLogic Power Metering

EasyLogic™ DM1000/3000 series

DM1000 series: 1-Ph V A F panel meters A
DM3000 series: 3-Ph V A panel meters
The universal, user-programmable DM1000 and DM3000 series panel meters for AC circuits are ideal
replacements for analog meters. These five compact, flexible and customizable models will meet all your panel
metering requirements.
B
Basic VAF panel meters - main features
• 4 digit, 15 mm height, 7 segment LED display
• 1-ph & 3-ph Volt or Amps panel meters
• Accuracy of 0.5% on full scale for Volt & Ammeter,
0.2% for Hz meter
• Inbuilt selector switch in 3-ph meter model
C
• Single key for programming, navigation or as
selector switch.

D
DM1000 series digital panel meter

EasyLogic™ DM6xx0H series E

DM6000H & DM6200H VAF PF digital panel meters in LED display
DM6220H VAF PF digital panel meters in LCD display
Introducing EasyLogicTM DM6xx0H meters that are ideal replacements for multiple analog meters for stand-

F
alone metering in custom panels, switch boards, switch-gear, genset panels, motor control centres, power
factor improvement panels, and OEM panel board.
DM6xx0H series meters offer large 8-segment alpha-numeric LED display type, intuitive navigation with self-
guided 4 buttons, bright LED’s of 14.2 mm height with 12 LEDs for indicating percentage of load in the circuit.
DM6220H meter displays measured parameters and values in elegant single row, bright back lit graphical LCD
display in 128 x 32 pixels size.

Applications G
• Cost management
- Electrical installation remote monitoring
- Control panels
- Motor control centres
- Power distribution boards
- Original equipment manufacturers (OEM’s) H
- Building management system
- Panel instrumentation
- Energy management system.

Network management
• Measurement of Power factor
I
• % unbalance for voltage and current
• Phase angle between the respective voltage and
current phase
• Modbus RTU protocol, RS-485 communication port
for integration with energy management systems
(DM6200H & DM6220H).
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 201
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering

EasyLogic™ EM1250H
A EM1250H energy meters in LCD display
The EasyLogicTM EM1250H energy meter offers all the basic energy measurement capabilities required to
monitor an electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit.
Characterized by their rugged construction, compact size, and low installation costs, these state-of-the-art
meters are ideal for control panels, motor control centres, and genset panels.
B EasyLogic™ meters are ideal replacements for
multiple analog meters for stand-alone metering
in custom panels, switch boards, switch-gear,
genset panels, motor control centres, power factor
improvement panels and OEM panel board.

C Application
• Cost management applications
- Measurement of basic electrical parameters
in control panels, motor control panels, power
distribution boards, OEM’s, Building management
systems, panel instrumentation
D - Aggregation of energy consumption and cost
allocation per area, per usage, per shift and per
time within the same facility.
• Network management applications
- Measurement of Power factor
- Modbus RTU protocol RS-485 communication port

E for integration with energy management system.

EasyLogic™ PM1000H series

The EasyLogic™ PM1000H basic power and energy meters with the option
F of LCD or LED Display
Offering all the measurement capabilities required to monitor the electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm
unit, with 8 segment alphanumeric bright, large 14.2 mm high LED display (PM1125H) or with 128 x 32 pixels
LCD display (PM1225H) options.

G EasyLogic™ PM1125H/PM1225H meters are ideal

replacements for multiple analog meters for stand-alone
metering in custom panels, switch boards, switch-gear,
genset panels, motor control centres, power factor
improvement panels and OEM panel board.

Application
H • Cost management applications
- Measurement of basic electrical parameters
in control panels, motor control panels, power
distribution boards, OEM’s, Building management
systems, panel instrumentation
- Aggregation of energy consumption and cost
I allocation per area, per usage, per shift and per
time within the same facility.
• Network management applications
- Power quality analysis (THD %)
- Demand measurement
- Measurement of Power factor
J - Phase angle between the voltage and current
- % unbalance among voltage and current
- Modbus RTU protocol RS-485 communication port
for integration with energy management system.

202 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
EasyLogic Power Metering

The EasyLogic™ PM1130H/ PM1230H dual/

alternate source power and energy meters A
Two energy registers (Utility vs Genset, Utility vs Solar, Utility vs Wind, or a combination of any two power
sources) separately records consumption for dual source energy accounting. Ideal for any installation which
requires split energy monitoring for two conditions, e.g., running and Idle. Form A relay to control the load in
the event of abnormality in the electrical circuit including excess consumption of power. The meters can be
used for secondary billing application in large commercial complexes or buildings as tenant meters in custom
panels, switch boards, switchgear, genset panels, non-renewable energy panel and OEM panel board.
B
Offering all the measurement capabilities required to monitor the electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm
unit, PM1130H with 8 segment alpha-numeric bright, large 14.2 mm high LED display.
PM1230H meter displays measured parameters and values in elegant single row, bright back lit graphical
LCD display in 128 x 32 pixels size.

Application
C
• Cost management applications
- Measure basic electrical parameters in control
panels, power distribution boards, OEM’s, and
Building management systems
- Aggregate energy consumption and cost
allocation based on consumption from Utility vs
D
Genset, or between any two power sources, per
area, per shift and per time within the same facility.
• Network management applications
- Power quality analysis (THD %)
- Demand measurement
- Measurement of Power factor E
- Phase angle between the voltage and current
- % unbalance among voltage and current
- Modbus RTU protocol RS-485 port for integration
with energy management system.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 203
 Functions and characteristics www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering

EasyLogic™ PM2000 series

A The EasyLogic™ PM2000 multi-function power and energy meter
Offering all the measurement capabilities required to monitor and electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm
unit, with LED or LCD display options.

Application
B Cost management applications
• Bill checking to verify that you are only charged for the energy you use
• Aggregation of energy consumption, including WAGES, and cost allocation per area, per usage, per shift
or per time within the same facility
• Energy cost and usage analysis per zone, per usage or per time period to optimise energy usage.

C Network management applications

• Metering of electrical parameters to better understand the behaviour of your electrical distribution system
• Power quality analysis.

Introducing EasyLogic PM2000 series, next

generation power meter which offers all the

D
measurement capabilities required to monitor an
electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit.
PM2000 meters are available in LED and LCD
display variants.

PM2100 series
• LED display type: Intuitive navigation with self-

E guided, three buttons, bright red colour LEDs of

14.2 mm height. Two columns of LEDs indicate
LCD display the parameter name chosen for display.

PM2200 series
LED display • LCD display type: Monochrome graphical LCD of
128 x 128 pixels lets users read all three phase
F values simultaneously. The bright display enables
easy reading even in extreme lighting conditions
and viewing angles, with intuitive menus,
multi-language text, icons and graphics.

Network management

G • Power Quality analysis: THD % and individual

harmonics to 15th or 31st order
• Measurement of True PF and Displacement PF
• Recording Min/Max values of instantaneous
parameters with date and timestamp
• Optional IO modules comprising either 2 Digital

H
Inputs and 2 Outputs, or 2 Analog Inputs and
2 Outputs, or 2 Digital Inputs and 2 Relay Outputs
for comprehensive WAGES monitoring
• Calculates % unbalance for voltage & current
• Embedded 2 D/I and 2 R/O or 2 A/I and 2 A/O in
PM2125 and PM2225 meters.

204 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Functions and characteristics
EasyLogic Power Metering

EasyLogic™ PM2200R Quick Click series

The EasyLogic™ PM2200R multi-function power and energy meter A
with Quick Click CTs
Offering the same extensive measurement capabilities of the PM2200 meters - now with the option to
significantly reduce installation time, cost, and complexity with new plug & play, 3-in-1 Quick Click CTs.

Application B
Cost management applications
• Bill checking to verify that you are only charged for the energy you use
• Aggregation of energy consumption and cost allocation per area, per usage, per shift or per time within the
same facility
• Energy cost analysis per zone, per usage or per time period to optimise energy consumption.
Network management applications
C
• Metering of electrical parameters to better understand the behaviour of your electrical distribution system
• Power quality analysis.

Introducing the new Quick Click enabled Easylogic

PM2200R series, next generation power meter which
offers all of the measurement capabilities of the
D
PM2200 series with the added benefit of plug & play
CT installation. For installers - time, labour, and rework
savings of over 75% compared to traditionally wired
meters with conventional CTs.

Applications
• Cost management:
E
- Electrical installation remote monitoring
- Energy accounting and balancing
- Tenant and sub-billing
- Panel instrumentation
- Energy management. F
Network management
• Power quality analysis: THD % and individual
harmonics up to the 15th order (PM2200R)
• Measurement of True PF and Displacement PF
• Recording Min/Max values of instantaneous G
parameters with date & timestamp
• Calculates % unbalance for voltage & current.

Learn more about

EasyLogic
J
Scan or
Power Metering click on
QR code
range here

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 205
 General overview www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

EasyLogic PFC:
E The new generation LV power
factor correction capacitors

F What is power factor correction?

In electrical networks, reactive power and
Compensation of reactive power/energy
An electricity bill generally includes components
harmonics result in increased line currents for relating to active and reactive power (or energy)
a given active power transmitted to loads. that has been absorbed over time.
The principle of power factor correction is to
Compensation of reactive energy is typically
reduce the apparent Power S (kVA for a given
achieved by producing reactive energy close to
G active Power P (kW).
the consuming loads through capacitor banks
Preliminary steps proposed to customers connected to the network. As a result, the
include power quality audits and the installation energy supplier provides active energy only.
of power monitoring systems. This will provide
comprehensive knowledge of the electrical
installation characteristics in terms of power
H factor and harmonic distortion. Compensation
of reactive power/energy or harmonic mitigation
will be selected accordingly.

Active energy Active energy

I
Reactive energy supplied
Power Transmission
Motor and billed by the energy
generation network provider.
Reactive energy Reactive energy

Active energy Active energy The reactive power is

J Power
generation
Transmission
network
Motor
supplied by capacitors.
No billing of reactive power
by the energy supplier.
Reactive energy

Capacitor

206 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

5 Easy Steps for Energy Efficiency A

30%
weight and size
reduction
B
100 k
lifetime hours

C
30%
more continuous current-
carrying capacity
D
Easy installation
EasyLogic PFC Capacitor’s optimised design reduces product size and
weight by 30%, compared to the same rating of capacitor unit of the
same class available in market. Its compact size helps to save panel E
space while its lower weight improves user experience during installation.

The EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitor’s ergonomically designed

Clamptite terminals also make handling simple and effortless. Its unique
termination system is designed to maintain tightness and reduce the risk F
of loose connections.

Easy reliability & safety usage

EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitor offers exceptional reliability,
G
extended life and high over-current capacity for handling slightly
harmonic polluted networks. It gives a fail-safe performance and user
confidence. EasyLogic PFC Capacitor has a three-phase design with
a peripheral Pressure Sensitive Disconnection (PSD) mechanism.
Schneider Electric has implemented a very stringent quality checking
procedure to ensure consistency and reliability of the PSD mechanism. H
This independent mechanical component helps to disconnect the
electricity supply automatically and has a guaranteed safe disconnection
when the capacitor reaches the end of its life.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 207
 General overview www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

A
5 Easy Steps for Energy Efficiency
100%
commitment to testing

B ISO 9001, ISO 14000

and ISO 50001 quality
certified manufacturing

C 30%
energy wastage
reduction

E Easy quality assurance

EasyLogic PFC Capacitor is manufactured in a state-of-the-art factory
with advanced testing equipment to maintain product quality.
All products are being fully tested before being sold, with seven testing
stages for components and a two-stage final test, including component
F and film inspection, element and CD testing.
EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitors meet the highest standards to
satisfy worldwide requirements.

G Easy saving
EasyLogic PFC Capacitor power correction capacitors can help to
reduce up to 30% energy wastage. This consequently saves money and
increases the available power in the network. The use of EasyLogic PFC
Capacitor capacitors means electricity bill penalties are avoided and
you can save more while spending less. Capacitor usage can reduce
H 1,000 kg of carbon footprint in a year, making it another easy way to
protect the environment.
The compact size of EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitors (30% smaller
than other similar models) helps to save up to 20% power panel space
and maximises the utility of power usage for each area.

208 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

5 Easy Steps for Energy Efficiency A

> Easy choice of components to optimise your solution.

PowerLogic PFC
Detuned Reactors
Capacitor Duty
Contactors
PowerLogic PFC
Controller
EasyPact MCCB D
The EasyPact MCCBs
This harmonic rated Schneider Electric’s Special contactors The Varlogic controllers acts as a overload and
range of capacitors range of VarPlus LC1 D•K are designed for permanently monitor short circuit protector
(480 V & 525 V) is Reactors should switching three-phase, the reactive power of for individual capacitor
dedicated to applications be associated with single- or multiple-step the installation, and bank, preventing
where a high number
of non-linear loads are
capacitor banks
for Power Factor
capacitor banks.
They comply with
control the connection
and disconnection of
disconnection of the
bank in the event E
present. Correction in systems IEC 60070 and 60831, capacitor steps in order of overload due to
with significant non- NFC 54-100, VDE 0560, to obtain the targeted harmonics or other
These capacitors are fluctuations.
linear loads, generating UL and CSA standards. power factor.
designed for use with
harmonics. Use of MCCBs are
detuned reactors to

F
deliver a perfect balance highly recommended for
between performance every capacitor steps.
Capacitors and reactors
and cost. are configured in a
series resonant circuit,
tuned so that the series
resonant frequency
is below the lowest
harmonic frequency
present in the system. G

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 209
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

Specifications

A Construction

Voltage range
Extruded aluminium can

230 V - 525 V

Power range (Three Phase) 1 - 30 kvar

Peak inrush current Up to 200 x In

B Over voltage

Over current
1.1 x Un As per IEC 60831- ½

1.5 x In

Mean life expectancy Up to 100,000 h

Discharge device 50 V / 1 min

C Dielectric

Impregnation
Special profile Al/Zn Metalised Poly Proplyline film

Non-PCB Biodegradable soft resin

Ambient temperature -25°C to max 55°C

Protection IP20 (Fast on and clamptite type)

Mounting 1- point mounting, upright

D Terminals b Double fast-on + cable < 10 kvar
b CLAMPTITE ≥10 kvar to 30 kvar
b STUD TYPE for more than 30 kvar

E
Green innovation
RoHS and REACH
compliant

210 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
EasyLogic PFC Capacitors
Single Phase & Three Phase

An easy choice for savings which is optimized Operating conditions

to deliver the performance you need. b For networks with insignificant non-linear loads: (NLL ≤ 10%).
Suitable for standard operating conditions to
deliver safe and reliable performance.
b
b
Standard voltage disturbances.
Standard operating temperature up to 55°C.
A
b Normal switching frequency up to 5 000/year.
b Maximum current (including harmonics) is 1.5 x IN.

Technology
Constructed internally with single-phase capacitor elements assembled in an
optimized design.
B
Each capacitor element is manufactured with metallized polypropylene film.

The active capacitor elements are covered in a specially formulated biodegradable,

non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin. This ensures thermal stability and heat removal
from inside the capacitor.

The unique finger-proof CLAMPTITE termination is fully integrated with discharge

C
resistors. It allows suitable access to tightening and cable termination without any
loose connections.

For Lower ratings, double fast-on terminals with integrated cables are provided for
easy and faster connection, reducing the risk of terminal overheating and failure.
EasyLogic™ three phase D
Safety
b Self-healing.
b Pressure-sensitive disconnector on all the phases.
b Discharge resistors fitted - non removable.
b Finger-proof CLAMPTITE terminals to reduce risk of accidental contact
and to ensure firm termination (10 to 30.3 kvar in three phase and 8.3 - 15.1 kvar in
single phase).
E
Easy installation & maintenance
b Optimized design for safety, reliability with required performance , Optimized size
to ensure easy installation and upto 20% space saving in cubicles.
b New CLAMPTITE terminals for easy of connection that maintains the terminal
tightness with IP20 protection.
F
b Non accessaile in-built discharge resistors to ensure safety.
b Single point/Stud for mounting and earthing.
b Simultaneous and safe disconnection of all the phases at end of life
in EasyLogic™.
b Stacked design and resin filled technology for better heat dissipation/cooling.
EasyLogic™ single phase G
Benefits
b Easy installation.
b Easy for reliablity and safe usage.
b Easy for quality assurance.
b Easy choice for building your solutions with other Schneider Electric components.
b Easy choice for savings.
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 211
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

Single Phase & Three Phase

General characteristics

A
Standards IEC 60831-1/2
Voltage range b 230 V to 525 V in Three Phase
b 220-440 V in Single Phase
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Power range 1 to 30.3 kvar
Losses (dielectric) < 0.2 W / kvar
Losses (total) < 0.5 W / kvar

B
Capacitance tolerance -5%, +10%
Voltage test Between terminals 2.15 x UN (AC), 10 s
Between terminal 3 kV (AC), 10 s or
& container 3.66 kV (AC), 2 s
Impulse voltage 8 kV
Discharge resistor Fitted, standard discharge time 60 s
Working conditions
C Ambient temperature
Humidity
-25 / 55°C (Class D)
95%
Altitude 2,000 m above sea level
Overvoltage 1.1 x UN 8 h in every 24 h
Overcurrent Up to 1.5 x IN
Peak inrush current 200 x IN
Switching operations (max.) Up to 5,000 switching operations per year

D Mean Life expectancy

Harmonic content withstand
Up to 100,000 hrs
NLL ≤ 10%
Installation characteristics
Mounting position Indoor, upright
Fastening Threaded M12 stud at the bottom
Earthing

E
Terminals b CLAMPTITE - terminals with electric shock
protection (finger-proof) & double fast-on terminal in
lower kvar
b Stud type terminal:
v three way stud type terminals for the ratings above
30.3 kvar in three phase capacitors (2 terminals for
single phase)
v two way stud terminals for ratings above 15.1 kvar

F
in single phase
Safety features
Safety Self-healing + Pressure-sensitive disconnector +
Discharge device
Protection IP20 (for fast-on and clamptite)
Construction
Casing Extruded Aluminium Can
G Dielectric
Impregnation
Metallized polypropylene film with Zn/Al alloy
Biodegradable, Non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin

212 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
EasyLogic PFC+ Capacitors
Three Phase

An Easy choice for savings which is optimized Operating conditions

to deliver the performance you need. b For networks with insignificant non-linear loads: (NLL ≤ 15%).
Suitable for operating conditions with a few
non-linear loads to deliver safe and reliable
b
b
Standard voltage disturbances.
Standard operating temperature up to 55°C.
A
performance. b Normal switching frequency up to 6 500/year.
b Maximum current (including harmonics) is 1.6 x IN.

Technology
Constructed internally with single-phase capacitor elements assembled in an
optimized design.
B
Each capacitor element is manufactured with metallized polypropylene film.

The active capacitor elements are covered in a specially formulated biodegradable,

non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin. This ensures thermal stability and heat removal
from inside the capacitor.

The unique finger proof CLAMPTITE termination is fully integrated with discharge
C
resistors. It allows suitable access to tightening and cable termination without any
loose connections.

For Lower ratings, double fast-on terminals with integrated cables are provided for
easy and faster connection, reducing the risk of terminal overheating and failure.
EasyLogic™ three phase D
Safety
b Self-healing.
b Pressure-sensitive disconnector on all the phases.
b Discharge resistors fitted - non removable.
b Finger-proof CLAMPTITE terminals to reduce risk of accidental contact
and to ensure firm termination (10 to 25 kvar in three phase.
b Stud terminals above than 25 kvar for easy terminal connection.
E
Easy installation & maintenance
b Optimized design for safety, reliability with required performance, Optimized size
to ensure easy installation and upto 20% space saving in cubicles.
b New CLAMPTITE terminals for easy of connection that maintains the terminal
tightness with IP20 protection.
F
b Non accessaile in-built discharge resistors to ensure safety.
b Single point/Stud for mounting and earthing.
b Simultaneous and safe disconnection of all the phases at end of life
in EasyLogic™.
b Stacked design and resin filled technology for better heat dissipation/cooling.
EasyLogic™ single phase G
Benefits
b Easy installation.
b Easy for reliablity and safe usage.
b Easy for quality assurance.
b Easy choice for building your solutions with other Schneider Electric components.
b Easy choice for savings.
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 213
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC+ Capacitors

Three Phase

General characteristics

A
Standards IEC 60831-1/2
Voltage range 480 V to 525 V in Three Phase
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Power range 7.5 to 45.2 kvar
Losses (dielectric) < 0.2 W / kvar
Losses (total) < 0.5 W / kvar
Capacitance tolerance -5%, +10%

B Voltage test Between terminals

Between terminal
& container
2.15 x UN (AC), 10 s
3 kV (AC), 10 s or
3.66 kV (AC), 2 s
Impulse voltage 8 kV
Discharge resistor Fitted, standard discharge time 60 s
Working conditions
Ambient temperature -25 / 55°C (Class D)

C Humidity
Altitude
95%
2,000 m above sea level
Overvoltage 1.1 x UN 8 h in every 24 h
Overcurrent Up to 1.6 x IN
Peak inrush current 200 x IN
Switching operations (max.) Up to 6,500 switching operations per year
Mean Life expectancy Up to 120,000 hrs

D Harmonic content withstand

Installation characteristics
NLL ≤ 15%

Mounting position Indoor, upright

Fastening Threaded M12 stud at the bottom
Earthing
Terminals b CLAMPTITE - terminals with electric shock

E
protection (finger-proof) & double fast-on terminal in
lower kvar
b Stud type terminal:
v three way stud type terminals for the ratings above
25 kvar in three phase capacitors
Safety features
Safety Self-healing + Pressure-sensitive disconnector +
Discharge device
F Protection IP20 (for fast-on and clamptite)
Construction
Casing Extruded Aluminium Can
Dielectric Metallized polypropylene film with Zn/Al alloy
Impregnation Biodegradable, Non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin

Learn more about

EasyLogic PFC
J
Scan or
Capacitors click on
QR code
range here

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

214 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 215
 General overview www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF

F
EasyLogic™ APF:
Multi-function Active Harmonic Filter
G Reliable - Scalable - Simple
Power quality problems are one of the major causes of unscheduled
downtime, equipment malfunction, and damage. Reliability and
consistency of electricity supply are critical to businesses, from industrial
plants, medical facilities, data centers to office buildings. When power
H quality is imperfect due to disturbances such as interruptions, voltage
dips or harmonic pollution, your business suffers. It is an area of growing
concern for end users due to the frequency of occurrence and financial
impact of issues: 30% to 40% of all unscheduled downtime today is
related to power quality problems.

High performance, cost-effective solutions for stabilizing

I electrical networks by providing harmonic mitigation, power
factor correction and load balancing.

216 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
General overview
EasyLogic™ APF

Applications
A
Buildings Industry Energy

Small & Medium Commercial Small & Mid-sized industrial site Low-end B
(non-critical application) (non-critical application) (non-critical application)
• Restaurant • Water & Wastewater Food • Utilities (Low-end DSO)
• Small-Mid Healthcare • Metal, Minerals & Mining • Power Generation(Low-end)
• Coffee-shop • Food & Beverage
C

Functions D
• Phase harmonic correction • Power Factor Correction (cos ø)
• Neutral harmonic correction • Mains load balancing

E
Higher air exhaust Cable glands for In-built EMC filter for
ingress protection ease of installation enhanced safety

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 217
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF
Active Harmonic Filter Offer

208 V 400 V 480 V

A Electrical Characteristics
Wall: 50 A, 100 A
Wall: 50 A, 100 A, 150 A
Wall: 50 A, 100 A, 150 A
Standard RMS output current ratings Rack: 50 A, 100 A, 150 A
Rack: 100 A Rack: 100 A, 150 A
Cabinet: 300 A, 450 A
Nominal voltage 208 Vac, -15%/+25% 400 Vac, -40%/+15% 480 Vac, -20%/+10%

Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz, ±3 Hz auto sensing

B Connection type

Compensation type
3 ph/3wire or 3 ph/4wire within the same product

3 ph only or 3 ph + Neutral
3 ph/3wire

3 ph only

Earthing systems TT, TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S

THDv ≤ 15%, working
Network voltage distortion
THDv > 15%, shutdown
Voltage notch limits Notch depth: 10%, Notch area (AN): 13,667 Vμs @ 400 V as per IEEE 519-2014, Annex C
C Technical Product Characteristics
Power electronics 3-level IGBT

Control topology Digital harmonic FFT

Efficiency & Losses ≥ 95% ≥ 97%

Current transformer Any ratio with 5 A secondary

D Quantity of CT
2 or 3 CTS for 3-phase loads
3 CTs are required for 4-wire with neutral connected loads
CT position Grid sense or Load sense

Control basis Closed or Open loop

Spectrum cancellation & selection 2nd to 31st harmonic order

E Multi-modes simultaneously or discrete

- Phase harmonic correction
Modes of operation - Neutral harmonic correction
- Power factor correction (cos φ)
- Mains load balancing
Harmonic attenuation & filtering THDi ≤ 5% in closed loop control with no capacitance downstream (with load harmonic ≥ 50% unit rating)
performance Total harmonic cancellation > 92%

F Power factor correction

Load balancing
Leading (capacitive) or lagging (inductive)

Negative and zero sequence simultaneously

Thermal, over/under voltage, overcurrent, phase loss, internal short circuit, inverter bridge abnormal operation,
Protection
corresponding alarm

Paralleling Characteristics

G
Scalability & Expandability Up to 8 units in parallel per set of CT; any size unit combination is possible

Parallel operation options Leader-Follower (previously called master-slave)

Control & Communications

Control response time 100 μs typical

H Harmonic correction time

Reactive correction time

≤ 2 cycles

≤ 10 ms

Communications protocol Modbus RTU

218 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
EasyLogic™ APF
Active Harmonic Filter Offer

208 V 400 V 480 V

Environmental Conditions
Operating temperature
-10...+40 °C (full performance, continuous operation)
40...50 °C with derating
A
Relative humidity 0...90%, non-condensing
≤1500 m (full performance, continuous operation)
Operating altitude Derate 1% per 100 m above
Absolute max altitude: 3700 m
Ambient temperature safety
Contaminant Levels - operating (IEC
Automatic temperature roll back based upon IGBT over temperature
Chemical Class 3C2, Mechanical Class 3S6
B
60721-3-3) No conductive particles permitted
Shipping & Packaging Tested in accordance with ISTA-3B requirements

Standards & Certification

Design compliance IEC 62477-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 Class A, ISO 9001, IEEE Std 519-2014

EMC compliance
Electromagnetic emission EN/IEC61000-6-4 Class A
Electromagnetic immunity EN/IEC61000-6-2 Class B
C
CE certified, RoHS, REACH, Green
Product certification RoHS, REACH, Green Premium RoHS, REACH, Green Premium
Premium

Mechanical & Installation Characteristics

D
Mounting configuration Indoor; Vertical (wall mount)/Horizontal (rack mount)/Floor Standing Cabinet
Wall mount: IP20 & IP31
Wall mount: IP20 & IP31 Wall mount: IP20 & IP31
Ingress protection Rack mount: IP20
Rack mount: IP20 Rack mount: IP20
Floor cabinet: IP20
PCBA protection Conformal coating on all PCBAs. Pollution degree 2
Wall and Rack module: none
Incoming circuit protection none none
Floor standing cabinet: circuit breaker

Cable entry
Wall mount: left side entry for power
cables, right side entry for other cables
Wall mount: left side entry for power
cables, right side entry for other cables
Rack module: rear
Wall mount: left side entry for power
cables, right side entry for other cables
E
Rack module: rear Rack module: rear
Floor cabinet: top
Forced ventilation.
Air flow: 540 m³/hr for 50 A,
Forced ventilation. Forced ventilation.
1195 m³/hr for 100 A/150 A,
Air flow: 540 m³/hr for 50 A, Air flow: 540 m³/hr for 50 A,
3000 m³/hr for 300 A,
Cooling configuration 1195 m³/hr for 100 A/150 A; 1195 m³/hr for 100 A/150 A;
Wall mount: bottom to top;
Rack module: front to back
4000 m³/hr for 450 A.
Wall mount: bottom to top;
Rack module: front to back;
Wall mount: bottom to top;
Rack module: front to back F
Floor Standing Cabinet: front to top
module: ≤65 dB(A) typical; cabinet:
Noise level ≤ 65 dB(A) typical ≤ 65 dB(A) typical
≤70 dB(A) typical
HMI & Service Provisions

Operator interface
Wall mount: 4.3 inch HMI mounted on
unit
Wall mount: 4.3 inch HMI mounted on
unit
Rack mount: no HMI mounted on unit
Wall mount: 4.3 inch HMI mounted on
unit G
Rack mount: no HMI mounted on unit, Rack mount: no HMI mounted on unit,
Floor standing cabinet: 7 inch HMI
order separately order separately
mounted on unit
User interface options Language: English

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C 219
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF
Selection Table and accessories

Selection Table
A EasyLogic™ APF 208 V 50/60 Hz
Current Rating (A) Commercial Reference Number IP Mounting Type Cable Entry Dimension Mass (kg)
H x W x D (mm)
50 EZAPF05024W20 IP20 wall mount Top 750 x 507 x 205 41
100 EZAPF10024W20 750 x 507 x 205 41

B
50 EZAPF05024W31 IP31 wall mount Side 960 x 600 x 230 45
100 EZAPF10024W31 45
100 EZAPF10024R20 IP20 rack mount Rear 200 x 530 x 733 41
EasyLogic™ APF 400 V 50/60 Hz
Current Rating (A) Commercial Reference Number IP Mounting Type Cable Entry Dimension Mass (kg)
H x W x D (mm)
50 EZAPF05044W20 IP20 wall mount Top 620 x 507 x 185 28

C 100
150
EZAPF10044W20
EZAPF15044W20
750 x 507 x 205
805 x 507 x 275
41
55
50 EZAPF05044W31 IP31 wall mount Side 835 x 600 x 210 32
100 EZAPF10044W31 960 x 600 x 230 45
150 EZAPF15044W31 1015 x 600 x 300 60
50 EZAPF05044R20 IP20 rack mount Rear 180 x 530 x 603 28

D 100
150
EZAPF10044R20
EZAPF15044R20
200 x 530 x 733
270 x 530 x 788
41
55
300 EZAPF30044F20 IP20 floor standing Top 2000 x 1000 x 600 342
450 EZAPF45044F20 405
EasyLogic™ APF 480 V 50/60 Hz
Current Rating (A) Commercial Reference Number IP Mounting Type Cable Entry Dimension Mass (kg)

E
H x W x D (mm)
50 EZAPF05053W20 IP20 Wall mount Top 750 x 507 x 205 41
100 EZAPF10053W20 750 x 507 x 205 41
150 EZAPF15053W20 805 x 507 x 275 55
50 EZAPF05053W31 IP31 Wall mount Side 960 x 600 x 230 45
100 EZAPF10053W31 960 x 600 x 230 45
150 EZAPF15053W31 1015 x 600 x 300 60

F 100
150
EZAPF10053R20
EZAPF15053R20
IP20 Rack mount Rear 200 x 530 x 733
270 x 530 x 788
41
55

G Accessories
EasyLogic™ APF Accessories
Commercial Reference Description Mounting unit Dimension Mass (kg)
Number H x W x D (mm)
EZAPF070HMI EasyLogic™ APF 7 inch HMI For rack-mounted modules or 135 x 192 x 71 1.5

H wall-mounted modules connected

in parallel

Learn more about

J
Scan or
EasyLogic™ APF
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

220 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C
www.se.com

Motor control

TeSys
General overview....................................................................D-222

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D 221
 General overview www.se.com

TeSys

F Innovative
and connected solutions
for motor starters
G
> Control > Power
> Protect > Active
H

222 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D
www.se.com
General overview
TeSys

D
Start smart. Run smart. With TeSys motor controls.
Stay smart with the world's best-selling motor control solutions from the inventor of the
world's first contactor - Schneider Electric™. E
For almost a century, TeSys motor controls have driven the industry with innovations in motor protection,
monitoring, and control.

It started with the introduction of the industry's first BAR Wherever you are and anywhere your projects come
contactor in 1924, and today, the legacy of innovation is built
into every TeSys motor control device.
together, you can trust Schneider Electric and TeSys
contactors, circuit breakers, relays, and switches for
F
unmatched reliability, complete compatibility with
Best-in-class safety and reliability, plug-and-play architecture, international standards, and the robust support of the
and flexible functionality mean TeSys motor control solutions Schneider Electric global supply network.
can meet your requirements across a wide range of
applications, from the most common to the most advanced. Start smart, run smart and stay smart with TeSys motor
controls. G

A Century
OF INNOVATION AND LEADERSHIP
H
1st BAR 1st Enclosed 1st Modular TeSys D 1st Modular GV3 MSP TeSys D TeSys TeSys Giga TeSys Deca
Contactor Motor Contactor Contactor 3 in 1 with Green Island
Starter Motor Starter

1924 1935 1973 2000 2004 2008 2016 2019 2021 2021

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D 223
 General overview www.se.com

TeSys

Superior safety for all industries

A TeSys motor controls come with all of the isolation, protection and emergency handling you need to comply with
international codes. High-contrast covers identify safety-critical devices to prevent inadvertent manual operation.
Every TeSys contactor is both mechanically linked and equipped with mirror contacts for safety applications and wherever
auxiliary contact state reliability is critical.

C
HVAC Conveying Genset Pumping
Ensure 24/7 availability of your Decentralize the control cabinet Make certain your generator Optimize single or multi-
D HVAC system with reliable
products that can reach high
of your conveyor line and
benefit from up to 80% space
starts even in the harshest
conditions with robust TeSys
drive boosters for industry or
infrastructure with energy and
ambient temperatures without reduction. solutions. cost-effective solutions.
derating.

F
Packaging Oil and Gas Water and Wastewater Food and Beverage
Keep pace with the most Keep your employees and Optimize the treatment and Serve your customers with
demanding, high-end packing assets safe and improve delivery of safer water by environmentally friendly
G applications with solutions that
can perform 30 million AC53a
uptime in onshore and
offshore applications: pipeline
reducing energy usage and
lowering operating costs.
products to improve
sustainability, efficiency, and
electrical cycles, like TeSys H. operations: LNG and natural gas flexibility, allowing you to adapt
processing: and refining and to changing customer habits.
petrochemical applications.

H Online selection tool

EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Configurator
For Direct-On-Line and Star-Delta starters, motor circuit breakers with
advanced protection, motor management relays, configurations for total
coordination, drives, and soft starters.

I No matter what kind of starting method you need, our online

EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Starter Configurator will help you to
quickly and easily select the optimal combination of components to ensure
maximized motor safety, protection, and uptime.

J Scan or
click on
QR code

224 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D
www.se.com
General overview
TeSys

Visual aspect w
Ne
The design of the TeSys core offer is evolving. Circuit breakers, contactors and several
A
other components are now sharing a modern look giving the control panel a new and
qualitative visual aspect.
Schneider Electric's identity is fully revealed by the green parts.

C
TeSys function names w
Ne
TeSys components are grouped by function name, for easier identification.
These functions are related to motor, power, control and protection.
D
TeSys Power
• Short-circuit protection solution
E

TeSys Control
• Contactors and starters
F

TeSys Protect
• Motor and load protection devices G

TeSys Active
• Intelligent relay and motor starters
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D 225
 General overview www.se.com

TeSys

TeSys components full names at a glance New

A
Old names NEW names Complementary indications
TeSys Function - Component Series

B
TeSys Vario, mini Vario TeSys Control - Switch-disconnectors

b TeSys DF TeSys Power - Fuse carriers b DF type

b TeSys LS b LS type
b TeSys GK b GK type

TeSys GS TeSys Power - Switch-disconnector fuses 1 - 30 kvar

b TeSys GV2 TeSys Power - Deca circuit breakers b Frame 2

C b TeSys GV3
b TeSys GV4
b Frame 3
b Frame 4

b TeSys GV5 TeSys Power - Giga circuit breakers b Frame 5

b TeSys GV6 b Frame 6

TeSys D b TeSys Control - Deca control relays

b TeSys Control - Deca contactors
D TeSys LRD, LR9D TeSys Protect - Deca overload relays

TeSys H TeSys Control - Hybrid motor starters

TeSys U TeSys Control - Ultra motor starters

TeSys island TeSys Active - island motor starter

Learn more about

J
Scan or
TeSys
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

226 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D
www.se.com

Variable speed drives and soft starters

Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters

Altivar 12................................................................................. E-228
Altivar ATV320......................................................................... E-233
Altivar ATV340......................................................................... E-236
Altivar 212............................................................................... E-242
Altivar ATV600......................................................................... E-248
Altivar ATV900......................................................................... E-252
Altivar soft starter ATS480....................................................... E-256
Altistart 22............................................................................... E-259
Altistart 01............................................................................... E-260

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 227
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters

E
Discover Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters
Improve your energy efficiency and sustainability with Altivar variable speed drives and soft
starters. Manage motor control applications up to 20 MW with products ranging from compact
F products to custom-engineered solutions. Our connected devices offer built-in intelligence to
improve operational efficiency, reliability, and safety in various areas, such as industrial processes,
machines, or buildings.

G Altivar Machine
Drives for efficiency, safety, reliability
Altivar Machine provides the most advanced automation solutions while optimising design and reducing
engineering costs for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs).
H Altivar 12 Altivar ATV320 Altivar ATV340
Variable speed drives for small Smart variable speed drives from IoT-ready variable speed drives for
machines with three-phase 240 V 0.18 to 15 kW (0.25 to 20 Hp) safety and heavy duty applications
0.18 to 4 kW asynchronous motor from 0.75 to 75 kW (1 to 100 Hp)

228 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters

Altivar Building Altivar Process

Connected drives for HVAC Services-oriented connected drives for industry A
and pumping and utilities
Efficient, compact, and connected product Smart, connected drives from 0.75 kW to 20 MW in low and medium voltage,
for buildings that’s easy to integrate with your with embedded services to help you optimise your business through process
building management system (BMS). optimisation, energy management improvements and asset management.

Altivar 212 Altivar ATV600 Altivar ATV900 B

Altivar 212 is a variable speed drives for 3-phase Variable speed drives with embedded Variable speed drives for demanding
asynchronous motors from 0.75 kW to 75 kW. Services dedicated to process applications dedicated to maximum
Industry and Utilities for 3 phases productivity with excellent motor
synchronous, asynchrous and special control and connectivity capabilities
motors from 0,75 kW to 2,6 MW. from 0.75 kW to 2,6 MW.
C

Altivar Soft Starters F

Reliable, compact, robust soft starters
Open and easy to integrate into your installation, Altivar Soft Starters is a wide and consistent line of soft starters from 0.37 to 900 kW
that make your machines last longer.

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 Altistart 22 Altistart 01

G
Soft starters for Process & Infrastructures from 3 to 900 kW. Soft starters for pumps Soft start units and soft
The Altivar™ Soft Starter ATS480 is the next evolution of soft starters for digitization and fans from 4 kW to start - soft stop units for
optimized to meet cybersecurity standard. Designed to address process and 400 kW and 3-phase single phase or 3-phase
infrastructures, ATS480 simplifies project execution and maximizes the availability asynchronous motors. asynchronous motors
of your applications, even in the most demanding environments. ATS480 builds
on the proven robustness and start/stop performance extending the lifetime of the
ATS48 equipment and preserving your initial investment by reusing current design.
from 0,37 to 75 kW.
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 229
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar 12

Designing technology that frees

A
you from technical tasks
With the Altivar 12, you get greater reliability and simplicity of
B operation and save even more time for all your applications.
• The smallest drive with integrated EMC for compact machines
• Ever more intuitive and user-friendly programming and menus
• Can be configured in complete safety with the power off, even in its packaging
C • A design that can withstand even the harshest environments
• Quick and simple to set up
• With no compromise on quality, and components designed to last 10 years

D
Small Economical Ecological
> The small format > Design: Save time by using the SoMove > An average of 30% energy savings
and advanced software workshop (with the Pump/Fan control profile)
E functions of the
Altivar 12 mean > Commissioning: Quicker configuration
for the majority of applications

that it can easily with the power off download function > Less cardboard to be recycled -
replace any only one box is used for bulk orders.
> Wiring and mounting: Quicker and
existing drive in its
easier installation with integrated Modbus
category.
communication.
F

G
Collaborative Sturdy Easy to
design • New generation • Cards are coated identify
long-life as standard
We surveyed our • All the
components and resistance
H customers and
users to determine
(10-year service
life under normal
to disturbed
power supplies
identification
markings on the
their needs. product are on
operating has been
conditions) increased to a hinged door on
The result is
withstand harsh the front panel
the innovative
Altivar 12. environments • Easy
I identification of
the connections

J Make the most of our energy and resources

230 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altivar Machine
Altivar 12

Choose peace of mind

The Altivar 12 integrates as standard all the technologies that will make A
you forget it is there. Its design and choice of components make the
Altivar 12 an extremely efficient, reliable and durable drive.

No compromise on quality
• Ever higher performance for your motors assured by:
- The factory settings, which provide a high quality drive from the very first time
B
the power is turned on
- The integration of Standard (U/f), Performance (sensorless flux vector control,
or SVC) and Pump/Fan (quadratic profile Kn²) control profiles
- High dynamic performance on acceleration as well as on braking
- Excellent speed regulation on machine load surges
• Reduced noise and maintenance:
C
- No fan on models up to 0.75 kW at 240 V
- Cassette type fan, operates automatically on detection of specific temperature
setting
• Designed for easy fitting and wiring of the drive:
- A single tool D
- Power terminals not tightened, ready for wiring
- Easy access angles
- Numerous, easy to identify markings
• Fast detection and protection against the motor current peaks associated with
certain applications (motor switching, catching on the fly, etc.)
• Perfect integration of single-phase 240 V model into the electrical network thanks E
to its built-in EMC filter

F
Communicate intuitively with all
your applications
The Altivar 12 is immediately operational. It is configured using the G
notched wheel or from the SoMove software workshop. The file that is Fast Versatile
generated can be downloaded to the product even while it is still in its
packaging, using the Multi-Loader console. You save commissioning time With the Multi- The Altivar 12
so that you can spend more time doing your job. Loader console range is designed
you can configure for 120 to 240 V
Save time on programming 10 drives in their
packaging is less
power supplies. H
• A navigation button for easy menu access: you can set the parameters of your For your
than 5 minutes,
application with just a few clicks productivity
with no power
• A three-level tree structure requirements in
supply!
- Reference Mode: In local operation (On/Off buttons) and for speed adjustment the most varied
applications,
and display
- Monitoring Mode: For displaying parameters see the complete I
Altivar® range on
- Configuration Mode: For configuring your applications and settings.
our website:
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 231
 Selection guide www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar 12

IP20 or IP21 variable speed drives for asynchronous and

A synchronous motors
Type of machine Simple machines

C Altivar 12
Characteristics
Power range for 50…60 Hz (kW/HP) line supply 0.18…4/0.25...5
Single-phase 100…120 V (kW/HP) 0.18…0.75/0.25...1
Single-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP) 0.18…2.2/0.25...3
D Three-phase 200…230 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)
–
0.18…4/0.25...5
Three-phase 380…480 V (kW/HP) –
Three-phase 380…500 V (kW/HP) –
Three-phase 500…600 V (kW/HP) –
Three-phase 525…600 V (kW/HP) –

E Degree of protection
Three-phase 500…690 V (kW/HP) –
IP20
Type of cooling [2] Heatsink or base plate
Drive Output frequency 0.1…400 Hz
Type of control Asynchronous motor b Standard (voltage/frequency)
b Performance (sensorless flux vector control)
b Pump/fan (Kn2 quadratic ratio)
F Transient overtorque
Synchronous motor –
150…170% of the nominal motor torque
Functions
Number of functions 40
Number of preset speeds 8
Number of I/O Analog inputs 1
G Logic inputs
Analog outputs
4
1
Logic outputs 1
Relay outputs 1
Communication Integrated Modbus
Available as an option –

H Cards (available as an option)

Dialogue tools
–
IP54 or IP65 remote terminal
Configuration Setup software SoMove
tools Configuration tools Simple Loader, Multi-Loader
Standards and certifications b IEC 61800-5-1
b IEC 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, categories C1 to C3, cat. C1 with option for ATV 212)

I
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, NOM, GOST

References ATV 12
[1] Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.
[2] The type of cooling depends on the model.

232 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
Gerenal overview
Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV320

Presentation - ATV320 IP20 Product

The Altivar Machine ATV320 IP20 product is a variable speed drive for three-phase
asynchronous and synchronous motors from 0.18 to 15 kW.
A
The Altivar Machine ATV320 drive is robust, simple to commission, and easy to
integrate into different machine layouts and cabinets. It can also be integrated
into commonly used automation architectures. Altivar Machine ATV320 variable
speed drives are particularly suitable for applications involving simple industrial
machines.
Furthermore, Altivar Machine ATV320 embeds many practical functions so that B
advanced application requirements can be covered. Altivar Machine ATV320 is
designed to improve machine performance and increase machine availability
while reducing the total machine cost.

Flexible Effective motor control

There are 2 different formats for IP20 products, book and compact: Control of both asynchronous and synchronous D
• The book format (1), 45 and 60 mm (1.77 and 2.63 in.) wide, is designed to be motors is both simple and effective. Altivar Machine
mounted side-by-side to save significant space on the installation foot print. ATV320 offers +/- 10% accuracy of motor slip in
open-loop control with asynchronous motors.
• The compact format, 72 to 180 mm (2.83 to 7.08 in.) wide, is designed to be
integrated in compact electrical cabinets (200 mm (7.87 in.) cabinet depth or
less) or mounted directly on the machine frame.
Functions dedicated to E
synchronous motors
Altivar Machine ATV320 variable speed drives
integrate new functions for synchronous motors that
are suitable for the majority of commercially-available
motors.
• Simplified setting due to the reduced number of F
Advanced connectivity configuration parameters (4 maximum)
• Autotuning of the drive/motor combination
Advanced connectivity allows the Altivar Machine ATV320 to operate in commonly • High-frequency injection for high performance
used automation architectures; CANopen and Modbus RTU communication in open-loop mode
protocols are embedded and various communication fieldbus options are offered
based on: As standard, Altivar Machine ATV320 drives support
• Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, EtherCAT, POWERLINK to drive synchronous motor in open loop control.
This motor control law could help customer to reduce
G
• Modbus serial link, CANopen, ProfibusDP, DeviceNet. energy consumption.
Each ATV320 drive has a corresponding synchronous
motor pre-selected in the SoMove software.
User could select and order synchronous motor

H
from the software easily and reduce time to design.

Robust design
Altivar Machine ATV320 variable speed drives can operate in harsh environment
conditions:
I
• Up to 50 °C/122 °F without derating
• Up to 60 °C/140 °F with derating without the need for an additional fan
• The printed circuit boards are coated according to IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C3 for
industrial environments and 3S2 for solid particles.
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 233
 Gerenal overview www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV320

Advanced Variable Speed drive solution

A
The Altivar Machine ATV320 provides IP20 and IP6x By taking account of constraints on product setup
variable speed drive for three-phase synchronous and use right from the design stage, Schneider
and asynchronous motors in open loop control, Electric simplifies the integration of the Altivar
and incorporates functions suitable for the most Machine ATV320 drive into industrial machines.
common applications, including: It features more than 150 functions. It is robust,
• Torque and speed accuracy at very low speed, easy to install, and compliant with the Machinery
high dynamic performance with flux vector control Directive 2006/42/EC.
without sensor.
B • Extended frequency range for high-speed motors.
ATV320 is fully integrated inside Schneider Electric’s
EcoStruxure Machine through DTM. PLCopen-
compliant libraries. EcoStruxure Machine can be
• Parallel connection of motors and special drives
using voltage/frequency ratio. used to develop, configure, and set up an entire
machine in a single software environment. Using FDT/
• Static speed accuracy and energy saving for open- DTM technology, it is possible to configure, control,
loop synchronous motors. and diagnose Altivar Machine ATV320 drives directly
in SoMachine and SoMove software by means of the
C
The Altivar Machine ATV320 series focus on easy
integration for simple and advanced machine same software brick (DTM).
requirements with proven motor control and With seamless integration under this platform,
connectivity. Altivar Machine ATV320 benefits from the advantage
It offers enhanced automation capabilities and of shorter engineering and design times.
performance for industrial machine applications: Optional Ethernet-based communication capability
makes it accessible to production data at any level
• Effective control of asynchronous and permanent of automation system.
D magnet motors
• Complete integration into any system architecture
(Ethernet, CANopen, Profibus, etc.)
• Compact and book format for integration in a variety
of different cabinet types
• Integrated safety function for compliance with

E
functional safety standards
• Enhanced resistance to polluted atmospheres.

Applications
Altivar Machine ATV320 drives incorporate functions suitable for the most common applications, including:
F • Material handling • Packaging machines • Textile • General machine
• Hoisting • Material working • Pumping control.

H
Material handling application Packing and packaging machines Textile application

J Hoisting application Material working application Pumping

234 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
Selection guide
Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV320

Application segments
General Material handling, packaging, textiles, hoisting, mechanical actuators,
material working A
Specific Conveyors, carton packers, gantry cranes, woodworking, metal processing,
fans, etc.

ATV320
Characteristics D
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Power range for Single-phase 200...240V 0.18...2.2 kW/0.25... 3 HP 0.18...2.2 kW/0.25... 3 HP
50..60 Hz supply Three-phase 200...240V 0.18…15 kW/0.25…20 HP -
Three-phase 380...500V 0.37…4 kW/0.5…5 HP 0.37…15 kW/0.5…20 HP

Drive
Three-phase 525...600V
Output frequency
0.75…15 kW/1…20 HP
0.1…599 Hz
-
E
Control type Asynchronous motor U/F ratio (2 points, 5 points, energy saving, quadratic), Flux vector control without sensor
(Standard and Energy saving)
Synchronous motor Vector control without sensor
Motor sensor Integrated -
As an option
Overload torque performance
RS422 (speed monitoring)
Up to 200% Tn of over torque, and 170% tn of braking torque for open loop motor control
F
Functions
Advanced b Control of asynchronous and synchronous motors; including IE2, IE3 and PM motors in open
functions loop
b MachineStruxure integration in SoMachine
b Operation in Velocity mode and Torque control (with current limitation)
b Customizable and flexible application functions with ATV Logic (up to 50 function blocks)
b Numerous application functions for targeted application segments
G
b Embedded safety functions dedicated to targeted application segments
Integrated safety functions STO (up to SIL3 / PLe), SS1, SLS, SMS, GDL
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of integrated I/O Analog inputs 3: 1 Bipolar differential ±10 V, 1 with Voltage 0...10 V and 1 with current (0-20 mA)
Digital inputs 6: 4 configurable (positive or negative logic), 1 with PTC probe input, 1x20 kHz pulse input H
Analog outputs 1: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
Digital outputs 1: Configurable as sink or source
Relay outputs 2: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 1 with NO contacts
Safety function inputs 1 + 4: 1 with STO and 4 configurable for safety functions from digital inputs
Communication Integrated
Optional
Single port compatible with CANopen and Modbus Serial line
Ethernet IP and Modbus TCP, CANopen RJ45 Daisy Chain, Sub-D, and screw terminals,
I
PROFINET, Profibus DP V1, EtherCAT, DeviceNet and PowerLink
Configuration and runtime tools Integrated Display, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove software, simple loader (optional),
Multiloader (optional), and remote graphic terminal (optional)
Standards and certifications EN 61800-5-1, EN 61800-3 (Environments 1 and 2, category C2, C3), EN 61800-5-2 up to SIL3
level, EN ISO 13849-1 up to PLe level, EN ISO 13849-2, EN 62061, EN 50495, EN 61800-9-2,
EN IEC 63000, CSA 22.2N274, EN 61000-3-2, CSA 22N4 (ATV320pppppB)
e, UKCA, ATEX, UL 508C, UL61800-5-1, CSA 22.2 N274, GOST, EAC, CTICK, SIL, NOM
J
(ATV320pppppB), KC (ATV320pppppB, ATV320pppppC)
References ATV320pppppC ATV320pppppB

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 235
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV340

Next level of automation performace

A
Altivar Machine drives offer extensive flexibility in machine applications.
Depending on customer requirements, Ethernet embedded drives are
available up to 75 kW and Modular and Sercos drives are available up to
22 kW.

Latest innovations with

B up-to-date technology

• Modular drives from 0.75 kW to 22 kW/

1HP to 30 HP

C • Ethernet drives from 0.75 kW to 75 kW/

1HP to 100 HP
• Sercos drives from 0.75 kW to 22 kW/
1HP to 30 HP

D
Advanced machine performance
220 %
Powerful dynamism and scalability Nominal torque for 2 s

E Altivar Machine ATV340 is a powerful drive that aims to match your machine’s
motor capabilities with maximum torque and speed performance.
With an optimized speed bandwidth up to 400 Hz, the Altivar Machine ATV340
is designed for dynamic applications that may require faster acceleration or
settling time.
1 ms
Application cycle time
• Robust enough to withstand high overloads, adaptable to the needs of
F demanding applications, it can provide up to 220% nominal torque for 2 s.
• Compatible with a wide range of motors, including asynchronous (IE2, IE3)
motors, synchronous motors, and reluctance motors for various applications
in closed[1] and open loop, to provide the adaptability and scalability your
machine requires.
• Combination of ATV340 minimum application reaction time (1 ms task cycle)

G and Ethernet or Sercos connectivity, maximizing your machine throughput.

Reduced machine design time

Altivar Machine ATV340 drives will help reduce your engineering time at every
stage of the process to speed up machine activation and operation. ve De
ro s
H
p

ig

Simplified machine engineering

Im

Altivar Machine ATV340 accommodates numerous functions and features to

simplify machine design and reduces the engineering time from selection to Your
commissioning.
machine
• A wealth of of interfaces, numerous I/O, multi-Ethernet protocol, Sercos protocol,
PTI/PTO, embedded encoders and multiple option interfaces offer maximum
I flexibility in architecture design.
Op

ra
il d

Bu
• Simple master/slave configuration, integrated application functions facilitate and
te
e

fulfill application performance for hoisting, material handling, material working,

and packaging machine segments.
Reduced machine design time helps increase
operation efficiency

[1] Not supported by Sercos drives.

236 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV340

Sustained machine operation

Robust design for long-lasting operation and reliable service A
ATV340 has been designed to meet the needs of applications for harsh
environments such as vibration, shock and non-conductive dust, and where high
temperature resistance up to 60 °C/140 °F is needed.

Help to protect people and assets while providing continuity

of service
B
Compliant with machine safety and cybersecurity standards, Altivar Machine
ATV340 drives offer an embedded solution that can form part of your enduring
protection system for your people and assets.
• Compliant with machine-related safety standards EN ISO 13849-1 and EN 62061
Achilles™ Level 2 certified • Achilles Level 2 certification against cyber attacks C
Fast machine recovery
The Altivar Machine 340 keeps your machine up and running with minimal
downtime due to features that include:
• Fast Device Replacement (FDR) service: With the MachineStruxure architecture
in place, device replacement takes just two simple steps by the service
D
technician. Firstly, the pluggable connectors mean a new drive can be fitted in
Cybersecurity for
your assets less than 3 minutes, then the drive configuration can be downloaded from the
PLC in a single action.
• Data logging and monitoring by the local system or remote monitoring via the
embedded Web server give users access to any motor or application-relevant
data anytime, anywhere. This information can be used for predictive maintenance
and to avoid breakdowns.
E
Communication protocol efficiency
Smart design makes the Modicon M262 the IIoT- ready controller for Logic
and Motion machines.
• It offers a real-time automation fieldbus with Sercos for fast motion control, Safety F
functions, and openess to other devices.
• One cable simplifies the architecture and fieldbus wiring, allowing EtherNet/IP
and Sercos devices to be managed on the same cable.

Modicon M262 Motion

controller, optimized local
I/O with Modicon TM3
Modicon TM5 Safety logic controller, Modicon TM5 Sercos interface
module, Modicon TM5 Safety I/O, Modicon TM7 Safety I/O
Optimized I/O with Modicon TM3: Distributed
I/O on Ethernet with TM3 bus coupler G

H
Sercos/EtherNet/IP (up to 6 devices)

Lexium LXM32S Altivar Machine ATV340S TeSys Island: connected load management system Performance I/O with Modicon
J
TM5: Distributed I/O on Ethernet
with TM5 interface module

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 237
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV340

Applications
A Altivar Machine ATV340 drives embed functions for high-performance machine requirements in the following applications:
• Packaging • Material working • Hoisting • Pumping
• Consumer packaged • Material handling • Textiles • General machine
goods machinery control

Packing and packaging machines Consumer packaged goods machinery Material working

Material handling Hoisting Textile application

Pumping General machine control

238 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 239
 Selection guide www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV340

Application segments
General Packaging, material handling, material working, hoisting
A Specific Palletizers, shrink wrapping machines, cardboard box folding machines,
standard cranes, automatic storage systems, grouping conveyors, slitters, etc.

C
Characteristics
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Power range for Single-phase 200...240 V –

D 50..60 Hz supplyThree-phase 200...240 V

Three-phase 380...480 V 0.75…22 kW/1…30 HP 0.75…22 kW/1…30 HP
Three-phase 380...500 V –
Three-phase 525...600 V –
Drive Output frequency 0.1…599 Hz
Control type Asynchronous motor Voltage vector control without sensor, current vector control with sensor, U/F 5 points, energy saving mode
Synchronous motor Open-loop synchronous motor control (with and without stall monitoring), closed-loop synchronous motor control, sync

E Motor sensor Integrated RS422 incremental, Sincos

Available as an option Digital (RS422 incremental, EnDat2.2, SSI), analog (sin/cos 1Vpp), resolver
Overload torque performance Up to 220% Tn in open loop or closed loop control
Functions
Advanced b Control of asynchronous, synchronous, special motors including all efficiency classes, PM motors, torque motors, c
functions b Advanced MachineStruxure integration in EcoStruxure Machine Expert

F b
b
Operation in Velocity mode, Torque mode
Possibility of adding additional I/O or optional encoder feedback modules
b Numerous application functions for targeted application segments
b Very dynamic motor control performance (up to 400 Hz speed bandwidth) and cyclic application task (1 ms)
b Possibility of Master/Slave daisy chain through PTO/ PTI
– b Integrated EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP dual po
b Via integrated Web server continuous and real-tim
b Master/Slave drive-to-drive link via Ethernet

G Integrated Safety functions

Number of preset speeds
STO SIL3/PLe with dual input
16
Number of Analog inputs 2: 1 configurable input (voltage/current/thermal probe) and 1 bipolar differential input ±10 V c
integrated I/O
Digital inputs 5 + 2: 5 configurable inputs (positive or negative logic) and 2 that can be configured as digital input or output

Analog outputs 1: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V c) or current (x...20 mA)

H Digital outputs 3,8

Relay outputs
2: Assignable
2: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 1 with NO contacts
Safety function inputs 2: STO_A\, STO_B\ for STO Safety function
Optional Additional I/O modules Extended I/O module and/or extended relay module
modules Safety modules Safety Module Advanced Safety Module Advanced or CIP Safety module
Communication Integrated 2 ports for Modbus serial line Dual port for EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP, 2 ports f
Optional CANopen RJ45 Daisy Chain, Sub-D, and screw terminals, –

I Configuration and runtime tools

PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP V1, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, and
POWERLINK
Status display LEDs, display terminal (optional), DTM (Device Status display LEDs, embedded Web server, displa
Type Manager), SoMove software, EcoStruxure Machine Expert Expert software
software
Standards and certifications UL508C/UL61800-5-1, EN/IEC 61800-3, Environment 1 category C2, EN/IEC 61800-3, Environment 2 category C3, E
, UL, CSA, TÜV Rheinland, Green Premium, RoHS EU, China
References ATV340pppN4 ATV340pppN4E
J

240 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
 www.se.com

IP20 IP20

30…75 kW/40…100 HP 0.75…22 kW/1…30 HP D

chronous reluctance motor control Open-loop synchronous motor control (with and without stall monitoring),
synchronous reluctance motor control
E
Up to 180% Tn in open or closed loop control Up to 220% Tn in open loop or closed loop control

conical sliding rotor, reluctance

F
ort, cybersecurity (Achilles Level 2)
me application data with customizable dashboards

–
G
3: Configurable as voltage (0...±10 V c) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), including 2: 1 configurable input (voltage/current/thermal probe) and 1 bipolar differential input
2 for probes (PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84) ±10 V c
8: Configurable inputs (positive or negative logic) 5 + 2: 5 configurable inputs (positive or negative logic) and 2 that can be configured
as digital input or output
2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V c) or current (x...20 mA) 1: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V c) or current (x...20 mA)
1: Assignable
3: 1 with NO/NC and 2 with NO contacts
2: Assignable
2: 1 with NO/NC and 1 with NO contacts H
2: STO_A\, STO_B\ for STO Safety function 2: STO_A\, STO_B\ for STO Safety function

–
for Modbus serial line Dual port for Sercos, 2 ports for Modbus serial line
CANopen RJ45 Daisy Chain, Sub-D, and screw terminals, PROFINET, –
PROFIBUS DP V1, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, and POWERLINK

ay terminal (optional), DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove software, EcoStruxure Machine Status display LEDs, display terminal (optional), SoMove software used with DTM
I
over Modbus Serial line, EcoStruxure Machine Expert software

EN/IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 60721-3-3, classes 3C3 and 3S3, IEC 61508, IEC 13849-1, Green Premium, Reach/RoHS

ATV340pppN4S
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 241
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Building
Altivar 212

Presentation
A
The Altivar 212 drive is a frequency inverter for 0.75 kW to 75 kW three-phase
asynchronous motors.

It has been designed for the most common fluid management applications
(HVAC “Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning”) in buildings the service sector:
• Ventilation
• Heating and air conditioning

B • Pumping

Its design is based on eco-energy with a reduction in energy consumption of

up to 70% compared to a conventional control system.
It is eco-friendly and complies with directives such as RoHS, WEEE, etc.relating
to environmental protection.

C The Altivar 212 is operational from the moment the power is turned on; it can be
used to achieve your building's maximum energy efficiency (see the “Energy gain”
curve on the previous pages).

Optimisation of building management

The Altivar 212 drive has been designed to considerably improve building
D management by:
• Simplifying circuits by removing flow control valves and dampers,
• Offering flexibility and ease of adjustment for installations, thanks to its
compatibility with building management system connectivity
• Reducing noise pollution (noise caused by air flow and motor)
Its various standard versions make it possible to reduce installation costs by
E integrating EMC filters, categories C1 to C3 depending on the model, which has
the following advantages:
Ventilation application • More compact size
• Simplified wiring, thus reduced cost
The Altivar 212 offer helps to reduce equipment costs while optimizing its
performance.
F
Compliance with international standards and certifications
The Altivar 212 offer has been designed to conform to the strictest international
standards and in accordance with recommendations relating to electrical industrial
control devices, including the Low Voltage Directive and IEC/EN 61800-5-1.

G It takes into account observing requirements in respect of electromagnetic

compatibility and conforms to international standard IEC/EN 61800-3 (immunity
and conducted and radiated EMC emissions).
The entire range has obtained e marking according to the European Low Voltage
(2006/95/EC) and EMC (2004/108/EC) Directives.
Air conditioning application
The range is UL, CSA, C-Tick and NOM certified.

H
Flexible communication adapted to building management
The Altivar 212 drive can easily be adapted to all building management systems
thanks to its numerous functions and communication protocols integrated as
standard: Modbus, METASYS N2®, APOGEE FLN P1® and BACnet®.

I With protocols offered as standard and the LonWorks® communication card

offered as an option, the Altivar 212 drive is optimized for the building market
(HVAC).

Quick and easy dialogue to make your installations easier to use

J Pumping application Numerous dialogue and configuration tools are also included in the Altivar 212
offer, making running installations quick, easy and cost-effective.

242 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altivar Building
Altivar 212

Orientated towards performance,

A
intelligence and building protection
Dedicated HVAC[1] variable speed drive for pumps,
fans and compressors. B
For 0.75 to 75kW - 1 to 100 hp motors.
Focused on Building Management Systems (BMS)

C
• Easy integration to building supervision network using embedded protocols.
• Instant detection of system failure: belt breakage, pump running dry, phase
failure, etc.
• Preventive maintenance for reducing costs: fault alert, operating time, etc.
• Energy consumption monitoring.

Focused on user-friendliness D
• Easy set-up, commissioning and diagnostics tools: remote graphic terminal (6
languages as standard), Multi-Loader, PC Software, Bluetooth capability and
SoMove Mobile software.
• Compact size for better integration.

Focused on cost savings

E
• Reduced investment costs (embedded functionalities).
• Quick return on investment (energy saving).

Focused on protection & efficiency F

• Continuity of service.
• Functions designed for buildings: fire mode, damper monitoring, mechanical
protection, etc.
• ntegrated EMC filter.
• Antiharmonic technology (THDI ≈ 30%).
G

Full Speed 30%

(50 Hz)

H
48%

HVAC 40%
Regulation
speed 90%
(30Hz) 40%
THDI
0% 40% 100%
I
Altivar 212 antiharmonic technology
Drives with integrated DC choke

J
[1] HVAC: Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 243
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Building
Altivar 212

A single product
A

Ventilation Heating and

B air conditioning

D
Air cooling unit Condensation unit

Air Handling Unit Roof Top Unit: ventilation block

G
Comfort Performance
• Reduce noise pollution (air flow, motor, etc.). • Optimise control when processing fluids.
• Use of PID regulator (temperature, flow rate,
pressure, etc.).
H Security
• Detection of belt breakage.
Cost savings
• Smoke extraction: forced operation with fault
inhibition. • Flow rates adjustment for better energy
management.
• Energy saving mode.
I Simplicity
• Automatic restart.
Robustness
• Damper management.
• Preset speeds for a simple automatic control • Suppression of mechanical resonance.
sequence.

J Building management system

• Connection to building supervision network.

244 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altivar Building
Altivar 212

Save up to 70% on your energy bill!

A
Whatever the fluid (air, water), the Altivar 212 makes your
buildings more comfortable, easier to manage and,
at the same time, saves energy.
B
ECO2.0 for HVAC
Estimate energy savings on your pump and fan applications
ECO2.0 a free, multi-platform software to estimate energy savings and the payback
period for an Altivar variable speed drive[1] installation.

C
• Easy and fast access to energy and CO2 information.
• Customization with your own application motor data.
• Direct access to your drives-related technical information.
• Send and receive your project report by email.
• Decision-making support to identify the optimal Energy Efficient solution.
• Available for PC, tablet or smartphone online and offline as free download.

[1] Altivar 212, Altivar 61 and Altivar 61 Plus – from 0.37 to 2400 kW.
D

Power consumption (%)

100 E
80
- 50 %

60
80 %
F
40

20

30% G
average reduction in
0 20 40 60 80 100 energy consumption
by using the control
Fluid flow (%) mode dedicated to
pumps and fans.
Illustrative curves only (not contractual)
H
Traditional control system
Altivar 212 standard torque ratio
Altivar 212 energy savings quadratic torque ratio

At 80% flow rate, the energy consumption drops 50%.

Using the Altivar 212, energy consumption is reduced on average by 30% when
I
using the control mode dedicated to pumps and fans.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 245
 Selection guide www.se.com

Altivar Building
Altivar 212

IP20 or IP21 variable speed drives for asynchronous and

A synchronous motors
Type of machine Pumps and fans
(building (HVAC))[1]

C
Altivar 212
Characteristics
Power range for 50…60 Hz (kW/HP) line supply 0.75…75/1...100
Single-phase 100…120 V (kW/HP) –
D Single-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase 200…230 V (kW/HP)
–
–
Three-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP) 0.75…30/1...40
Three-phase 380…480 V (kW/HP) 0.75…75/1...100
Three-phase 380…500 V (kW/HP) –
Three-phase 500…600 V (kW/HP) –

E Three-phase 525…600 V (kW/HP)

Three-phase 500…690 V (kW/HP)
–
–
Degree of protection IP21
Type of cooling [2] Heatsink
Drive Output frequency 0.5…200 Hz
Type of control Asynchronous motor b Sensorless flux vector control

F Synchronous motor
b Voltage/frequency ratio (2 points)
b Energy saving ratio
–
Transient overtorque 120% of the nominal motor torque
Functions
Number of functions 50
Number of preset speeds 7
G Number of I/O Analog inputs
Logic inputs
2
3
Analog outputs 1
Logic outputs –
Relay outputs 2
Communication Integrated Modbus, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet

H Available as an option
Cards (available as an option)
LonWorks
–
Dialogue tools IP54 or IP65 remote graphic display terminal
Configuration Setup software PCSoft for ATV 212
tools Configuration tools Multi-Loader
Standards and certifications b IEC 61800-5-1

I
b IEC 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, categories C1 to C3, cat. C1 with option for ATV 212)
b EN 55011: Group 1, class A and class B with option card.
b CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, NOM

References ATV 212

[1] Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.
[2] The type of cooling depends on the model.
J

246 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 247
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600

Process
A Altivar Process drives are specifically designed to meet the requirements of
following market segments:
• Water & wastewater
• Oil & gas
• Mining, minerals & metals
• Consumer packaged goods (CPG)
B

C Altivar Process range

EcoStruxure Foxboro DCS process automation system EcoStruxure Plant™ integration

The association of Altivar Process services with Schneider Electric process

D automation control systems like EcoStruxture Foxboro DCS (for process systems)
or EcoStruxure Hybrid DCS (for hybrid systems) offers a high-performance, global
automation and motor control solution with optimized total cost of ownership
(TCO).
Mesh Control Network
The solution provides operational integrity for people, processes, and assets, with
improved maintenance support to reduce downtime and helps to ensure operation
continuity.

E It offers operational insight by accessing more information to optimize the process

and control energy efficiency.
Valve
Ethernet
Serial link

Pump
Based on market standards (FDT/DTM, Ethernet, etc.), it is a sustainable, scalable
solution that enables processes to be adapted easily and affordably.

Altivar Process Drive Systems and drives

F Altivar Process in EcoStruxure Foxboro

DCS architecture

Applications
Altivar Machine ATV600 drives embed functions for high-performance machine requirements in the following applications:
G

H
Water & wastewater Oil & gas Mining, minerals & metals

J
Consumer packaged goods (CPG)

248 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
 www.se.com
General overview
Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600

Business optimization
Optimum monitoring of your process A
• Instant reaction if pump efficiency drops thanks to embedded pump monitoring
• Notification of critical operating points without additional sensors
• Process integration with pressure, flow, and level control including compensation
of flow losses.

B
Pump monitoring display

C
Energy-saving drive solution
• Up to 30% energy saving when on standby due to the innovative ‘‘stop & go’’
Energy consumption

operation without additional costs

STOP
• Smart control of the internal fans depending on operation
• Optimum energy efficiency over the whole lifecycle D
GO
• Data logging and graphic display of the power consumption.
Operating

Energy saved
Ready

“Stop & go”

t E
‘‘Stop & go’’ function

Real-time intelligence
Web server and services via Ethernet
F
• Embedded Web server interface based on the Ethernet network gives you
Configure your Altivar drive with the process monitoring with your daily working tools.
EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Configurator
• Local and remote access to energy use and customized dashboards means
your energy is visible anywhere, any time, on PC, tablet, or smartphone.
G
User-friendliness
Simple integration in PLC environments
• Easy integration thanks to standardized FDT/DTM and ODVA technology
• Supported by predefined EcoStruxure Control Expert libraries H
• Easy access via PC, tablet, or smartphone
• Robust connection via Ethernet.

Sophisticated service concept

• Modular design provides easy spare parts logistics
I
• Optimized maintenance costs due to dynamic maintenance schedule, with
integrated monitoring of individual components
• Simple exchange of power modules and fans
• Quick assistance with dynamic QR codes and Customer Care app.

J
Scanning the QR code Instant access to online
from a smartphone help
or tablet

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 249
 Selection guide www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600

Market segments

A Water & wastewater, oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer
packaged goods (CPG)

C
Characteristics
Mounting type Wall mounting
Degree of protection IP20 and IP21/UL Type 1
Power range Three-phase: 200...240 V (kW/HP) 0.75...75/1...100

D for 50...60 Hz line

supply
Three-phase: 380...440 V (kW)
Three-phase: 380...480 V (kW/HP)
–
0.75...315/1...500
Three-phase: 500...690 V (kW/HP) 1.5...75/2...100
Drive Output frequency 0.1...500 Hz
Control type Asynchronous motor Standard constant torque, variable standard torque, optimized torque mode
Synchronous motor PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motor
Functions
E Advanced functions b
b
Accurate measurement for monitoring system energy consumption (deviation < 5%)
Installation energy drift detection
b Embedded Ethernet with direct access to system configuration and monitoring
b Integration of actual pump curves to optimize the system operating point
b Optimized pump monitoring based on actual operating point
b Sensorless estimated flow rate
b Measurements expressed in working units (e.g. m³/h, kWh/m³)

F
b Limitation of overvoltage at the motor terminals
b Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR code
b Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboards
b Predictive and preventive maintenance tracking functions (e.g. temperature with
PT100/1000 probe, fan monitoring)
Integrated safety function 1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of integrated Analog inputs 3: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), 2 of them including probes

G I/O
Digital inputs
(PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84)
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
Analog outputs 2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
Relay outputs 3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
Safety function inputs 2: For safety function STO
Extended I/O module Analog inputs 2 differential analog inputs configurable via software as current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), or for PTC,
(optional) PT100, or PT1000, 2- or 3-wire probe

H Digital inputs
Digital outputs
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
2: Assignable
Extended relay Relay outputs 3: NO contacts
module (optional)
Communication Integrated Modbus/TCP, Modbus serial link
Option modules EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP dual port, ProfiNet, CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, and
screw terminal block, Profibus DP V1, DeviceNet, and BACnet MS/TP

I Configuration and runtime tools Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove
software
Standards and certifications UL 508C and UL61800-5-1[1], EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 1 category C2,
EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 2 category C3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508[2], ATEX 2/22, ATEX 1/21, SEMI F47-0706
References ATV630ppppp
[1] Evaluated UL standards may differ per drive reference. Please refer to our website for more details.
[2] For marine product certificate, please contact your Schneider Electric representative.
J

250 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
Selection guide
Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600

Market segments
Water & wastewater, oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer packaged
goods (CPG) A

C
Characteristics
Mounting type Cabinet integration
Drive type Drive products for cabinet integration
Degree of protection IP20
Power range Three phase: 380…480 V (kW/HP)
for 50...60 Hz line Three-phase: 400 V (kW)
0.75...90/1...120
– D
supply Three-phase: 440 V (kW) –
Three-phase: 480 V (HP) –
Three-phase: 500 (kW) –
Three-phase: 600 (HP) –
Three-phase: 690 (kW) –
Drive
E
Output frequency 0.1...500 Hz
Control type Asynchronous motor Standard constant torque, variable standard torque, optimized torque mode
Synchronous motor PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motor
Functions
Advanced Including all the advanced features of ATV600 drives:
functions b Accurate measurement for monitoring system energy consumption (deviation < 5%)
b Installation energy drift detection
b Embedded Ethernet with direct access to system configuration and monitoring
b Integration of actual pump curves to optimize the system operating point
b Optimized pump monitoring based on actual operating point
F
b Sensorless estimated flow rate
b Measurements expressed in working units (e.g. m³/h, kWh/m³)
b Limitation of overvoltage at the motor terminals
b Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR code
b Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboards
b Predictive and preventive maintenance tracking functions (e.g. temperature with PT100/1000
probe, fan monitoring)
b Easy setting of drive identification for Altivar Process Modular drives
G
Integrated safety function 1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of Analog inputs 3: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), 2 of them including probes
integrated I/O (PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84)
Digital inputs 6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
Digital output
Analog outputs
–
2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA) H
Relay outputs 3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
Safety function inputs 2: For safety function STO
Extended I/O Analog inputs 2 differential analog inputs configurable via software as voltage (0...±10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20
module (optional) mA), or for PTC, PT100, or PT1000 2- or 3-wire probes
Digital inputs 6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
Digital outputs 2: Assignable
Extended relay
module (optional)
Relay outputs 3: NO contacts
I
Communication Integrated Modbus/TCP, Modbus serial link
Option modules Ethernet/IP, Modbus TCP and MD-Link dual port, CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw
terminal block, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP V1, DeviceNet, BACnet MS/TP, POWERLINK
Configuration and runtime tools Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove software
Standards and certifications 86/188/EEC, IEC 61000-4-2, IEC 61000-4-3, IEC 61000-4-4,
IEC 61000-4-5, IEC 61000-4-6, EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508, IEC 13849-1,
TÜV certification, e marking, ATEX 2/22, ATEX 1/21
J
References ATV630pppN4Z

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 251
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900

Process automation
A Altivar Process drives are specifically designed to meet the requirements of the
following market segments:
• Oil & gas
• Mining, minerals & metals
• Consumer packaged goods (CPG)
• Water & wastewater
B The Altivar Process 900 series is focused on maximum productivity with
exceptional motor control and connectivity.
It offers special functions for industrial process segments:
• Excellent motor performance on any type of motor
• Total control of any kind of coupling in master/slave applications

C • Network services to help ensure operation continuity even in case of connection

breakdown
Altivar Process range • Web server and data logging to help reduce downtime through rapid
troubleshooting and preventive maintenance
EcoStruxure Foxboro DCS process automation system

EcoStruxure Plant™ integration

D The association of Altivar Process services with Schneider Electric process
automation control systems like EcoStruxture Foxboro DCS (for process systems)
Mesh Control Network or EcoStruxure Hybrid DCS (for hybrid systems) offers a high-performance, global
automation and motor control solution with optimized total cost of ownership
(TCO).

E The solution provides operational integrity for people, processes, and assets, with
improved maintenance support to help reduce downtime and ensure operation
continuity.
Valve
Ethernet
Serial link

Pump It offers operational insight by accessing more information to optimize the process
and control energy efficiency.
Altivar Process Drive Systems and drives Based on market standards (FDT/DTM, Ethernet, etc.), it is a sustainable, scalable
solution that enables processes to be adapted easily and affordably.
F Altivar Process in EcoStruxure Foxboro
DCS architecture

Applications
Altivar Machine ATV600 drives embed functions for high-performance machine requirements in the following applications:
G

H
Water & wastewater Oil & gas Mining, minerals & metals

J
Consumer packaged goods (CPG)

252 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900

Process efficiency
Motor performance and connectivity A
• Excellent motor performance on any type of motor
• Ethernet dual port offers maximum services such as connection to the control
room and process transparency
• Network service helps ensure operation continuity even in case of connection
breakdown
• Web server and data logging help reduce downtime through fast troubleshooting B
Torque Vs Speed display and preventive maintenance.

Complete control of your applications

• Maximize your application performance by using drive-to-drive communication:
total control of any kind of coupling in master/slave applications C
• Total management and flexibility of speed and torque on rigid and elastic
coupling
• Asset monitoring functions to increase production and reduce downtime.

Real-time intelligence D
Web server and services via Ethernet
• Embedded Web server interface based on the Ethernet network gives you
Configure your Altivar drive with the process monitoring with your daily working tools.

E
EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Configurator • Local and remote access to energy use and customized dashboards means
your energy is visible anywhere, any time, on PC, tablet, or smartphone.

User-friendliness
Simple integration in PLC environments
• Easy integration thanks to standardized FDT/DTM and ODVA technology F
• Supported by predefined EcoStruxure Control Expert libraries
• Easy access via PC, tablet, or smartphone
• Robust connection via Ethernet.

Sophisticated service concept

G
• Modular design provides easy spare parts logistics
• Optimized maintenance costs due to dynamic maintenance schedule, with
integrated monitoring of individual components
• Simple exchange of power modules and fans
• Quick assistance with dynamic QR codes and Customer Care App. H

Scanning the QR code Instant access to online

from a smartphone
or tablet
help
I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 253
 Selection guide www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900

Market segments
Oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer packaged goods (CPG),
A water & wastewater

C Characteristics
Mounting type Wall-mounting
Degree of protection IP20 and IP21/UL Type 1 IP21/UL Type 1 without braking unit
Power range for Three-phase: 200...240 V (kW/HP) 0.75...45/1...60 30...75/40...100
50...60 Hz line supply[1] Three-phase: 380...440 V (kW) – –

D Three-phase: 380...480 V (kW/HP)

Three-phase: 500...690 V (kW/HP)
0.75..220/1...350
1.5...75/2...100
55...315/75...500
–
Drive Output frequency 0.1...599 Hz
Control type Asynchronous motor Standard constant torque, optimized torque mode
Synchronous motor PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motor
Functions
Functions Advanced functions b High-performance motor control with an overload torque up to 180% Tn in an open or closed

E loop
b Asynchronous, synchronous, special motors: all efficiency classes, brand independent,
permanent magnet motors, torque motors, conical sliding rotor, reluctance motor
b Integrated EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP dual port, cybersecurity (Achilles Level 2)
b Smart integration in PlantStruxure and Foxboro Evo process automation systems
b Optimized energy efficiency, detection of energy consumption drift of the installation
b Adaptation to the process by dedicated functions with modular design
b Embedded safety functions STO SIL3

F b Master/slave and load sharing with drive-to-drive capability:

v Torque sharing on rigid coupling
v Torque sharing on elastic coupling
b Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR code
b Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboards
b Predictive maintenance (e.g. temperature with PT100/1000 probe, fan monitoring, etc.)
Integrated safety function 1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
Number of preset speeds 16
G Number of integrated
I/O
Analog inputs 3: 2 configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), including probes (PTC,
PT100, PT1000, or KTY84), and 1 configurable as (0...±10 V)
Digital inputs 8: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
Digital output 1: Assignable can be used as pulse train output (PTO)
Analog outputs 2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
Relay outputs 3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
Safety fu nction inputs 2: For safety function STO

H Extended I/O module

(optional)
Analog inputs 2 differential analog inputs configurable via software as current (0-20 mA/ 4-20 mA), or for
PTC, PT100 or PT1000, 2 or 3-wire probes
Digital inputs 6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
Digital outputs 2: Assignable
Extended relay Relay outputs 3: NO contacts
module (optional)
Communication Integrated EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP dual port, Modbus serial link

I Option modules CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw terminal block, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP
V1, DeviceNet, EtherCAT, and POWERLINK
Configuration and runtime tools Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove
software
Standards and certifications UL 508C and UL61800-5-1[2], EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 1 category C2,
EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 2 category C3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508 (3), IEC 13849-1, REACH, SEMI F47-0706, ATEX
2/22, ATEX 1/21

J References ATV930ppppp ATV930pppppC

[1] In “Normal duty”, power values are given for applications requiring a slight overload (up to 120%). For power values in “Heavy duty” applications requiring a
significant overload (up to 150%), see page 60852/2.
[2] Evaluated UL standards may differ per drive reference. Please refer to our website for more details.
[3] For marine product certificate please contact your Schneider Electric representative.

254 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
Selection guide
Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900

Market segments
Oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer packaged goods (CPG),
water & wastewater A

Characteristics
C
Mounting type Cabinet integration
Drive type Drive products for cabinet integration
Degree of protection IP20
Power range Three phase: 380…480 V (kW/HP) 0.75...90/1...120

D
for 50...60 Hz line Three-phase: 400 V (kW) –
supply Three-phase: 440 V (kW) –
Three-phase: 480 V (HP) –
Three-phase: 500 (kW) –
Three-phase: 600 (HP) –
Three-phase: 690 (kW) –
Drive Output frequency 0.1...599 Hz
Control type Asynchronous motor Standard constant torque, variable standard torque, optimized torque mode

Functions
Synchronous motor PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motor
E
Functions Advanced functions Including all the advanced features of ATV900 drives:
b High-performance motor control with an overload torque up to 180% Tn in an open or
closed loop
b Asynchronous, synchronous, special motors: all efficiency classes, brand independent,
permanent magnet motors, torque motors, conical sliding rotor, reluctance motor
b Integrated EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP dual port, cybersecurity (Achilles Level 2)
b Smart integration in PlantStruxure and Foxboro Evo process automation systems
b Optimized energy efficiency, detection of energy consumption drift of the installation
F
b Adaptation to the process by dedicated functions with modular design
b Embedded safety functions STO SIL3
b Master/slave and load sharing with drive-to-drive capability:
v Torque sharing on rigid coupling
v Torque sharing on elastic coupling
b Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR code
b Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboards
b Predictive maintenance (e.g. temperature with PT100/1000 probe, fan monitoring, etc.)
G
b Easy setting of drive identification
Integrated safety function 1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of integrated Analog inputs 3: 2 configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), including probes
I/O (PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84), and 1 configurable as voltage (0...±10 V)

H
Digital inputs 8: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
Digital output 1: Assignable, can be used as PTO (pulse train output)
Analog outputs 2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
Relay outputs 3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
Safety function inputs 2: For safety function STO
Extended I/O module Analog inputs 2 differential analog inputs configurable via software current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), or for
(optional) PTC, PT100, or PT1000 2- or 3-wire probes
Digital inputs 6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)

Extended relay
Digital outputs
Relay outputs
2: Assignable
3: NO contacts I
module (optional)
Communication Integrated EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP dual port, Modbus serial link
Option modules CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw terminal block, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP
V1, DeviceNet, EtherCAT, and POWERLINK
Configuration and runtime tools Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove
software
Standards and certifications 86/188/EEC, IEC 61000-4-2, IEC 61000-4-3, IEC 61000-4-4,
IEC 61000-4-5, IEC 61000-4-6, EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508, IEC 13849-1,
J
TÜV certification, e marking, ATEX 2/22, ATEX 1/21
References ATV930pppN4Z

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 255
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480

Soft starters for asynchronous motors

Presentation
A Enables a secure and digital area
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 is the new range of soft starters from Schneider Electric
designed to digitize the entire life cycle. Powered digitally by EcoStruxure, ATS480
increases efficiency from selection to maintenance.
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 had been designed to:

B • Respect cybersecurity requirements and usages according to the IEC 62443

standard
• Meet the requirements of the most stringent applications in normal and heavy
duty
• Cover the operational voltage range from 208 to 690 V in a single product range
up to 1200 A.

C Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 range

Extending the service life of ATS48 equipment
Easy replacement of ATS48 by ATS480
• Same footprint and fixings
• Same I/O
• Same parameters

D • Same application behavior

• Keep the same devices, such as circuit breaker and contactors
• Transfer an ATS48 configuration to the ATS480 using SoMove Converter.
Make way for evolution
• Connection to the main fieldbuses on the market
- Modbus TCP
E - EtherNet/IP
- CANopen
- PROFINET
- PROFIBUS DP
- Modbus serial
• Firmware update of the product and options
F - Single update: point-to-point
- Mass update: multi-point
• Reinforced robustness
- Conformal coating of printed circuit board
- Compliance with IEC/EN 60721-3-3 Class 3C3
- Combination with TeSys Deca and Giga
G Reducing engineering time and cost
With EcoStruxure tools, integrated automation system, and ATS480 Device Type
Manager, the engineering time is drastically reduced all along the process from
selection to project execution.
• It takes just two minutes to select the complete soft starter solution with
H EcoStruxure Motor Control Configurator: no need to be an expert
• Optimization of the power architecture with EcoStruxure Motor Management
Design
- Analysis of different solutions
- Selection of the preferred devices according to the architecture
• Definition of the architecture and detailed design with EcoStruxure Plant Builder
I including the Bill of Material and quotation
• With ATS480 DTM, associated derived function block (DFB), and faceplate:
- Quickly write the PLC program in EcoStruxure Control Expert
- Integrate ready-to-use faceplate in AVEVA System Platform
- Adapt and modify parameters without stopping the installation
- Set, monitor, and diagnose from the engineering station

J - DFB and faceplate available in General Purpose libraries

• Mass firmware update with EcoStruxure Automation Device Maintenance

256 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480
Soft starters for asynchronous motors

Helping to secure operations

The worthy successor of ATS48
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 has inherited the best of ATS48 recognized and proven
A
attributes:
• Torque control, the original: Pioneer of the torque control system (TCS), the
Schneider Electric algorithm has been copied by major manufacturers but is still
at the leading edge
• Robustness: In terms of starting capabilities, even in the most demanding
applications
• Simplicity: Just set a few parameters displayed in plain text in your language and
B
you are ready to start
• Asset monitoring:
- Monitoring of the motor with internal electronic thermal relay, PTC, or PT100
probe
- Monitoring of the mechanics and hydraulics with control of acceleration and
deceleration C
- Monitoring of the main supply and others loads connected by reducing the
voltage drop during starting
Increased continuity of service
• Bypass according to AC3 for full back-up solution

D
• No downtime in case of contactor failure: ATS480 thryristors are able to
supply the motor during the start and stop phase, but also during steady state
operations at the rated speed
• Fast replacement of standard contactor by maintenance technician: no need for
complete disassembly of the soft starter to replace an internal contactor
Cybersecurity best practices
• User account management that includes user authentication, authorization
according to the access channels, and strong passwords
• Hardening to restrict ports, functions, or services
E
• Threat intelligence to manage cybersecurity-related events
• Cybersecurity-compliant firmware upgrade
Cybersecurity for Achilles™ Level 2 certified
your assets Embedded troubleshooting and digital support
• Easy root cause identification of warnings and detected errors
• Embedded test routine when connected inside motor delta
• Direct access to error page of documentation thanks to dynamic QR code F
• QR code to documentation on the front of the ATS480

Superior sustainability
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 is a Green Premium product designed to take account
of environmental considerations. With the Schneider Electric Green Premium
G
ecolabel, ATS480 meets the following requirements:
• Use of hazardous substances
- Compliance with the European RoHS directive (2011/65/EU and 2015/863/ EU)
and RoHS China
- Compliance with REACH regulation No.1907/2006 for the declaration of sub-
stances of very high concern (SVHC), authorization (Annex XIV), and restric-
tion (Annex XVII)
H
- In terms of restrictions, Green Premium goes beyond current directives and
regulations
• Environmental impact
The Product Environmental Profile (PEP) is a quantitative Type III Environmental
Declaration in compliance with ISO 14025 that ensures appropriate reliability and
transparency. Based on a Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of the product along its
whole life cycle, the document presents the different impacts such as energy
I
consumption, carbon footprint, consumption of raw materials, and pollution of
air, water, and soil.
• End-of-Life management
The “ATS480 End-of-life” information document in accordance with IEC 62635
guidance contains the instructions for a responsible disposal of the products
and maximizes recycling in a step towards a more circular economy, improving
operational efficiency and reducing environmental hazards. J
• Upgradeability
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 can be upgraded with additional power options or
firmware.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 257
 General overview www.se.com

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480

Soft starters for asynchronous motors

Process, infrastructures, and industrial

A machines
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 is specifically designed to meet the requirements of the
following market segments:
• Water and wastewater
• Oil and gas

B • Mining, minerals, and metals

• Food and beverage
• Marine
ATS480 also meets the needs of industrial machines.
The Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 range increases availability, helps to ensure
continuous operations, and reduces downtime thanks to its:
C • Torque control
• Simplicity
• Connectivity
• Communication services
• Robustness

D Applications
The Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 helps to secure soft starting and stopping even
for the most demanding applications, while reducing mechanical wear and fluid
shocks in hydraulic applications.

E ATS480 features include:

• Sized for normal duty and heavy duty applications
• Controlled acceleration thanks to TCS, the original torque control system
• Controlled deceleration thanks to TCS, the original torque control system
• Efficient dynamic braking and DC injection down to zero speed to stop large
inertia application

F • Up to 700% motor current starting without tripping

• Boost function to override locked shaft, friction
• Smoke extraction
• Cascade

EcoStruxure Plant integration

G The association of Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 with Schneider Electric automation
control systems like EcoStruxure Process Expert (for hybrid systems) offers a high-
performance, global automation and motor control solution with optimized total
cost of ownership (TCO).

Operation station Engineering station The solution provides operational integrity for people, processes, and assets, with

H improved maintenance support to help reduce downtime and ensure operation

continuity.
It offers operational insight by accessing more information to optimize the process.
Based on market standards (FDT/DTM, Ethernet, etc.), it is a sustainable, scalable
solution that enables processes to be adapted easily and affordably.
An integrated automation system powered by EcoStruxure offers the following

I
benefits:
• More efficient projects
• Optimized operations

258 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altistart 22
Soft start/soft stop units

Presentation
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units support the controlled starting and stopping,
via voltage and torque, of three-phase squirrel cage asynchronous motors for
A
power ratings ranging from 4 to 400 kW.
They are supplied ready for use in standard applications with class 10 motor
protection.
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units have been designed to meet the performance
requirements of applications where ruggedness, security of personnel and
equipment, and ease of setup are a priority. B
The bypass function (based on a bypass contactor) has been made easier to use
by integrating it into the starter. This approach suits applications where it may be
necessary to bypass the starter at the end of starting in order, for example, to limit
the starter's heat dissipation.
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units have an integrated display terminal that allows
the user to change both the programming and the adjustment or monitoring C
parameters in order to adapt and customize the application in line with customer
needs.
They also feature an integrated thermal motor protection function as well as
machine monitoring functionality, and offer immediate installation setup capability
using SoMove setup software.
D
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop unit offer

Applications
The integrated functions of Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units are compatible with
the more common types of application found in the construction, infrastructure, or
industrial sectors:
• centrifugal pumps, piston pumps
• fans
E
• screw compressors
• material handling (conveyors, etc.)
• specialist machinery (agitators, mixers, centrifuges)
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units offer a truly cost-effective solution by providing:
• a reduction in installation costs through optimum product sizes, integrated F
bypass function, and faster wiring time
• a reduction in the stress associated with electrical distribution through fewer
current peaks and line voltage drops caused by motor starting
• a reduction in machine running costs through reduced mechanical stress
The three phases of the motor windings are controlled to help maintain
performance, whatever the situation (with or without load, any voltage or power
range, etc.).
G

Conformity to standards
Description
Conducted and Conforming to
Performance
Class A
H
radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-2
Vibration resistance Conforming to 1.5 mm/0.06 in. from 2 to 13 Hz
IEC 60068-2-6 1 gn from 13 to 200 Hz
Shock resistance Conforming to 15 gn for 11 ms

I
IEC 60068-2-27
Maximum ambient Conforming to Degree 2
pollution IEC 60664-1
Relative humidity Conforming to 95% non-condensing, no
IEC 60068-2-3 dripping water
Degree of protection For ATS22D17…C11 IP 20
(IP 00 if no connection)
For ATS22C14…C59 IP 00 J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 259
 General overview www.se.com

Altistart 01
Soft starters for asynchronous motors

Presentation
A The Altistart 01 soft starter operates either as a torque limiter on starting, or as a
soft start/soft stop unit for asynchronous motors.
Using the Altistart 01 starter enhances the starting performance of asynchronous
motors by allowing them to start gradually, smoothly, and in a controlled manner. It
helps to prevent mechanical shocks, which cause wear and tear, and subsequent
maintenance work and production downtime.

B The Altistart U01 limits the starting torque and current peaks on starting on
machines that do not require a high starting torque.
It is designed for the following simple applications:
• conveyors
• conveyor belts
• pumps
C • fans
• compressors
• automatic doors and gates
• small cranes
• belt-driven machinery, etc.

D The Altistart 01 is compact, easy to install, and can be mounted side-by-side[1].

It complies with standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2, and carries UL, CSA, C-Tick, and
CCC certifications, and e marking.
The Altistart 01 soft start/soft stop unit offer comprises 3 ranges:

• ATS01N1ppp soft starters

E - These control one phase of the motor power supply (single-phase or three-
phase) to limit the starting torque.
- They feature an internal bypass relay.
- Motor power ratings range from 0.37 kW to 11 kW.
- Motor supply voltages range from 110 V to 480 V, 50/60 Hz. An external power
supply is required for controlling the starter.
F - A contactor is always required to shut off power to the motor.

• ATS01N2ppp soft start/soft stop units

- These control two phases of the motor power supply to limit the starting cur-
rent and for deceleration.

G - They feature an internal bypass relay.

- Motor power ratings range from 0.75 kW to 15 kW[2].
- The motor supply voltages are as follows: 230 V, 400 V, and 480 V, 50/60 Hz.
The use of a line contactor is not necessary on machines where electrical isolation
is not required.

H
[1] Side-By-Side Conditions:
The maximum starts per hour are 2 under following worst case conditions:
Ramp-up time: 10 s

I Motor current 5x rated softstarter current

Ambient temperature 40°C
Applications with shorter ramp-up times and/or lower motor current and/or lower ambient
temperature the cycle time can be increased.
E.g. ramp-up time 5 s -> starts per hour are 4 or motor current 3x Ie -> starts per hour are 4
For stronger conditions 15 mm distance are necessary.
[1] Please pay attention and consider for the operation of IE3 motors while dimensioning of
softstarters the resulting higher starting currents.

J For the use of IE3 motors it is needed to dimension and design the softstarters one size
higher.

260 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com
General overview
Altistart 01
Soft starters for asynchronous motors

Description
• Altistart 01 soft starters (ATS01N1ppp) are equipped with:
- a potentiometer for setting the starting time
A
- a potentiometer for adjusting the starting voltage threshold according
to the motor load
- 2 inputs:
- 1 x 24 V c input or 1 x 110…240 V a input for powering the control part that controls

B
the motor

• Altistart 01 soft start/soft stop units (ATS01N2ppp) are equipped with:

- a potentiometer for setting the starting time
- a potentiometer for setting the deceleration time
- a potentiometer for adjusting the starting voltage threshold according
to the motor load
- 1 green LED to indicate that the unit is powered up
C
- 1 yellow LED to indicate that the motor is powered at nominal voltage,
if it is connected to the starter
- a connector for:
- 2 logic inputs for Run/Stop commands
-
-
-
1 logic input for the BOOST function
1 logic output to indicate the end of starting
1 relay output to indicate the motor has reached a standstill at the end
D
of the deceleration stage .

Equivalence table for contact references

Functions ATS01N2ppLU/QN/RT E
Relay outputs R1A
R1C
External power supply 0 V C0M
Stop command LI1
Run command
Control section power supply
LI2
LI + (+ 24 V positive logic)
F
BOOST BOOST
End of starting LO1
115 V external power supply –

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 261
 Selection guide www.se.com

Soft Starters

Market segments

A Applications
Simple machines

Simple starting Simple starting and stopping

C
Characteristics
Operational voltage range Ue (V) 110…480 200…480
Operational current range Ie (A) 3…25 6…32
Power range For 50…60Hz line supply (kW/HP) 0.37…11/0.5…15 0.75…15/1…20

D Single-phase 110…230 V (kW)

Three-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)
0.37…2.2
–
–
0.75…7.5/1…10
Three-phase 200…480 V (kW/HP) 0.37…11/0.5…15 –
Three-phase 208 V (HP) – –
Three-phase 230…240 V (kW/HP) – –
Three-phase 380…440 V (kW) 1.1…11 1.5…15
Three-phase 460…480 V (HP) 0.5…15 2…20

E Three-phase 500…525 V (kW)

Three-phase 575 V (HP)
–
–
–
–
Three-phase 660…690 V (kW) – –
Motor control Operating cycle –
Current limiting –
Boost –
Type of control Configurable voltage ramp

F Deceleration
Braking
Voltage ramp
– –
Number of controlled phases 1 2
Connection inside the delta – –
Bypass Integrated
Functions
Thermal protections External
G Other protections –

Pre-heating –
Smoke extraction –
Multi-motor cascade –
Second motor set –
Communication Embedded – –

H Option modules – –

Communication and runtime tools 2 potentiometers 3 potentiometers

Number of I/O Analog inputs – –

Digital inputs – 3
Analog outputs – –

I Digital outputs
Relay outputs
–
–
1
1
Standards and certifications IEC/EN 60947-4-2
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, and CCC
References ATS01N1pppp ATS01N2pppp

262 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com

Industrial machines Process and infrastructures, demanding machines

A
Simple starting and stopping for pumps and fans Controlled starting and stopping for pumps, fans, compressors,
mixers, crushers, conveyors

C
230…440 208…600 208…690
17…590 17…590 17…1200
4…355 4…400/3…500 4…900/3…1200
–
–
–
–
–
– D
– – –
– 3…150 3…400
4…160/– 4…160/5…200 4…355/5…450
7.5…355 7.5…355 7.5…710
– 10…400 10…1000
–
–
9…400
15…500
9…800
15…1200 E
– – 11…900
Normal duty Normal duty and heavy duty
350% current rating 500% current rating (700% rated motor current)
Yes Yes
Configurable voltage ramp Torque control (TCS = torque control system), voltage control
Voltage ramp
–
Torque ramp
Yes F
3 3 3
Yes – Yes
Integrated External with soft starter optimization or without bypass

Electronic embedded, or with PTC Electronic embedded, with PTC, or with PT100 2- or 3-wire probes
Underload, overload, motor phase loss, line phase inversion, excessive
acceleration time, current overload, ground leakage
Underload, overload, motor phase loss, line phase inversion, overcurrent,
excessive acceleration time, current overload, ground leakage
G
– Yes
– Yes
– Yes
Yes Yes
Modbus serial link Modbus serial link
– Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP V1,
CANopen daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw terminal block H
7-segment display, SoMove software Plain text display terminal, graphic display terminal (option),
DTM (device type manager), SoMove software
1 PTC probe PTC or PT100 2- or 3-wire probe
3 4
– 1
–
2
IEC/EN 60947-4-2, EMC class A
2
3
IEC/EN 60947-4-2, EMC class A and B
I
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST, CCC e, cULus, UKCA, CCC, RCM, EAC, DNV, ABS, BV, CCS, REACH, RoHs
ATS22pppQ ATS22pppS6p ATS480pppY

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E 263
 Selection guide www.se.com

Usefull links

> Altivar Machine Catalogues

A

B
Altivar 12 ATV320 ATV340

> Altivar Building Catalogues

C

D
Altivar 212

E > Altivar Process Catalogues

ATV600 ATV900

G
> Altivar Soft Starters Catalogues

ATS480 Altistart 22 Altistart 01

I
Learn more about
Altivar variable

J
Scan or
speed drives
click on
and soft starters QR code
range here
Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

264 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E
www.se.com

Control and signaling, Automation relays &

Power supply

Harmony
Push buttons
XB4......................................................................................... E-267
XB5......................................................................................... E-268
XB7......................................................................................... E-270

Cam switches
Harmony K.............................................................................. E-272

Tower lights
XVU......................................................................................... E-274

Control and time relays..........................................E-278

Timer Relays..........................................................E-290
Electromechanical Relays......................................E-294
Solid State Relays..................................................E-302

Modicon Power Supply

ABLM Modular power supply................................E-314
F
ABLS Optimized power supply..............................E-315
ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply.....................E-316

Linergy
Linergy TR Terminal blocks....................................E-320

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 265
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony

F
Push buttons, Cam switches
and signaling units
SEE THE VIDEO

G Improved reliability of panels, machines, and

processes
High electrical performance
• Contacts and heads designed to prevent
• Sealing effectiveness rated up to IP66, IP67, vibration, helping to ensure secure mounting
IP68, IP69, IP69K, and type 4X
• High impact resistance up to IK06 rating
and wiring
- Choose from standard, low-load, and high- IP69
power electrical contacts. Robust performance
H • Operating temperature ranging from
-40 to +70°C/-40 to +158°F
even in harsh
environments
• Compliance with international standards Lower maintenance
(IEC, UL, CCC, EAC, JIS) • Harmony push buttons are designed to perform
• Marine certified (BV, LROS, BDNV, GL). up to 10 million operations
+70°C
- This represents more than 1,000 operations
I a day for 27 years.
-40°C

266 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Push buttons XB4 metal

Presentation
The Harmony® XB4 metal range of modular control and signaling units combines
simplicity of installation, flexibility, and robustness. It meets the requirements of
A
the majority of industrial applications. These units are either available as complete
products or separate components for customer assembly.

This range includes:

• Push buttons, selector/key switches, Emergency stop functions, and multiple-
headed push buttons designed for parameter settings, adjustments, and start/
stop control of machines and installations
B
• Pilot lights, illuminated push buttons, illuminated selector switches, and
illuminated Emergency stop functions designed for visual signaling.
• Various accessories including:
• Flush mounting kits:
- redesigned, improving the look of the control panel
- quick and easy installation in a 30.5 mm/1.20 in. hole making it compatible with
C
22 mm/0.87 in. devices
Harmony XB4 range of control and signaling units for
- a cost-effective solution, as the control devices and the operating modes of the
Ø 22 mm/0.866 in. mounting machine do not change.
• Other accessories: protective covers, legends and legend holders, push button
caps, boots, bulbs, etc.

The push button and switch control offer (illuminated and non-illuminated) is both
D
broad and comprehensive:
• Push buttons, spring return with flush push, projecting push, recessed push,
booted flush push, or mushroom head
• Emergency stop push buttons with 3 types of head: push-pull, turn to release,

E
and key release
• Pilot lights and illuminated push buttons with Universal LED and BA 9s base
fitting bulbs
• Selector switches with different types of operator: standard handle, long handle,
Harmony XB4 flush mounted control and signaling units for knurled knob, or key
Ø 30 mm/1.181 in mounting
• Choice of heads: circular, double-head/triple-head rectangular, or toggle
• Colors of push: white, black, green, orange, blue, red, or yellow
• Connection type: screw clamp connector, Faston connector, spring terminal, or
for printed circuit board
F
• Contact blocks for general purpose or specific applications (low current,
standard, or high power switching)
• Choice of heads to meet the majority of industrial needs: from the most
basic push buttons and pilot lights, to functions meeting modern machine
requirements, such as USB & RJ45 ports
• Wide choice of accessories and spare parts G
• Other specific functions: complete potentiometer, hour counters, annunciator, or
joystick controllers.

Innovative complementary offers are also available:

• Control and signaling units for severe applications
• Wireless and batteryless push buttons
• Biometric switches.
H

Environment
The performance of the Harmony XB4 range meets some of the most demanding
international standards and approvals: I
• Certified and approved for meeting requirements throughout all continents:
EN/IEC, CE marking, UL, CSA, CCC, EAC, JIS, NEMA, and marine approvals
• Protection against ingress of solid objects, dust, and water: IP66, IP67, IP69,
IP69K, type 4X

J
• Operating temperature range from -40°C to +70°C/-40°F to +158°F for
outdoor applications
• Shock protection level up to IK06
• High vibration resistance with shakeproof connection screws
(periodic retightening unnecessary).

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 267
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Push buttons XB5, plastic

Presentation
A The Harmony XB5 plastic range of modular control and signaling units combines
simplicity of installation, flexibility, and robustness. It meets the requirements of
the majority of industrial applications. These units are either complete products or
separate components for customer assembly.

This range includes:

B
• Push buttons, selector/key switches, Emergency stop functions, and multiple-
headed push buttons designed for parameter settings, adjustments, and start/
stop control of machines and installations
• Pilot lights, illuminated push buttons, illuminated selector switches, and
illuminated Emergency stop functions designed for visual signaling
• Flush mounting heads for Ø 30 mm/1.181 in. mounting and flush mounting kit
accessories combined to offer a modern look to the control panel
C • Harmony basic and configurable display offers data visualization
• Various accessories including protective covers, legends and legend holders,
push button caps, boots, bulbs, etc.

The push button and switch control offer (illuminated and non-illuminated) is both
broad and comprehensive:

D Harmony XB5 range of control and signaling units for

Ø 22 mm/0.866 in mounting
• Push buttons, spring return with flush push, projecting push, recessed push,
booted flush push, or mushroom head
• Emergency stop push buttons with three types of head: push-pull, turn to
release, and key release
• Pilot lights and illuminated push buttons with universal LED and BA 9s base
fitting bulbs

E • Selector switches with different types of operator: standard handle, long handle,
knurled knob, or key
• Choice of heads: circular, rectangular, double-head/triple-head rectangular, or
toggle
• Colors of push: white, black, green, orange, blue, red, or yellow
• Connection type: screw clamp connector, faston connector, spring terminal, or

F for printed circuit board

• Contact blocks for general purpose or specific applications (low current,
standard or high-power switching)
• Choice of heads to meet the majority of industrial needs, from the most
basic push buttons and pilot lights, to functions meeting modern machine
Harmony XB5 flush mounted control and signaling units for requirements, such as USB & RJ45 ports
Ø 30 mm/1.181 in mounting
• Wide choice of accessories and spare parts
G • Configurable display for simple machine function
• Other specific functions: complete potentiometer, hour counters, annunciator, or
joystick controllers.

Innovative complementary offers are also available:

• Control and signaling units for severe applications
H • Wireless and batteryless push buttons
• Biometric switches.

268 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Push buttons XB5, plastic

Basic display: Harmony Digital Panel meter

Harmony XBH is a digital panel meter for mounting on a control panel or directly
on the front of a machine. With the simple 4-digit display, it is easy to view process A
data from long distances. The display is easy to mount directly in a Ø 22 mm/
0.866 in. hole and is supplied directly from the measuring loop. It has 2 digital
Harmony Digital Panel meter
outputs for setting a high and low limit and can be configured using the blue and
red buttons on the side of the housing. An external alarm can be connected to the
panel meter for providing an additional alert in the event of reaching a high or low
limit threshold. Harmony XBH panel meters have an IP65 protection rating and the
operating temperature can be between -20 and 60°C/-4 and 140°F. B
The following settings can be adjusted using the configuration buttons:
• Minimum and maximum value of the input signal
• Number of decimals
• Number of measurements per second
• LOW limit and HIGH limit output threshold C
• LOW limit and HIGH limit hysteresis and time delay
• Password protection for the configuration.

Environment D
The performance of the Harmony XB5 range meets some of the most demanding
international standards and approvals:
• Certified and approved for meeting requirements worldwide: EN/IEC,
CE marking, UL, CSA, CCC, EAC, JIS, NEMA, and marine approvals

E
• Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects, dust, and water:
IP66, IP67, IP69, IP69K, type 4X
• Operating temperature range from -40°C to +70°C/-40°F to +158°F for
outdoor applications
• High chemical robustness
• Shock protection level up to IK03
• High vibration resistance with shakeproof connection screws
(periodic retightening unnecessary). F

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 269
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Push buttons XB7, monolithic

Control and signaling units Ø 22

Presentation
A The Harmony® XB7 range of plastic control and signaling units is a monolithic
range designed for use in the industrial, tertiary and building sectors. It is simple
to use and quick to install.
This range includes:
• Push buttons and switches designed for Start/Stop control of machines and
installations, adjustment and parametering (contact functions): Push buttons,
B selector/key switches, Emergency stop or Emergency switching off push buttons
• Pilot lights designed for visual signaling (signaling functions)
• Illuminated push buttons designed for control and signaling (contact functions +
signaling functions)
• The range comprises complete units, with round plastic bezel, and 6 pilot light.

C The push button and switch control offer comprises:

• Flush and projecting spring return push buttons, with or without marking
• Flush latching push buttons, without marking
• Projecting spring return or latching illuminated push buttons
• Emergency stop trigger action and mechanically latching mushroom head
push buttons (conforming to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850)
D • Emergency switching off mechanically latching mushroom head push buttons
(conforming to standard IEC 60364-5-53)
• Selector switches, with standard black handle, and key switches
• Legends and legend holders
• Accessories and spare parts.

E The pilot light signaling offer includes:

• Pilot lights with integral LED
• Pilot lights for BA 9s base fitting bulbs.

The two types of pilot lights are for direct supply or with resistor.

F Installation
Harmony XB7 products are both simple and quick to install:
• Mounting by single installer
• Fixing by a single locking nut.

G Two types of connection are available:

• Screw clamp terminals
• Faston connectors (only for pilot lights).

Environment
H
The performance features of the XB7 range meet the following specifications:
• International standards and approvals:
- For the entire range: EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4,
UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14, GB 14048.5

I
- For Emergency stop push buttons: EN/IEC 60947-5-5, EN/ISO 13850 and
EN/IEC 60204-1
- For Emergency switching off push buttons: EN/IEC 60364-5-53.
• International certifications: UL, CSA, CCC, GOST
• Degrees of protection:
- Front face: IP65 (IP54 for Emergency switching off push buttons)

J - Rear face: IP20 (protection against direct contact).

For more technical information, please refer to our website

www.se.com

270 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Push buttons XB4, XB5 and XB7

Type Push buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights

Type references XB4 XB5 XB7

Description of range
b Push buttons b Push buttons
D
b Multiple-headed push buttons b Emergency Stop and Emergency switching off
b Emergency Stop push buttons push buttons
b Selector switches and key switches b Selector switches and key switches
b Illuminated push buttons b Illuminated push buttons
b Pilot lights b Pilot lights

Features
b Flush mounted push buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights [1]
E
Products Complete units or sub-assemblies (body + head) Monolithic
Bezel Metal, chromium plated, or black Double insulated Double insulated, dark gray (or white for pilot lights)
Shape of head Circular Circular Circular
Drilling or cut-out for fixing
b Ø 22 mm/0.866 in.
b Ø 30 mm/1.181 in. (for flush mounted control and signaling units)
Ø 22 mm/0.866 in. F
Degree of protection
Conforming to IEC 60529 IP66, IP67, IP69, and IP69K b IP65 (control buttons and pilot lights)
b IP54 (Emergency switching off push buttons)
Conforming to UL 508 and Enclosure type 4, 4X, and 13 Enclosure type 3 (push buttons and Emergency stop)

G
CSA C22-2 No. 14 and 4 (pilot lights)
Cabling
b Spring clamp terminal connections b Screw and captive clamp terminal connections
b Screw clamp terminal connections b Faston clip connections (pilot lights)
b Faston connectors
b Connector with adapter for printed circuit board
Mounting
Panel thickness 1…6 mm/0.039…0.236 in. 1…6 mm/0.039…0.236 in. H
[1] Flush mounted control and signaling units are available for Harmony XB4 and XB5 ranges only.

Learn more about

Harmony
J
Scan or
Push buttons click on
QR code
range here

Offer Catalogue XB4 Catalogue XB5 Catalogue XB7

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 271
 Selection guide www.se.com

Cam switches
Harmony Type K

Type Type K10 Type K1/K2

C
Cam switch model K10p K1p
Applications
Used in building control panels and consoles, type K cam switches allow control of processes and
utilities in industry and buildings and direct control for simple machines.

D Functions
Off-On/On-Off switches 1 to 4-pole 1 to 6-pole
Stepping switches 2 to 4-position, 1 and 2-pole 2 to 12-position, 1 to 4-pole
Changeover switches 1 to 4-pole 1 to 5-pole
Measurement switches Voltmeter and ammeter Voltmeter and ammeter
Reversing switches - 2 and 3-pole

E Reversing star-delta switches

Pole change switches
-
-
-
2 and 3-speed
Characteristics
Conventional rated thermal current (Ith) 10 A 12 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 440 V 690 V
Electrical operating characteristics b AC-15 - A300 b AC-3 - 3-phase
F b 240 V - 3 A b
b
230 V - 1.1 kW - 4.6 A
AC-15
b 230 V - 3 A
Front plate degree of protection IP65 b IP40
b IP65 (with seal)
Product composition Complete switches b Complete switches
b Adaptable sub-assemblies

G Compatibility Ø 16 and Ø 22 control and signaling units

b Special products (Consult our Customer
Care Centre)
Ø 22 control and signaling units
Fixing Front mounting Single Ø 16 or Ø 22 hole b Multi-fixing
b Single Ø 22 hole
Rear mounting - Screw fixing, 4 holes on 36 mm/1.42 in. centres

H Front plate dimensions (mm) 30 x 30 mm/1.18 x 1.18 in. b 45 x 45 mm/1.77 x 1.77 in.
b 60 x 60 mm/2.36 x 2.36 in. (adaptable
sub-assemblies)
Operating heads b Black standard handle b Black and red standard and long handles
b Metallic legend, black marking b Key operator
b Metallic head
b Metallic legend with black marking or black
legend with white marking

I Approvals b cULus
b EN/IEC 60947-3
b UL-CSA
b EN/IEC 60947-3
b EN/IEC 60947-5-1 b EN/IEC 60947-5-1

272 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Cam switches
Harmony Type K

Type K30...K150

C
K2p K30p K50p K63p K115p K150p

1 to 6-pole 1 to 6-pole
D
2 to 12-position, 1 to 4-pole -
1 to 5-pole 1 to 4-pole
- -
2 and 3-pole 2 and 3-pole
Star-delta
2 and 3-speed
Star-delta
2-speed
E
20 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 115 A 150 A
690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
b AC-3 - 3-phase b AC-3 - 3-phase b AC-3 - 3-phase b AC-3 - 3-phase b AC-3 - 3-phase b AC-3 - 3-phase
b
b
230 V - 2.2 kW - 8.3 A
AC-15
b
b
230 V - 5.5 kW
AC-15
b
b
230 V - 7.5 kW
AC-15
b 230 V - 11 kW
b -
b 230 V - 15 kW
b -
b 230 V - 22 kW
b - F
b 230 V - 4 A b 230 V - 14 A b 230 V - 16 A
b IP40 IP40
b IP65 (with seal)
b Complete switches Complete switches
b Adaptable sub-assemblies

G
b Special products (Consult our Customer
Care Centre)
Ø 22 control and signaling units -
b Multi-fixing By 4 holes on 48 mm /1.89 in. centres By 4 holes on 68 mm/2.68 in. centres
b Single Ø 22 hole
Screw fixing, 4 holes on 36 mm/1.42 in. centres Screw fixing, 4 holes on 48 mm/1.89 in. centres Screw fixing, 4 holes on
68 mm/2.68 in. centres
b 45 x 45 mm/1.77 x 1.77 in.
b 60 x 60 mm/2.36 x 2.36 in. (adaptable
sub-assemblies)
64 x 64 mm/2.52 x 2.52 in. 88 x 88 mm/3.46 x 3.46 in.
H
b Black and red standard and long handles b Black standard handle
b Key operator b Metallic legend, black marking
b Metallic head
b Metallic legend with black marking or black
legend with white marking
b UL-CSA
b EN/IEC 60947-3
b cULus
b EN/IEC 60947-3 I
b EN/IEC 60947-5-1

Learn more about

J
Scan or
Harmony K
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 273
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Signaling units type XVU Ø 60

Modular tower lights

Harmony XVU
A modular tower light with
innovative features The Harmony XVU modular range of tower lights are 360° pilot lights and
commonly used signaling product for a wide range of applications. These tower

B lights are visual and audible signaling units that cornes with a combination of
innovative features, high performance and simplicity.

High performance light

• True color and homogeneity light
C • lmproved visibility
• LED super-bright flash with long life performance.

Customized voice message

D • A free of charge configuration software allows to customize the audible signals
via SD card
• The sound unit plays voice message when customer inputs PLC signals
• Adjustable volume up to 86 dB at 1 m/3.281 ft.

The mix of homogeneity

Simplified wiring
E light and true color
improves the aesthetic
of the tower light • Pulse signal units use one signal wire to define different types of signaling
• Flexible and configurable light patterns
• Up to 256 different combination of audible and visual signals
• Up to 16 different combination of visual signals (color combination)
Playlist Builder
F Configuration of
• One pulse signal multi-color unit can be implemented instead of several single
color illuminated units
audible signal via
• Reduction in 1/0 wires to connect PLC with tower light
Playlist Builder
software • CE, UL, CSA, and PCT certified.

Aesthetic design
G Addition of pulse signal
unit to the existing • Available in black and metallic silver body
range of Harmony
• Reduced diameter (0 60 mm/2. 362 in.) makes them suitable for small equipment
XVU tower lights
• Aesthetic design distinguishes them from other tower lights.

> Super bright LED technology

J > Pulse signal unit enables up to 75% reduction in wiring

274 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Signaling units type XVU Ø 60
Modular tower lights

Simplicity
• Simple and easy assembly without use of any tools
• Convenient mounting option with: direct mounting, pole mounting and
A
three-in-one adjustable wall mounting.

Good resistance
• Resistant to dust and water and are UL/CSA compliant B
• The illuminated units have IP65 degree of protection, and are resistant
to cutting oil
• Audible units have IP54 degree of protection.
With the indicator
marks, the units are
simple and quick to
assemble
C

IP65 D
IP54
Degree of protection
and compliance
E

> User-friendly
F

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 275
 General characteristics www.se.com

Harmony Signaling units type XV

Signaling solutions

Harmony type XV Modular tower lights

C
Type references XVU

Type of products Tower lights for customer assembly of up to 5 units

D Diameter
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529
Ø 60 mm/2.362 in.
b IP65 for illuminated units
b IP54 for audible units
b IP55 for flexible mounting unit
Type of signalling Steady Yes
Flashing Yes

E
High flashing Yes
“Flash” –
Sound Yes (buzzer or editable voice)
Light sources Incandescent bulb -
LED bulb -
Integral LED Yes
“Flash” discharge tube -
F Colors of illuminated units
Halogen bulb -
b Green
b Red
b Orange
b Blue
b White
b Yellow

G Connection
Support panel drilling or cut-out
Spring cage connection terminals
b Mounting on support tube and adjustable support tube: 4 x Ø 6 mm/0.236 in.
b Flexible wall mounting: 3 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
b Direct mounting:
v 2 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
v 3 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
v 4 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
b Mounting on bracket: 2 x Ø 9 mm/0.354 in.
H

Learn more about

J
Scan or
Harmony XVU
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

276 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 277
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Control and time relays

D
Enhance operational efficiency and optimize equipment
availability with Harmony, our widest range of relays.
Harmony relays are designed, manufactured, and tested to meet

E your needs for both wired logic functions and PLC Interfaces.

> Control relays > Timer relays

F

G
> Electromechanical relays > Solid state relays

278 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Control relays

Near Field Communication

and conventional Control Relays A
Harmony Control relays monitor and detect abnormal operating conditions
concerning phase, current, voltage, frequency, speed, or temperature. The relays
inform users of abnormal conditions, and allow them to initiate the necessary
corrective actions before serious and costly breakdowns can occur. By monitoring
energy network statuses, they enable both electrical and mechanical load control.
B

D
They are suitable for a wide range of applications: Harmony Control relay functions
• Hoisting: construction cranes, harbor cranes
Monitoring
• Packaging: motor voltage, current overload
Control relays monitor physical and electrical values. They measure variable
• Lifts: construction lifts, passenger lifts, escalators
• Textile: motor voltage, current overload
signals such as phase (presence, sequence and symmetry), voltage, current,
and frequency. They also control liquid levels and process operating rates. E
• Water: liquid level on water tank at water and
waste water recycling plant. Informing
Control device outputs provide users with electrical information. In addition,
setting faults are signaled by simultaneous flashing of all LEDs.
Depending on the product model, control relays
are categorized into 8 product families: Protecting F
• 3-phase control Integrated in the control circuits of automated systems, they enable
automatic shutdown management and provide fault information, thus
• Current control
protecting the equipment.
• Voltage control
Managing
• Frequency control
• Speed control
When the power is switched on, the control relays are inhibited to enable
correct measurement circuit setting. The outputs operate with positive logic,
G
• Lift temperature control the contact or contacts being closed under normal conditions and opening
• Level control as soon as a fault or power supply loss is detected.
• Pump control. Commissioning
When the diagnostic button is used, the downstream circuit can be closed
immediately without sending a fault input signal to the relays. This shortens H
the testing time during commissioning and troubleshooting.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 279
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Control relays

Harmony Control relays with unique design and

features
A • Compact modular sizes: 17.5 mm/0.69 in., 22.5 mm/0.88 in.,
35 mm/1.38 in.
• Adapted for industrial and building control panels
• True RMS measurement that minimizes the possibility of unexpected trips Dial pointer LED indicator

B
from highly polluted networks (except RM17TG and RM22TG)
• Diagnostic button to check the downstream circuit immediately and reduce
commissioning and troubleshooting time [1]
• IP50 lead-sealable settings protection cover helps prevent dust and Diagnostic button
unintended human intervention
• Status indication by LEDs, additional dial pointer LED for easy setup in
C dark conditions [1], and power “On” status indication when relay is ready to
perform
• Optimization of power supplies
• Worldwide certification:

®
D

Harmony Control relay with NFC [2] technology

E Simplify product selection
One product reference with 7 control functions: Phase loss, Phase sequence,
Asymmetry, Overvoltage, Undervoltage, Overfrequency, and Underfrequency.

Achieve unprecedented accuracy

F • Digitized setting eliminate the need for screw driver

• Timed delay can be set by minute, second or millisecond.

Fault diagnosis
• Fault status indication by LEDs NFC Control Relay:
• Real time fault analysis and Historical fault data are viewable in APP. As simple as
G Superior security
1  Install
2  Open app
4 digit password protection. Scan here to check out 3  Set parameters
the NFC Control Relay
video

H
> A simple approach to monitoring your equipment
> To control your machines and processes of the future

J
[1] Available in RM35JA32MR, RM35JA32MT, and all RM22 references.
[2] Near Field Communication.

280 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Control relays

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 281
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Control relays

Type Modular relay

B
RM17TG00 RMNF22TB30 RM22TG20 RM17TT00 RM22TR31
RM17TG20 RM22TR33

C Application
3-phase control
Functions
b Phase sequence With/without memory b Phase sequence b Phase sequence b Phase sequence
b Phase loss selection in the app. b Phase loss b Phase loss b Phase loss

D b Phase sequence
b Phase loss
b Asymmetry
b Overvoltage and
undervoltage

b Undervoltage
b Overvoltage
b Under-frequency
b Over-frequency
Values controlled
E b 208…480 V a
b 208…440 V a
208…480 V a 208…480 V a 208…480 V a b 200…240 V a
b 380…480 V a

Output contact rating

1 or 2 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A (individually 2 CO 8 A 1 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A

F Supply voltage
configurable)

Self-powered b 208…480 V a line Self-powered

to line
b 120…277 V a line
to neutral
Time delay
G – 0.1s...60 min – 0.1…30 s
Size (mm/in.)
17.5/0.69 22.5/0.885 22.5/0.885 17.5/0.69 22.5/0.885

282 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Control relays

B
RM17TU00 RM22TU21 RM17TA00 RM22TA31 RM17TE00 RM17UB310 RM35TM50MW
RM22TU23 RM22TA33 RM35TF30 RM35UB330 RM35TM250MW

C
RM35UB3N30

b Phase sequence b Phase sequence b Phase sequence b Phase sequence b Overvoltage and b Phase sequence
b Phase loss b Phase loss b Phase loss b Phase loss undervoltage between b Phase loss
b Undervoltage b Asymmetry b Asymmetry b Asymmetry
b Overvoltage and
undervoltage
phases
b Overvoltage and
undervoltage between
b Motor temperature
D
phases and neutral
b Absence of neutral/
phase

208…480 V a b 200…240 V a
b 380…480 V a
208…480 V a b 200…240 V a
b 380…480 V a
b 208…480 V a
b 220…480 V a
b 220…480 V a
b 208…480 V a
b 208…480 V a
b Motor temperature:
E
b 120…277 V a PTC probe resistance
15 Ω to 3100 Ω

1 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A 1 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A 1 or 2 CO 5 A 1 CO or 2 CO 5A 2 NO 5 A

F
Self-powered 24-240 V z

0.1…10 s – 0.1…10 s 0.1…30 s 0.1…10 s 0.3…30 s – G

17.5/0.69 22.5/0.885 17.5/0.69 22.5/0.885 17.5/0.69 or 35/1.377 17.5/0.69 or 35/1.377 35/1.377

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 283
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Control relays

Type Modular relay

B
RM17UAS15315M RM17UAS14 RM35UA11MW
RM17UAS16 RM35UA12MW
RM17UAS15 RM35UA13MW
C
Application
1-phase voltage control
Functions
Undervoltage (without memory) Overvoltage or undervoltage (with/without memory)

D
Values controlled
220 V a b 9…15 V c b 0.05…5 V z
b 20…80 V z b 1…100 V z
b 65…260 V z b 15…600 V z

E Output contact rating

1 CO 5 A 1 CO 5 A 2 CO 5 A
Supply voltage
Self-powered Self-powered 24…240 V z

Time delay
F 3…15 min 0.1…10 s 0.3…30 s
Size (mm/in.)
17.5/0.69 17.5/0.69 35/1.377

284 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Control relays

B
RM22UA21MR RM22UA31MR RM17UBE16 RM22UB34
RM22UA22MR RM22UA32MR RM17UBE15
RM22UA23MR RM22UA33MR
RM22UA33MT C

Overvoltage (without memory) b Overvoltage (with/without memory) Overvoltage and undervoltage in window mode (without memory)
b Undervoltage (with/without memory)
b Overvoltage and undervoltage in
window mode (with/without memory)
D
b 0.05…5 V z b 0.05…5 V z b 20…80 V z 80…300 V z
b 1…100 V z b 1…100 V z b 65…260 V z
b 15…500 V z b 15…500 V z

2 CO 8 A 2 CO 8 A 1 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A
E
24…240 V z b 24…240 V z Self-powered 110…240 V z
b 380…415 V a

– 0.1…30 s 0.1…10 s 0.1…30 s F

22.5/0.885 22.5/0.885 17.5/0.69 22.5/0.885

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 285
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Control relays

Type Modular relay

B
RM17JC00MW RM22JA21MR

C Application
1-phase current control
Functions
Integrated current transformer No integrated current transformer
Overcurrent (without memory) Overcurrent (without memory)

D
Values controlled
2…20 A 4 mA...1 A

Output contact rating

E Supply voltage
1 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A

24…240 V z 24…240 V z

Time delay
– –

F Size (mm/in.)
17.5/0.69 22.5/0.885

286 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Control relays

B
RM35JA31MW RM22JA31MR
RM35JA32MW RM35JA32MR
RM35JA32MT
C

b Overcurrent (with/without memory) b Overcurrent (with/without memory)

b Undercurrent (with/without memory) b Undercurrent (with/without memory)
b Overcurrent and undercurrent in window mode (with/without memory) D
b 2…500 mA b 4 mA...1 A
b 0.15…15 A b 150 mA...15 A

2 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A
E
24…240 V z b 24…240 V z
b 380…415 V a

b Inhibition time delay upon startup 1…20 s 0.1…30 s

b Time delay 0.3…30 s
F
35/1.377 22.5/0.885, 35/1.377

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 287
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Control relays

Type Modular relay

B
RM22LG11MR RM35LM33MW RM22LA32MR RM35LV14MW
RM22LG11MT

C Application
Level control

Functions
By resistive probes By discrete sensor
b Level 1/Level 2 b Level 1/Level 2 b Level 1/Level 2 b Empty or fill

D b
b
b
Fill operation
Empty operation
Standard sensitivity
b
b
b
Fill operation
Empty operation
Low sensitivity
b
b
b
Fill operation
Empty operation
Low sensitivity
b Input for discrete sensor AON:
Contact/PNP/NPN

b Standard sensitivity b Standard sensitivity

b High sensitivity b High sensitivity
Values controlled
b 5…100 kΩ b 0.25…5 kΩ b 0.25…5 kΩ –

E b 5…100 kΩ
b 0.05…1 MΩ
b 5…100 kΩ
b 0.05…1 MΩ

Output contact rating

1 CO 8 A 2 CO 5 A 2 CO 8 A 1 CO 5 A

F Supply voltage
b 24…240 V z 24…240 V z 24…240 V z 24…240 V z
b 380…415 V a
Time delay
– 0.1…5 s 0.1…30 s 0.1…5 s

G Size (mm/in.)
22.5/0.885 35/1.377 22.5/0.885 35/1.377

288 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Control relays

B
RM17TU00 RM22TU21 RM17TA00 RM22TA31 RM17TE00
RM22TU23 RM22TA33 RM35TF30

Pump control Frequency control Speed control Temperature control for elevator machine rooms
C
and 3-phase supplies

3-phase and 1-phase

b Overcurrent and Over-frequency and Over or under operating rate/ b Elevator Machine room b Elevator Machine room
undercurrent
b Phase sequence on
3-phase supply
under-frequency (with/without
memory)
speed (with/without memory) temperature
b Over temperature and under
temperature
temperature
b Over temperature and under
temperature
D
b Phase loss on b Phase loss and phase
3-phase supply sequence

b Current: 1…10 A b Mains supply: 50 or 60 Hz Time controlled between Temperature: Temperature:

E
b 3-phase 208…480 V a b High threshold: -2…+10 Hz pulses: b Low threshold: -1…11°C b Low threshold: -1…11°C
b 1-phase 230 V a b Low threshold: -10…+2 Hz b 0.05…0.5 s, 0.1…1 s, b High threshold: 34…46°C b High threshold: 34…46°C
0.5…5 s, 1…10 s b 3-phase supplies:
b 0.1…1 min, 0.5…5 min, 208…480 V a
1…10 min

1 CO 5 A 2 CO 5 A 1 CO 5 A 1 CO 5 A or 2 NO 5 A 2 NO 5 A

b 208…480 V a , 3-phase 120…277 V a 24…240 V z 24…240 V z 24…240 V z

F
b 230 V a, 1-phase

b Inhibition time delay upon 0.1…10 s Inhibition time delay upon 1…10 s 1…10 s
startup 1…60 s startup 0.6…60 s
b Time delay 0.1…10 s
G
35/1.377 35/1.377 35/1.377 35/1.377 35/1.377

Learn more about

Harmony
J
Scan or
Control Relays click on
QR code
range here

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 289
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Timer Relays

Near Field Communication

A and conventional Timer Relays

C
Harmony Timer are timing relays designed to time events in industrial automation systems by closing and
opening contacts before, during, or after a set time period. They are designed for hard-wired logic automated
systems to complement the functions of industrial progammable logic controllers (PLCs).

They are suitable for a wide range of applications: Depending on the product model, these relays support multiple time ranges:
D • Machines: single machine, and industrial • Modular DIN rail mounted timing relays
automation and processes
• Buildings: lighting control, access control door
locks, roller shutters
• Water segment: pumping and irrigation systems
E • HVAC: fans and centralized water systems.

The Harmony Timer relays also feature:

• Wide power supply range from 24 to 240 V z RE17 RENF RE22
• Single or multi timing ranges from
F 0.02 s to 999 hrs
• Screw or spring connection terminals
• Miniature plug-in • Panel mounted/plug-in
timing relays timing relays
• Relay or solid-state output
• Conformity to IEC 61812-1 and EN 61812-1
standards

G • UL, CSA, GL, RCM, EAC, CCC, and China

ROHS compliance
REXL RE48A
• Easy to set up with wiring diagrams on the side
of the product.

H Harmony Timer Relays

• Innovative, ergonomic and configurable
offer with single or multifunction types

290 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Timer Relays

Harmony RE22 Timing Relays

Modular relays with unique features A
• Innovative: dial pointer LED indicator and diagnostic button to assist setup
and troubleshooting
• Compact and reliable
• Energy efficient: simple to implement, operate, and maintain
• Compliance with standards and certifications
Dial pointer LED indicator
B
• QR code embedded in instruction sheet for easy setup.

> A complete range of reliable and flexible offers Diagnostic button C

Harmony NFC Timing Relays D

The NFC timing relay is designed to time events in industrial automation systems
by closing or opening contacts before, during, or after a set timing period.

The mobile app, Zelio NFC created for NFC timing relay is Android enabled and

E
can be downloaded on the phone from Google Play.

Simplify product Achieve Diagnose your relay Count on superior Save valuable time
selection unprecedented • Read relay status security • Clone settings
• One product accuracy • Four-digit password
• Overwrite the output • Store settings
reference • Reduce error margin protectionwithout
• Manage relays • Share settings
• 28 timing functions
• 2 outputs
from 10% to 0.2%
• Timing can be set by
without power.
power.
through SMS F
hour, minute, second,
• Wide range of
or millisecond.
voltage supplied
(24...240 V c /a).

NFC Timing Relay:

G
As simple as
1  Install
2  Open app
3  Set parameters
H

Select Function Select Time Diagnose Security setting

I

> World’s first industrial NFC timing relay

J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 291
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Timer Relays

Type Modular and DIN rail mounted

B
RE17Lppp RE17LpppS RE17Rppp RE17RpppS
Application
These timing relays enable simple automation cycles to be set up using wired logic.

C Output
They can also be used to complement the functions of PLCs.

Solid state Relay

Timing relays with solid state output reduce the amount of Relay outputs provide complete isolation between
wiring required (wired in series). The durability of these timing the supply circuit and the output.
relays is independent of the number of operating cycles. It is possible to have several output circuits.
Connection
D Screw type Spring type Screw type Spring type
Time ranges
b 7 ranges: Depending on model:
v 1s b 6 ranges:
v 10 s v 1s
v 1 min v 10 s

E
v 10 min v 1 min
v 1h v 10 min
v 10 h v 1h
v 100 h v 10 h
b 7 ranges:
v 1s
v 10 s
v 1 min
v 10 min
F v 1h
v 10 h
v 100 h

292 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Timer Relays

B
RENF RE22 REXL RE48A

Screw type D
0.1 s to 999 h Depending on model: b 7 ranges: b 14 ranges:
b 7 ranges: v 0.1 s...1 s v 1.2 s
v 1s v 1 s...10 s v 3s
v 10 s v 0.1 min...1 min v 12 s

E
v 1 min v 1 min...10 min v 30 s
v 10 min v 0.1 h...1 h v 120 s
v 1h v 1 h...10 h v 300 s
v 10 h v 10 h...100 h v 12 min
v 100 h v 30 min
b 7 ranges: v 120 min
v 1s v 300 min
v 3s v 12 h
v 10 s v 30 h
v 30 s
v 100 s
v
v
120 h
300 h F
v 300 s
v 10 min
b 7 ranges:
v 0.5 s
v 1s
v 3s
v 10 s
v 30 s
v 100 s
G
v 300 s
b 1 range:
v 30 s
b 10 ranges:
v 1s

H
v 3s
v 10 s
v 30 s
v 100 s
v 300 s
v 30 min
v 300 min
v 30 h
v 300 h

Learn more about

Harmony
J
Scan or
Timer Relays click on
QR code
range here

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 293
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays

Interface, miniature, and

A power electromechanical relays

C
Harmony relays offer interface, miniature, universal, and power electromenchanical
relays, from 1 CO to 4 CO contacts, up to 30 A. The electromechanical relays help
to reduce the size of enclosures and at the same time increase machine reliability. Harmony Electromechanical Relays
• Used to multiply the number of input and
D output contacts, or for logic processing control

RSL relays for compactness

Flexible offer
E • Available as a single-referenced complete product (relay and socket) or
customer-assembled product
• Wide choice of sockets ranging from 12 to 230 V a
• Standard and low level contact types.

Enhanced performance
F • Sockets with integrated reverse polarity protection circuit
• Relays for high breaking capacity or low-level current application
requirements
• Power-on and Relay status LED indicator.
LED indicator for RSL relay status

G Simple installation and cabling

• Locking/unlocking lever for removing and replacing the relay in the socket
• Simple DIN rail mounting and commoning link accessory
• Choice of screw connector or spring terminal connection for sockets.

H RSL relays are compact modular relays conforming to IEC/EN 61810-1,

UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, and EAC international standards. Screw connector Spring terminal

Learn more about

Harmony
J
Scan or
Electromechanical click on
QR code
Relays range here

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

294 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Electromechanical Relays

RXG relays for reliability

Complete offer A
RXG relays offer a broad range of coil voltages, from 6 V to 110 V c and
24 V to 230 V a. The relays are available with/without lockable test button,
LED, and clear cover.

Easy to mount and use

These are the latest relays with a single-step lockable test button. The Faston B
pin terminal mounts quickly and securely. The slim 16 mm/0.629 in. socket
for 2 CO saves panel space.

Expandable relays
RXG relays can be expanded with protection modules such as diode, diode
with LED, varistor with LED, and RC circuit. C

> Latest interface relay with easy testing function Single-step lockable
test button
D

RXM relays for automation control

Easy to select
• Wider choice of contacts (2, 3, and 4 CO)
E
• Broad range of control circuit voltages and different socket types.

Convenient to use
• One-step lockable test button
• Mechanical indicator for contact status F
• “Power On” LED for readiness.

Simple to install
• 64% less wiring time with Push-in Sockets (no screwdriver required)
• Sockets for both DIN rail and panel mounting, time-saving bus jumper
• Direct mounting with DIN rail or flange adapter.
G
Designed to perform
• Eco-design with RoHS and REACH
LED indicator for relay status
• Flexible add-on protection modules
• Push-in Socket with 223.75 Newton max pull out force, reliable in vibration H
environment.

RXM industrial relays bring features for easy and improved control of
simple and complex automation systems.
I
Push-in terminal: insert without tool
> Miniature in size and powerful in performance

J
Note: The Zelio Relays range name has been changed in 2020 to Harmony Relays. As the
timeline for each range is different, during the transition period there will be both Zelio
and Harmony ranges shown on different product datasheets and packaging.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 295
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays

Type Plug-in relays

RXGpppp [1]

B Interface relays
Number and type of contacts/conventional thermal current (Ith on NO contact)
b 1 CO/10 A
b 2 CO/5 A

Control circuit voltage

C a
c
24…230 V
6…110 V
Pin type
Flat (Faston type)
Operational voltage
Up to 250 V z

D Durability (operating cycles per hour)

Electrical, resistive load 100,000
Mechanical, no-load b 10,000,000 for AC coil
b 10,000,000 for DC coil
Functions
LED Yes (depending on version)

E Mechanical indicator
Test button
Yes (depending on version)
Yes, lockable (depending on version)
Contact type Standard
Accessories
Mounting adapters for DIN rail No
Mounting adapters with fixing lugs No
F Type of associated Sockets

RGZE1S35M RGZE1S48M RGZE05P RGZE08P RGZE05E RGZE08E

Contact terminal arrangements
H Separate Mixed
Connection
Screw connector Push-in terminals Screw clamp terminals
Accessories
Protection modules Yes No

I Timer module
Maintaining clamps
No
Yes (plastic, integrated)
Socket identification legend Yes No
Bus jumper Yes Yes, 2-pole No
Conventional thermal current (Ith)
10 A for 1 CO 5 A for 2 CO 10 A 5A 10 A 5A

J [1] Pre-assembled interface relays RSL1PVpp and RSL1PRpp (standard type relay + socket), RSB (relay + socket + clamp + protection module + label),
and RXG (relay + socket + protection module) are also available.
[2] When using relay RSB1A160pp with socket RSZE1S48M, terminals must be linked.

296 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Electromechanical Relays

RSL1pB4pD [1] RSBppppppp [1]

Slim interface relays Interface relays
B
1 CO/6 A b 1 CO/16 A
b 1 CO/12 A
b 2 CO/8 A

–
12…60 V
24…240 V
6…110 V C
Flat (PCB type, reinforced) Flat (PCB type)

Up to 400 V a/300 V c

60,000 100,000
D
10,000,000 30,000,000

No Yes (with protection modules)

No
No
E
Standard and low level Standard

Sockets with LED and protection circuit Sockets without LED

F

RSLZVpp RSLZRpp RSZE1S35M RSZE1S48M RSZE05P RSZE08P

Separate H
Screw connector Spring terminals Screw connector Push-in terminals

No No Yes Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes (plastic, integrated)
I
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes, 20-pole Yes Yes, 2-pole

6A 6A 12 A (2 terminals) x 10 A [1] 12 A 10 A

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 297
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays

Type Plug-in relays

RXMpppppp [1]
B Miniature relays
Number and type of contacts/conventional thermal current (Ith on NO contact)
b 2 CO/12 A
b 3 CO/10 A
b 4 CO/6 A
b 4 CO/3 A (low level)

C Control circuit voltage

a 24…240 V
c 12…220 V
Pin type
Flat (Faston type)
Operational voltage
D Up to 250 V z
Durability (operating cycles per hour)
Electrical, resistive load 100,000
Mechanical, no-load 10,000,000
Functions
E LED
Mechanical indicator
Yes (depending on version)
Yes
Test button Yes, lockable
Contact type Standard and low level
Accessories
Mounting adapters for DIN rail Yes

F Mounting adapters with fixing lugs Yes

Type of associated Sockets without LED

RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114 RXZE2SpppM RXZE14P

Contact terminal arrangements
H Mixed Separate
Connection
Screw connector Screw clamp terminals Screw connector Push-in terminals
Accessories
Protection modules Yes Yes Yes

I Timer module
Maintaining clamps
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes (plastic, integrated)
Socket identification legend Yes No Yes Yes
Bus jumper No Yes, 2-pole (Ith = 5 A) Yes, 2-pole
Conventional thermal current (Ith)
10 A 10 A b 12 A for 2 CO [2] b 12 A for 2 CO

J [1] Pre-assembled miniature relays RXM (relay + socket + clamp + label) are also available.
b 6 A for 4 CO b 6 A for 4 CO

[2] Except for sockets RXZE2S11pM: 10 A.

[3] To be used with specified sockets only.

298 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Electromechanical Relays

782XpXHpp-p [3]
Hermetically sealed relays B
b 4 CO/5 A
b 4 CO/3 A (low level)
b 2 CO/5 A

6...240 V
C
6…110 V

Flat (Plug-in type) [3]

Up to 264 V a/121 V c D
100,000
10,000,000

No
No E
No
Standard and low level

No
No
F
Sockets

70-782E14-1 70-461-1 70-782EL14-1 70-378-1 70-379-1

Mixed Separate – – H
Screw connector Screw clamp terminals Screw connector Solder lug PCB pins

Yes No Yes No No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
I
Yes No Yes – –
– – Yes, 2-pole – –

10 A 10 A 10 A 5A 10 A

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 299
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays

Type Plug-in socket mount Panel/DIN rail mount with Panel/DIN rail mount with
flat (Faston type) terminals screw terminals
A

B
725pXXpBM4L-p 725pXXpBC3ML-p 725pXXpSC3ML-p
Power relays
Number and type of contacts/conventional thermal current (Ith on NO contact)
b 1 NO/30 A

C b 2 NO/25 A

Control circuit voltage

a 24…240 V
c 12…24 V

D Pin type
Flat (Faston type) Screw type
Operational voltage
Up to 264 V a/26.4 V c
Durability (operating cycles per hour)
Electrical, resistive load 100,000
E Mechanical, no-load 5,000,000
Functions
LED Yes
Mechanical indicator Yes No
Test button Yes, lockable Yes, non-lockable
Contact type Standard
F Accessories
Mounting adapters for DIN rail No – –
Mounting adapters with fixing lugs No – –

Type of associated Sockets

H 70-725-1
Contact terminal arrangements
Separate –
Connection
I Accessories
Screw connector –

Protection modules Yes –

Timer module No –
Maintaining clamps Yes –
Socket identification legend – –

J Bus jumper
Conventional thermal current (Ith)
No –

30 A –

[1] 100,000 for RPM1 and RPM2; 60,000 for RPM3 and RPM4.
[2] 30 A when mounted with 13 mm (0.51 in.) gap between two relays and 25 A when mounted side-by-side without a gap.

300 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Electromechanical Relays

Plug-in relays Relays with

clamp fixing
A

B
RPMpppp RUMpppp RPFpppp
Power relays Universal relays Power relays

b 1 CO/15 A b 2 CO/10 A b 2 CO/10 A b 2 NO/30 A [2]

b
b
2 CO/15 A
3 CO/15 A
b 3 CO/10 A b 3 CO/10 A b 2 CO/30 A [2]
C
b 4 CO/15 A

24…230 V
12…110 V 12…220 V 12…110 V 12…24 V

Flat (Faston type) Cylindrical Flat (Faston type) Flat (Faston type)
D
Up to 250 V z Up to 250 V z Up to 250 V z

100,000 [1] 100,000 100,000

10,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 E
Yes (depending on version) Yes (depending on version) –
Yes Yes –
Yes, lockable Yes, lockable –
Standard Low level (depending on version) Standard –
F
Yes No –
Yes No –

Sockets without LED

RPZFp RUZCpM RUZSCpM RUZSF3M

H
Mixed Mixed Separate –

Screw connector Screw connector –

I
Yes Yes –
Yes (for 3-pole and 4-pole) Yes –
Yes (on socket RPZF1) Yes –
Yes Yes –
No No Yes, 2-pole (Ith = 5 A) –
J
16 A 12 A –

Note: The Zelio Relays range name has been changed in 2020 to Harmony Relays. As the timeline for each range is different,
during the transition period there will be both Zelio and Harmony ranges shown on different product datasheets and packaging.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 301
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

Slim interfaces, Modular DIN rail

A and Panel mount solid state relays

E The Harmony SSR series offers slim interface (SSL), modular DIN rail (SSD, SSM)
and panel mount (SSP) solid state relays that provide complete, compact, and
innovative solutions for a wide variety of applications with interfacing control and
load switching.

They are the ideal solution for packaging, plastic molding, textile, and heating
furnace applications.

F
Harmony Relays - Solid State Relays
• Choose long life and silent operation with Harmony SSRs
G
Maintenance free Silent and reliable switching
fully electronic, unlimited life span no moving parts, noiseless
switching
H High switching frequency Sustainablility in harsh environment
allows precise and quick control resistance to shock, vibration,
and contamination

302 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Solid State Relays
SSL solid state slim interface relays

Choose a slim interfacing solution with SSL relays

Slim relay-socket solution A
• Complete range of control input and load output configurations for both
AC and DC switching applications
• Compact solution with 6 mm/0.236 in. width, allows customers to choose
the combination of relays and associated sockets from the wide range
available.
B
Pre-assembled SSL relays[*]
Control input voltage Load output voltage
c 4...12 V b c 1...24 V
SSL slim interface relay
C
b c 1...48 V
b a 24...250 V mounted on SSLZ socket
c 16...30 V b c 1...24 V
b c 1...48 V
b a 24...250 V

[*] SSL relays + SSLZ sockets.

D
Enhanced performance in any situation
• Socket with integrated reverse polarity protection circuit and control input/
relay status LED indicator
• IP67 protection and fully encapsulated.
E
LED indicator for relay status

Simplified installation and mounting

• Locking/unlocking lever for replacing relay from the socket
F
• Simple mounting on DIN rail
• Choice of screw connector and spring terminal connection for sockets.

Screw connector Spring terminal

G

> SSL (1-phase) + SSLZ (socket) = Slim plug-in interface solution H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 303
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

SSD solid state DIN rail mount relays

Choose reliability and flexibility with

innovative DIN rail mount SSD relays
A
Performance
Output terminal
Input terminals
• High I2T (up to 8320 A2S) to facilitate the use of
circuit breakers instead of fuses, allowing Type 1
coordination protection (as per IEC 60947-4-3)
B • High current rating (up to 35 A for 22.5 mm
models, and up to 60 A for 45 mm models)
at a compact size,optimizing the size of your
enclosure Input terminals
• Surge protection from applications with built-in
transient overvoltage protection.
C Output terminals Output terminal

Flexibility Relay configuration

• Relay and Contactor configuration to suit your
wiring preferences
• Telescopic screw terminal options available
to facilitate the use of lug terminals.
D
Simplified selection and installation
• Integrated heat sink to eliminate the need for
thermal calculation
E • Spring and screw input connectors option is
available for simplified wiring.

F
Pluggable Spring input connectors Pluggable Screw input connectors

Wide range of standards and certifications 22.5mm/0.886 in. 45mm/1.772 in.

G • Complies with IEC 61373 for railway and rolling

stock application
• Electromagnetic compatibility complying
to IEC 60947-4-3 standard
• Conforms to a wide range of internationally
H recognized standards and certification.

SSD relays
Control input voltage Load output voltage
c 4...32 V b c 1...150 V SSD1: 20, 30 and SSD1: 45 and 60 A

I z 90...280 V
b a 48...600 V
a 48...600 V
35 A single-phase SSR single-phase SSR

Note: The SSD1 range references will be substituting the SSM1 range references for
22.5 mm/0.886 in. width (20 A, 30 A) and 45 mm/1.771 in. width (45 A, 55 A).

J > The new generation solid state relays

304 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Solid State Relays
SSM solid state modular DIN rail mount relays

Choose modularity with DIN rail mount SSM relays

Ready to use “Plug and play” 11 mm/0.433 in. 18 mm/0.709 in. A
• Modular design of IP20 housing and built-in heat sink for optimized
operating conditions
• Easy mounting on standard 35 mm/1.378 in. DIN rail with a secure
mounting latch.

Compact design B
• Requires less panel space due to slim width and thus reduces the size of
your enclosures
• Optimized modular design available in various sizes (11, 18, 22.5, 45 and
90 mm width) with load output current of 6, 12, 20, 30, 45, and 55 A.

SSM1: 6 A SSM2: 6 A dual channel, C

single-phase SSR single-phase SSR
SSM1 relays SSM2 relays
Control input voltage Load output voltage Control input voltage Load output voltage
c 4...32 V b c 1...48 V c 4...32 V b a 24...280 V
b c 24...100 V b a 48...600 V
c 4...32 V b a 24...280 V
b a 48...600 V
- - 22.5 mm/0.886 in. 45 mm/1.772 in.
D
b a 18...36 V b a 24...280 V - -
b a 90...140 V b a 48...600 V
b a 200...265 V

SSM1 relays E
Control input voltage Load output voltage
c 4...32 V b a 24...280 V
b a 48...660 V
c 3...32 V a 24...280 V
b a 90...140 V
b a 90...280 V
b a 24...280 V
b a 48...660 V F
SSM1: 20 and 30 A SSM1: 45 and 55 A
single-phase SSR single-phase SSR
SSM3 relays
Control input voltage Load output voltage
c 4...32 V
a 90...140 V
a 48...600 V
a 48...600 V 90 mm/3.543 in.
G
a 180...280 V a 48...600 V

Enhanced modular solution H

• Wide choice of relays with single-phase and three-phase options and
current ratings from 6 A to 55 A
• Zero voltage switching for resistive loads and random switching for
inductive loads SSM3: 25 A three-phase SSR

• UL and cUL approved including the general purpose and motor controller
rating standards.
I

> SSM1 (1-phase) / SSM2 (1-phase dual channel) / SSM3 (3-phase) J

= Plug & Play solution

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 305
 General overview www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

SSP solid state panel mount relays

Choose a complete panel mount solution with

SSP relays
A
Complete solution
• Single-phase and three-phase panel mount solid state relays with a range
of heat sinks and accessories to meet application needs from 10 A to 125 A
• Easy product selection with simplified product nomenclature and direct
B heat sink selection available in product data sheets
• Wide choice of heat sinks with thermal resistance ratings of 0.2°C/W
to 2.5°C/W.

SSP1 relays SSP1: Single-phase panel mount SSR

C Control input voltage
c 3.5...32 V
Load output voltage
c 1...150 V
c 3...32 V a 24...300 V
c 4...32 V a 48...660 V
a 90...280 V b a 24...300 V
b a 48...660 V

D
SSP1.S relays
Control input voltage Load output voltage
c 3...32 V a 24...300 V
c 4...32 V a 48...660 V
E SSP1.S: Single-phase panel mount SSR with
smart diagnostic features

SSP3 relays
Control input voltage Load output voltage
c 4...32 V a 48...530 V

F
b a 18...36 V a 48...530 V
b a 90...140 V
b a 180...280 V

Simple, safe, and robust screw terminals SSP3: Three-phase panel mount SSR

G • Simple and easy wiring; accepts wires with different kinds of terminations
(cable ends, fork lug, ring lug)
• Safe and fool-proof design with IP20 protection and integrated enclosure
• Robust self-aligned screw terminals with proven effectiveness in helping to
prevent screw jams.

H Innovative SSP1.S with smart diagnostics and test button

• Smart diagnostic features with built-in visual indicator and alarm output
enables quick response to unexpected results and correct monitoring of
SSR operation
• A test button for easy debugging, testing, and commissioning.

I Simplified installation and mounting

• Product option with readily available factory-fit thermal pad
• Heat sink offers panel and DIN rail mounting options.

J > SSP1 (1-phase) / SSP3 (3-phase) + SSRH (Heat sinks)

= Complete solution

306 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Harmony Solid State Relays

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 307
 Selection guide www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

Type Slim interface SSR Modular DIN rail SSR

A

Customer Pre-assembly
assembly (Relay (Relay with
C Solid state Relay type
ans socket)
SSL [1][2]
socket)
SSD1[3] SSM1
Number of phase
1

Type of mounting
D Control input voltage
Plug-in PCB pins with DIN rail mounted socket DIN rail mounted

a – – 90…280 V b 18…36 V
b 90…140 V
b 200…265 V
c b 3…12 V b 4…12 V b 4…32 V 4…32 V

E
b 15…30 V b 16…30 V b 90…280 V
b 16…30 V
Output load voltage
a 24…280 V 24…250 V 48...600 V b 24…280 V
b 48…600 V
c b 1…24 V b 1…24 V 1...150 V b 1…60 V
b 1…48 V b 1…48 V b 1…100 V

F Output load current

a 2A b 20, 35 A for 22.5 mm/0.886 in. b 6 A for 12 mm/0.472 in.
b 40, 60 A for 45 mm/1.772 in. b 12 A for 18 mm/0.709 in.
c 0.1, 3.5 A 20, 30 A for 22.5 mm/0.886 in. b 6 A for 12 mm/0.472 in.
b 12 A for 18 mm/0.709 in.
Type of switching
G Zero voltage
Random
Yes
Yes
DC Yes
Cooling
– Built-in heat sink

Degree of protection
H b IP67 (encapsulation)
b IP20 (socket)
IP20

LED indication
Yes (on socket) Yes

[1] SSL slim relays and SSLZ sockets.

I [2] Pre-assembled SSL slim relays (relay + socket).

[3] The SSD1 range references will be substituting the SSM1 range references for 22.5 mm/0.886 in. width (20 A, 30 A) and 45 mm/1.771 in. width (45 A, 55 A).

308 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Selection guide
Harmony Solid State Relays

Panel mount SSR

A

SSM1 [3] SSM2 SSM3 SSP1 SSP3

C
1 1 (dual SSR) 3 1 3

DIN rail mounted Panel mounted

D
b 90…140 V – b 90…140 V 90…280 V b 18…36 V
b 90…280 V b 90…280 V b 90…140 V
b 200…265 V
b 3…32 V 4…32 V 4…32 V b 3…32 V 4…32 V

E
b 4…32 V b 4…32 V

b 24…280 V b 24…280 V 48…600 V b 24…300 V 48…530 V

b 48…660 V b 48…600 V b 48…660 V
– – – 1…150 V –

b 20, 30 A for 22.5 mm/0.886 in. 6A 25 A 10, 25, 50, 75, 90, 125 25, 50 A
F
b 45, 55 A for 45 mm/1.772 in.
– – – 12, 25, 40 A –

Yes
– Yes Yes – Yes G
– – – Yes –

Built-in heat sink Option with thermal pad

IP20 H
Yes

Learn more about

Harmony
J
Scan or
Solid State Relays click on
QR code
range here

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 309
 General overview www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

E
Regulated power supply for
industrial use, rail mounting
F
The Modicon switch mode power supply offer is designed
to provide the DC voltage necessary for the automation system equipment control circuits.

They are fully electronic with a regulated output They deliver a stabilized DC output voltage that is precise to less than 3%,
G voltage. The use of electronics makes it possible
to significantly improve the performance of
whatever the load from an AC line supply, within the following ranges:
• 100 to 240 V AC for phase-to-neutral (N-L1) or phase-to-phase (L1 – L2)
these power supplies, which offer connections for the ABLM Modular, ABLS Optimized and ABL8RPM
• Compact dimensions universal types
• Integrated overload, short-circuit, overvoltage, • 100 to 500 V AC for phase-to-neutral (N-L1) or phase-to-phase (L1 – L2)

H and undervoltage protection

• Wide input voltage range
connections for the ABL8RPS Universal types
• 380 to 500 V AC for 3-phase connections (L1-L2-L3) for the ABL8WP
• High degree of output voltage stability Universal types
• Efficiency • They comply with IEC standards and are certified to comply with the major
certifications bureau standards. Power supplies with 24 V DC output and
• Diagnostics via LEDs on the front panel
power output equal or lower than 90 W are also NEC Class 2 and Limited
I • Remote diagnostics via relay contact with
ABL8RP/WP Universal.
Power Source compliant
• The harmonic pollution is reduced to a minimum level across the entire
Modicon power supply types, ensuring compliance with the requirements
of standard IEC/EN 61000-3-2.

Modicon power supplies incorporate

J • An output voltage adjustment potentiometer to help compensate for any
line voltage drops in installations with long cable runs
• Direct mounting on 35 mm (1.37 in) omega rail.

310 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Modicon Power Supply

Modicon ABLM Modular power supply

A
Description
The ABLM Modular type meets the needs of simple automation systems with
power ratings from 10 to 60 W and an output voltage of 5, 12 or 24 V DC.
• The shape and compact nature of the housing mean that it can be mounted
directly on a panel, in a modular distribution panel or on a omega rail in
a cabinet
B
Modicon ABLM Modular power supply • Modicon ABLM Modular power supply conform to the Overvoltage Category III
and therefore can be directly connected to central distribution boards.
In the event of an overload the power supply protection interrupts power; when
the source of the overload has been corrected, the power supply reverts to its

C
nominal state (automatic reset).

Modicon ABLS Optimized power supply

D
Description
The ABLS Optimized type offers competitive functionality for applications supplied
with 12, 24 or 48 V DC and with power ratings from 50 W up to 480 W.

Modicon ABLS Optimized power supply

Modicon ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply

Description
G
The ABL8RP/WP Universal type covers power ratings from 72 to 960 W in 24 V
DC and adapts to the majority of power distribution networks used throughout the
world. The same power supply can thus be connected phase-to-neutral (N-L1) or
phase-to-phase (2 or 3 phases) for line supplies ranging from 100 V AC to 500 V
AC nominal. H
The ABL8RP/WP Universal type offers:
• Diagnostic functions (local or remote)
• User choice of operating mode in the event of an overload (automatic or
manual reset)
Modicon ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply • Functional modules to help continuity of service, for protection against
microbreaks or prolonged outages, for paralleling and redundancy functions and
I
for discriminating protection against application overloads
• A power reserve (boost function) for absorbing the transient current peaks
required by the application.
With ABL8RP/WP Universal power supplies, it is possible to meet the need for
auxiliary voltage (5 to 15 V DC) using DC/DC converter modules.
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 311
 General overview www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

Protective extra low voltage (PELV) and Safety extra low

A voltage (SELV)
• The Modicon power supplies can be used to supply protection extra low voltage (PELV)
or safety extra low voltage (SELV) control circuits in compliance with standard
IEC/EN 60364-4-41
• They have the following characteristics:
B - Double insulated between the input circuit (connected to the line supply) and the low voltage output circuit
via an integrated isolation transformer
- Internal circuitry limiting the output voltage to less than 60 V under single fault conditions.

C Harmonic pollution (power factor)

• The current drawn by a power supply is not sinusoidal. This leads to the generation of harmonic
currents that pollute the distribution network
• European standard IEC/EN 61000-3-2 limits the harmonic currents produced by power supplies
• This standard covers devices between 75 and 1000 W, drawing up to 16 A per phase, and
D connected directly to the public distribution network
• Modicon ABLU3, ABL8RP/WP Universal and ABLS Optimized from 75 W power supplies conform
to IEC/EN 61000-3-2 and can therefore be connected directly to public distribution networks
• Since ABLM Modular, ABLS1A12062, ABLS1A24021, and ABLS1A24031 power supplies have
power ratings that are less than 75 W, they are not subject to the requirements of standard
IEC/EN 61000-3-2. They can therefore be connected directly to public distribution networks.
E

312 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
General overview
Modicon Power Supply

Output characteristics & conditions of use

A
• The ambient temperature is a determining • Derating is also necessary in case of
factor that limits the power an electronic altitudes greater than 2000 m (6561.6 ft)
power supply can deliver continuously
• The derating curves are given in each
• If the temperature around the electronic
components is too high, the integrated
product data sheet, available on our
website and directly accessable via the B
overtemperature protection could activate QR code printed in front of the product
and/or the lifetime of the power supply may (except on ABL8 products)
be significantly reduced
• It is considered good practice to select a
• Depending on product type, the upper power supply with a nominal output current
nominal ambient temperature is 50 or
55°C (122 or 131°F) for a standard
at least 20% greater than required C
mounting position, at 230 V AC input
voltage. Above this temperature with
different input voltages, and/or with other
mounting positions, derating is necessary
up to a maximum temperature of 60 or
70°C (140 or 158°F)
D
• In most cases, there must be adequate
convection and sufficient clearance around
the products to assist cooling

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 313
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

ABLM Modular power supply
DC
Functions
A
The Modicon ABLM Modular are regulated power supplies designed to supply
control circuits in industrial and building automation up to 60 W.
•T
 hanks to their modular housing, they can be installed either in enclosures
(Spacial and Thalassa) or industrial panels by clipping on omega (DIN) rail
•D
 irect, fixed mounting on panel is also possible without additional parts thanks to
the integrated mounting lugs

B
 vailable with 18, 36 and 53 mm (0.70, 1.41, and 2.09 in) widths, ABLM modular
•A
power supplies are one of the most compact ranges on the market
100...240 V AC
•M
 odicon ABLM Modular power supply meet NEC Class 2 and LPS (Limited
Modicon ABLM Zelio Logic Smart relay Power Source) requirements
Modular power
supply •M
 odicon ABLM Modular power supply conform to the Overvoltage Category III
and therefore can be directly connected to central distribution boards
•A
 QR code is printed on the front of the power supplies and gives a direct
C access to the latest technical documentation
•M
 odicon ABLM Modular power supply are the right choice for use with
Zelio logic Smart relays.

Product certifications Main features

D • e marking
• CB Scheme
Nominal input voltage
Network system compatibility
100...240 V AC
TN, TT, IT
Nominal output voltage 5, 12 and 24 V DC
• cULus Listed Operating temperature -25°...+70° C (-13...158° F)
Operating altitudes b 0...2000 m (6561.6 ft)
• cURus Recognized b 0…5000 m (16404.2 ft) with Derating
• RCM
E • EAC

Conformity to standards
• IEC/EN 62368-1
• IEC/EN 61010-1

F • UL/CSA 61010-1
• UL/CSA 61010-2-201

1 Description
G 2 1 
2 
Screw terminal for connection of the DC output voltage
Output voltage adjustment potentiometer (depending on models)
3 3  LED indicating presence of DC output voltage
4  QR code for access to the latest technical documentation
4 5  Screw terminal for connection of the AC input voltage
6  Spring clip for 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail
7  Retractable mounting lugs for panel mounting
H 8
5
8  2 fixing holes

6
7
8

314 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Modicon Power Supply
ABLS Optimized power supply

DC
Functions
A
The Modicon ABLS Optimized are regulated power supplies, designed to supply
control circuits in industrial applications from 50 up to 480 W.
• They are available in 2 housing formats for a better adaptation to the enclosure:
- compact housing 75 mm height (2.95 in)
- or book housing 124 mm height (4.88 in)
• A
 vailable with a width from 27 mm (1.06 in), ABLS optimized power supplies are

100...240 V AC
•T
one of the slimmer ranges on the market
 he printed circuit board of the power supplies (book housing) has a conformal
B
Modicon ABLS Modicon M221 logic controller coating in order to resist to common dust and chemical pollutants
Optimized power
supply •M
 odicon ABLS Optimized power supply meet NEC Class 2 and LPS (Limited
Power Source) requirements
• Up to 6 output terminals make wiring easier
•A
 QR code is printed on the front of power supply and gives a direct access to
the latest technical documentation. C
Modicon ABLS Optimized power supply are the right choice for use with
Modicon M221/M241/M251 logic controllers and Modicon M262 logic/motion
controllers.

Product certifications
• e marking
Main features
Nominal input voltage b 100…240 V AC
D
b 140…340 V DC
• CB Scheme Network system compatibility TN, TT, IT
• cULus Listed Nominal output voltage 12 , 24 and 48 V DC
Operating temperature -20°...+70° C (-4...158° F)
• cURus Recognized
• RCM
• EAC.
E
Conformity to standards
• IEC/EN 62368-1
• IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61010-2-201 (except
ABLS1A24050, ABLS1A24100, ABLS1A48025) F
• UL/CSA 61010-1, UL/CSA 61010-2-201 (except
ABLS1A24050, ABLS1A24100 and ABLS1A48025)
• UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 107.1 (only for
ABLS1A24050, ABLS1A24100 and ABLS1A48025).

G
Description
1
1  Screw terminals for connection of the DC output voltage
2  Output voltage adjustment potentiometer (except on ABLM1A24038)
3  Output DC status LED (green)
2
3
4 
5 
QR code for access to the latest technical documentation
Screw terminals for connection of the intput voltage (single-phase N-L1,
H
4 phase-to-phase L1-L2)
6  Spring clip for 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail
5

Compact housing
6
Book housing I
75 mm height (2.95 in) 124 mm height (4.88 in)

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 315
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply

AC
Functions
The ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies offer is designed to provide the DC
A voltage necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment.
•C
 omprising six products, this range meets the needs encountered in industrial
and commercial applications
•T
 hese compact electronic switch mode power supplies provide a quality of
output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the
Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Modicon Premium, and Modicon Quantum

B Modicon ABL8RP
DC Modicon M340
Programmable automation
ranges
•W
 hen used with additional function modules, they ensure continuity of service in
Universal power controller the event of power outages. Clear guidelines are given on selecting the function
supply modules and upstream protection devices that are often used with them to
provide a comprehensive, usable solution
•A
 BL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies must be connected in phase-to-

C
neutral or phase-to-phase for ABL8RPS/8RPM, and in 3-phase for ABL8WPS.
They deliver a voltage that is precise to within 3%, whatever the load and
whatever the type of line supply, within the following ranges:
- 85 to 132 V AC and 170 to 550 V AC for ABL8RPS
- 85 to 132 V AC and 170 to 264 V AC for ABL8RPM
- 340 to 550 V AC for ABL8WPS.

D AC
Their very wide input voltage range allows a considerable reduction of parts held in stock
and offers a distinct advantage in terms of machine design.

•C
 onforming to IEC standards and UL and CSA certified, they are suitable for
universal use
•A
 BL8RP/ABL8WP power supplies are all equipped with a harmonic filter, giving

E
compliance with standard IEC/EN 61000-3-2 concerning harmonic pollution
Modicon ABL8WP •A
 BL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies have protection devices to ensure
Universal power supply optimum performance of the automation system. Their operating mode can be
configured as required by the user:
- M
 anual reset protection mode: Priority is given to the voltage so as to ensure
the PLC logic states and nominal operation of the supplied actuators.
- A
F
 utomatic reset protection mode: Priority is given to the current to ensure conti-
nuity of service until the maintenance team arrives.
•M
 odicon ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies also have a power reserve,
DC allowing them to deliver a current of 1.5 In at regular intervals. This avoids the
Modicon M580 Ethernet
Programmable Automation need to oversize the power supply if the device has a high inrush current to be
Controller (ePAC) able to maintain optimum performance of the automation system
•T
 he diagnostics for the Modicon ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal range of power
G supplies are available on the front of the device via LEDs (Uout and Iout) via a
volt-free relay contact (PLC state)
•T
 he products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer in
order to be able to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with
long cable runs.

These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on a 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail.
H

316 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Modicon Power Supply
ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply

1
Description
1  Spring clip for 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail
2
2  4 mm2 enclosed screw terminals for connection of the incoming AC voltage
(single-phase, phase-to-phase, or 3-phase connection)
A
3  Protective glass flap
3
4  Clip-on marker tag
5  Locking catch for the glass flap (sealable)
4
6  Protection mode selector
5
7  Output voltage adjustment potentiometer
6
8  Output voltage status LED (green and red)
7

8
9  Output current status LED (green, red, and orange)
10  Screw terminals for connection of the diagnostic relay,
B
except on ABL8RPS24030
9
11  4 mm2 (10 mm2 on ABL8WPS24200, ABL8WPS24400 and ABL8RPM24200)
enclosed screw terminals for connection of the DC output voltage

10

C
11
Note: Phaseo Universal power supplies shown in this document are identified as Modicon as
they will undergo a future brand change. All other product documentation will reference Phaseo
until the brand change occurs.

I
Learn more about
Modicon Scan or
click on
Power Supply
range here
QR code
J
Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 317
 Selection guide www.se.com

Panorama of Modicon Power Supply range

Regulated power supply for industrial use, rail mounting

A Modicon ABLM Modular power supply Modicon ABLS
Optimized
power supply

C Voltage
Input Voltage 100...240 V AC 100...240 V AC,
140...340 V DC [1]
Nominal output power 10 W 12 W 15 W 18 W 25 W 30 W 50 W 60 W 50 W 75 W

Connection to world-wide line supplies

D United States:
120 V (in phase-to-neutral) /
240 V (in phase-to phase)
Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection Single-phase (N-L1)
or 2-phase (L1-L2)
connection
Europe: Single-phase (N-L1) connection Single-phase (N-L1)
230 V (in phase-to-neutral) / connection
400 V (in phase-to-phase)
United States: - -

E 277 V (in phase-to-neutral) /

480 V (in phase-to-phase)

Characteristics
Yes, with automatic restart after the source of overload/short-circuit has been corrected Yes, with automatic
Protection against overloads restart after the source
and short-circuits of overload/short-circuit
has been corrected

F Diagnostic relay -
e marking
-
e marking
CB Scheme CB Scheme
cULus Listed cULus Listed
Certifications cURus Recognized cURus Recognized
RCM RCM
EAC EAC

G Power supply type

Output voltage 5V - - - ABLM1A05036 - - - - - -
12 V - ABLM1A12010 - - ABLM1A12021 - ABLM1A12042 - - ABLS1A12062
24 V ABLM1A24004 - ABLM1A24006 - - ABLM1A24012 - ABLM1A24025 ABLS1A24021 ABLS1A24031
48 V - - - - - - - - - -

H Output rating
NEC Class 2, Limited Power Source NEC Class 2, Limited
Power Source
(except ABLS1A12062)
- Easy UPS control module
DC-DC
Compatible functionnal
modules
I
[1] E
 xcept ABLS1A24021 and ABLS1A24038.

318 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
 www.se.com
Selection guide
Panorama of Modicon Power Supply range

Modicon ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply A

100...120 V AC and 200...500 V AC 100...120 V AC, 380...500 V AC

C
200...240 V AC
91.2 W 120 W 240 W 480 W 75 W 120 W 240 W 480 W 480 W 960 W

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection -

D
Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection 3-phase (L1-L2-L3) connection

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection 3-phase (L1-L2-L3) connection

E
Yes with 2 possible modes:
- automatic restart after the source of overload/short-circuit has been corrected
- manual restart, the input voltage must be interrupted after the source of overload/short-circuit has been
corrected
Yes, depending on model
e marking
F
CB Scheme
cULus Listed
CSA
RCM
EAC

- - - - - - - - - -
G
- ABLS1A12100 - - - - - - - -

ABLS1A24038 ABLS1A24050 ABLS1A24100 ABLS1A24200 ABL8RPS24030 ABL8RPS24050 ABL8RPS24100 ABL8RPM24200 ABL8WPS24200 ABL8WPS24400

- ABLS1A48025 - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - H
Converter module
Redundancy module
Buffer module
Universal Battery control module
Protection module
Easy UPS control module DC-DC I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 319
 General overview www.se.com

Linergy TR - Terminal blocks

E
Terminal block and bars,
F earth and neutral bars as well as
auxiliary connections.
Linergy terminal blocks and bars are designed to provide the quick and reliable
connection performances you expect from a top-quality installation.

G All Linergy terminal blocks and bars are engineered to ensure a long service life
providing heat-resistant material, firm connections and high vibration –resistance.

Linergy TR terminal blocks offer a wide variety of solutions for

H your application:
• Multiple connection options: screw, spring, push-in technologies > Simplicity of use
• Conforms to the International standards of the IEC-UL-CCC-Marine > Consistency and cross-functionality
• RoHS compliance
guaranteed
• Extensive connection and test accessories - Installations are completed > Few references for a maximum of
applications
I quickly andeasily
• Marking accessories
• Plug-in bridges for all technologies.

320 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Linergy TR - Terminal blocks
Low Voltage control and signalling

NSY TRV NSY TRR NSY TRP

A

B
Function Ensures connection of Low Voltage Ensures connection of Low Voltage Ensures connection of Low Voltage
cables or wires cables or wires cables or wires

Technology Screw clamp technology Spring clamp technology Push-in technology

Connection •
•
Passthrough (2.5 - 150 mm²)
Protective earth
•
•
Passthrough (2.5 - 35 mm²)
Protective earth
•
•
Passthrough (2.5 - 4 mm²)
Protective earth
C
functions
• Disconnect type (blade or fuse) • Disconnect type (blade or fuse) • Disconnect type (blade or fuse)
• Double deck, multi-pole • Double deck, multi-pole • Double deck, multi-pole
• Multifunction
• Neutral disconnect

Conductor nominal D
c.s.a. (cross section 2.5 mm² to 150 mm² 2.5 mm² to 35 mm² 2.5 mm² and 4 mm²
area)
•1-1x1/1-2x2 •1-1x1/1-1x2/1-2x2 •1-1x1/1-1x2/1-2x2
Number of poles •2-1x1/3-1x1 •2-1x1/2-1x2/3-1x1 •2-1x1/2-1x2/3-1x1

Clip-on mounting
E
on rail type

Certifications • UL • UL • UL
• CSA • CSA • CSA
• VDE • VDE • VDE
•
•
ATEX
LR
•
•
ATEX
LR
•
•
ATEX
LR
F
• GL • GL • GL
• DNV • DNV • DNV
• EAC • EAC • EAC

Benefits
G
Rugged and reliable Cost effective Quickand innovative
(quick and reliable)
This technology not only provides • Solid conductors or conductors
quality, safety and availability Spring technology is a with cable-ends can be directly
of equipment but optimizes maintenance-free connection inserted into the terminal block
installation setup and operation
with their simple integrated
functions
method assuring separation
of mechanical and electrical
functions. It also eliminates the
without tools
• The actuation lever can be
H
operated with any tool for
need for regular re-tightening
releasing conductors

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F 321
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Linergy TR - Terminal blocks

Low Voltage control and signalling

Cable ends
A

Function • Facilitates the insertion of wires into the terminals and

C assures the insulation between adjacent connection

• Allows the identification of the wires

Technology Insulated cable ends

Connection Four available versions:

functions • Single conductor cable ends
D •
•
Single conductor markable cable ends
Uninsulated cable ends
• Twin conductor cable ends

Conductor nominal
c.s.a. (cross section 0.25 mm² to 50 mm²

E area)
Certifications • UL
• CSA

Benefits

F Fast and reliable wiring

Use the AZ5 and DZ5 ranges of cable ends to simplify
wiring and provide optimum electrical continuity
between wire and terminal block

I
Learn more about
Linergy TR - Scan or
click on
J Terminal blocks
range here
QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

322 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F
www.se.com

Electrical protection and control

Acti9 Active
General overview....................................................................G-324

Acti9
Technical characteristics........................................................G-329
MCBs......................................................................................G-329
AFDD......................................................................................G-330
SPDs.......................................................................................G-331
iCT..........................................................................................G-332
iTL...........................................................................................G-332
Auxiliaries & Accessories........................................................G-333

Easy9
General overview....................................................................G-336

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 323
 General overview www.se.com

Acti9 Active and Acti9

B Set a new standard

for electrical safety
C

E
Set a new standard for electrical safety
Active Safety System ensures enhanced safety and visibility for people, circuits,
appliances, and assets. It helps prevent earth-leakage, overload, overvoltage, short-
F circuit, and improves fire-safety.

Acti9 Active is a family of all-in-one protection devices with in-built residual circuit
devices, miniature circuit breakers, arc fault detection devices (AFDD).

Thanks to in-built connectivity, Acti9 Active can send data and notifications to the cloud
G via our latest generation of gateways - EcoStruxure Panel Server for remote monitoring
and asset management.

Make Active Safety your new standard

H
Give your customers greater control over their electrical installations with an Active Safety
System. Its advanced safety and connectivity features enable condition monitoring,
improve visibility, power availability, and reliability, and enhance protection, service
continuity, and efficiency.
I The system enables you to offer more than just a safety solution. The insights it provides,
along with its remote-monitoring capabilities, support business owners’ efforts to ensure
the continuity and quality of services and help achieve greater peace of mind.

Innovative, yet compact and functional, an Active Safety System will help you differentiate as
a forward-looking professional and bring you new opportunities to develop your business.
J

324 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
General overview
Acti9 Active

Achieving greater resiliency and reliability through Active Safety

A
Enhanced protection, power availability, and reliability
Increased service continuity
• Fewer breakdowns with pre-alarms and alarms
B

Advanced safety
• All-in-one solutions covering a wide-range of faults, with in-built MCB,
MSU, RCD, and AFDD
C

Enhanced efficiency
• Easy remote monitoring, diagnostics, and analytics mean fewer
disruptions and more efficiency gains
D

E
Simplified installation and wireless connectivity

Simple installation and upgrade

• Integrated devices and wireless connectivity to the gateway make the
system easy to install and upgrade
F

Compact, requiring no extra space

• An integrated device in 36 mm makes it suitable for even small spaces
G
Easy maintenance
• With diagnostics, analytics, and reminders for health checking, it's
simple to stay on top of the panel's condition and maintain it H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 325
 General overview www.se.com

Acti9 Active

A Best-in-class connectivity
in a simplified form
To realize the full potential of visibility and advanced protection, the Active
B Safety System brings together a connected device, a gateway, and power
monitoring software.

C
EcoStruxure
Panel Server (the gateway)
One of the most advanced gateways for
modern-day wireless systems. It’s simple
D to commission and cost-efficient.

F Acti9 Active
A range of devices providing advanced
safety functions and in-built connectivity.
They connect wirelessly to the gateway
and send data to enable monitoring,
diagnostics, pre-alarming, and alarming.
G
EcoStruxure
Power Monitoring Expert

H Intuitive-to-use software that aggregates

installation data for greater visibility and
displays actionable insights. It alerts facility
managers to problems as they occur as well
as to predicted issues.

326 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
General overview
Acti9 Active

All-in-one protection A
in a single 36 mm device
A core part of the Active Safety System, the Acti9 Active VigiARC with
integrated residual current device (RCD), miniature circuit breaker
B
(MCB), AFDD, and over-voltage protection delivers an exceptional level
of protection for people, appliances, circuits, from fire risks – enabled
by a compact all-in-one device. Available in both connected and non-
connected versions, Acti9 Active supports a variety of safety and
C
connectivity requirements.

D
PowerTag

MCB MSU RCD

Integrated MCB for

appliance protection
E
and MSU circuit
AFDD
protection from
transient network
over-voltage
MCB MSU

F
RCD Integrated RCD for
greater protection
of people

MCB

MSU
G
Integrated AFDD for
greater protection
from arc-fault
related fires

MCB
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 327
 General overview www.se.com

Acti9 Active

A Discover the full range

of Acti9 Active devices
B Acti9 Active devices provide advanced protection with a variety
of options to suit any set-up.

C
Acti9 Active VigiARC Acti9 Active ARC

F A combination of
AFDD, RCD and
MSU add-on
An all-in-one device with integrated
connectivity and AFDD, MCB, RCD,
and MSU
A combination of
AFDD and
MSU add-on
An all-in-one device with integrated
connectivity and AFDD, MCB,
and MSU

G Acti9 Active Vigi

I
A combination of RCD and MSU add-on

328 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
General overview
Acti9 Active

Acti9 Active offer specifications B

C
Acti9 Active VigiARC Acti9 Active VigiARC add-on Acti9 Active ARC Acti9 Active ARC Add-on

AFDD+MCB+RCD+MSU AFDD+RCD Add-on AFDD+MCB AFDD Add-on

Current ratings 6 A – 40 A 25 A, 40 A 10 A – 40 A 25 A, 40 A

Breaking capacity 6,000 A, 10,000 A, 10 kA 4,500 A, 6,000 A, 6 kA,

10 kA compliance 6,000 A, 10 kA 4,500 A, 6,000 A, 6 kA,
10 kA compliance D
Poles 1P + N 1P + N, 2P 1P + N 1P + N, 2P

Curve B, C B, C B, C B, C

RCD sensitivity & type 30 mA, A SI 30 mA, A SI – –

All devices are available in two options, connected and non-connected. While advanced visibility options can be realized with the full system, the all-in-one non-
E
connected version is also capable of advanced protection.

Whatever your needs, our Active Safety System solutions offer a range of specifications,
so you can find the right connected or non-connected device for you. F

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 329
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Acti9

Acti9 Miniature Circuit Breakers – MCBs

A
Acti9 iC40
Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 40 A
• Suitable for isolation in compliance with IEC/EN 60898-1 and/or IEC/EN 60947-2 Application

B •
•
Available in 1P+N, 3P and 3P+N for circuits up to 40 A
Breaking capacity at 4500 A/4,5 kA, 6000 A/10 kA and 10000 A/15 kA
• Acti9 iC40 system is
dedicated to the small
• Wide range of tripping curves available: B, C and D and medium buildings
• Class 2 insulation for optimal protection of operators and unqualified persons applications.

• Wide range of operating temperatures: -25 / +70°C • Low-voltage

final distribution
• Sharing same key features with Acti9 iC60 in regards to aesthetics, form-factor, and

C
Installations.
range of electrical auxiliaries and accessories.
• VisiTrip offers a visible fault indicator for fast and optimized on-site servicing
Product References
• VisiSafe offers a visible green strip with reinforced insulation for maintenance
in better safety conditions

D
Acti9 iC60
Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 63 A
• Fully compliant with standards IEC/EN 60898-1 and IEC/EN 60947-2
Application
• VisiSafe: provides protection during maintenance work on downstream circuits
E • VisiTrip: signals with a redflag the faulty miniature circuit breaker outgoers to reduce
intervention time
Providing essential
protection in industrial
and commercial
• Class-2 insulation: double insulation distance to ensure continuous protection buildings, our miniature
or both operators and unqualified persons circuit breakers work
especially well in
• Pollution Class 3 for operation in more polluted environments such as some
polluted environments
industrial applications
F
and networks.
• Add-on fully immune Acti9 iC60 Vigi earth leakage protection devices: improved
Product References continuity of service, especially in polluted environments and networks
• Offers a wide range of electrical auxiliaries: remote indication of Acti9 iC60 status
and several tripping actuators: shunt trip, undervoltage trip, overvoltage trip.

G Acti9 C120
Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 125 A
• Nominal current: 63 A to 125 A
Application
• Large choice of breaking capacities (up to 15 kA at 415 VAC)
• Protection of electrical
and tripping curves (B, C, D)
H • Compliant with IEC/EN 60898-1 or IEC/EN 60947-2 (depending of the version)
circuits in all industrial
and commercial
• Suitable for isolation: compliant with IEC/EN 6047-2 buildings.
• VisiSafe provides a visible green indicator showing which circuits are • Protection of electrical
disconnected and safe for maintenance operations circuits in medium,
• Operating voltage: up to 440 V AC large and commercial
buildings and Industry.
• Insulation voltage: 500 V AC
I Product References •
•
IP20 terminal insulation
Optional add-on residual current device modules: Acti9 Vigi C120
• Optional electrical auxiliaries for remote open/closed status for standard and
advanced applications (OF/SD low current version compatible with PLC)
• Comb busbar 1P/2P/3P/4P up to 125 A.

330 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Acti9

A
Acti9 NG125
High performance Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 125 A
• Nominal current: 10 to 125 A
Designed with
• Provides the user with a large choice of breaking capacities
(up to 50 kA at 415 VAC) and tripping curves: B, C, D...
providing essential
protection to industrial B
and tertiary buildings,
• Fully Compliant with standards: IEC 60947-2
and machines in mind:
• Suitable for isolation in accordance with industrial standards: IEC/EN 60947-2
• Outgoers in power
• Operating voltage: up to 500 V AC switchboards
• Insulation voltage: 690 V AC • Incoming protection in
Product References • Provides installers with optional add-on earth leakage modules:
Acti9 Vigi NG125
modular enclosure
• Outgoers in control
C
• Several optional auxiliaries: indication of state and tripping, shunt trip, panel (EV, power
undervoltage trip, overvoltage trip OEMs...).
• Comb busbar 1P/2P/3P/4P up to 125 A.

Acti9 AFDD D
All-in-one integrated protection device
Acti9 AFDD range of protection devices will help you actively manage electrical

E
safety and service continuity of your electrical installation thanks to a wide range
of electrical fault protection:
• Asset protection/ Fire safety (Arc-Fault related) thanks to an inbuilt Arc Fault
Detection Device (also available as Add-On).
• People protection from Earth Leakage (with inbuilt Residual Circuit Devices). Application
• Appliance and circuit protection from overvoltage, overload, and short-circuit • Buildings
(with inbuilt miniature circuit breaker).
AFDD mitigates the risk of electrical fires caused by electrical arcs resulting
• Hotels
• Hospitals.
F
from faulty or worn electrical appliances and circuits.
Product References
• Worn or aging cabling
• Pinched conductors in earthed metallic cases
• Pinched extension cables trapped by doors
• Plugs being repeatedly removed by pulling the cable rather than the plug,
thus causing the insulation to fail
G
• Rodent damage to cable insulation Application
• Damage caused by cables being exposed to sunlight (UV) Customize the Pre-
• Damage caused by drilling into walls with hidden electrical cables Alarms based on your
• Loose cable connections in wall socket outlets, power strip sockets preference to have

•
and junction boxes
Damage caused by heat, vibration and humidity to wall mounted cables
ample time to work on
resolving the issues. H
and sockets.

Focus on Acti9 Active System

The AFDD offer is available in Acti9 Active range, with new functions integrated
functions such as measurement, alarm, pre-alarm... I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 331
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Acti9

Acti9 Surge Protection Devices – SPDs

A
Protection of electrical and electronic equipment, telephone and computer lines
against transient overvoltages of atmospheric origin and maneuvering.

Acti9 iPRD
B Surge Protection Devices Type 2 or 3, from 8 kA to 65 kA
• Certified for short-circuit current withstand, Isc up to 50 kA (IEC 61643-11: 2011) Application
• The maximum discharge current covers from 8 to 65 kA Protect the electrical
• The maximum continuous operating voltage Uc is from 275 V AC to 460 V AC installations in all
• They are suitable for any earthing system: TT, TN-S, TN-C and IT industrial and tertiary

C
buildings against
• Withdrawable cartridges of Acti9 iPRD Surge arresters allow quick replacement
Product References induced or conducted
of damaged devices surges caused by
• It is possible to use multipolar or unipolar products for serial assembly indirect lightning strikes.
• The Acti9 iPRD surge arresters “r” version have dry contacts for transfering
remotely the end-of-life information
• The Acti9 iPRD F40r surge arresters version is a self-protected solution with

D integrated back-up Fuse to ease selection and installation

Acti9 iPF K
Surge Protection Devices Type 2 from 20 kA to 65 kA
• Maximum discharge current: from 20 to 65 kA
Application
• Surge arrester/disconnector combinations is certified for short-circuit current

E
• Protects electrical
withstand Isc up to 6 kA (IEC 61643-11:2011) installations against
• Maximum continuous operating voltage Uc = 340 V AC transient overvoltage
and surges caused
• Monobloc form factor
by indirect lightning
• Multiple-pole or single-pole products for assembly. strikes in all industrial
and tertiary buildings.
• They can also be used
Product References

F
in residential sector
with appropriate rated
discharge current
(20 kA).

Acti9 iPRD1, PRD1

G Surge arresters Type 1 or Type 1+2
Impulse discharge current Iimp:
Application
• 12,5 kA for Acti9 iPRD1 12.5r
Acti9 iPRD1, PRD1 Type
• 25 kA for: 1 or Type 1+2
Acti9 iPRD1 x25r Surge arresters
Acti9 PRD1 25r protect the electrical

H
installations against
Acti9 PRD1 Master induced or conducted
• 35 kA for Acti9 PRD1 35r surges caused by direct
lightning strikes.
Certified for short-circuit current withstand, Isc up to 75 kA (IEC 61643-11:2011). • The IEC/EN 62305-
Acti9 iPRD1 F25r surge arrester version is a self-protected solution with integrated 2 specifies the
use of Type 1 or
back-up Fuse (easy selection and installation). All others must be associated with
Type 1+2 Surge
an upstream fuse or circuit-breaker.
I
Protection Devices
in commercial and
Acti9 iPRD1 C25r surge arrester version is an ultra-compact solution (50% space industrial buildings
saving on DIN Rail). protected by a
lightning conductor
or a lightning rod
These surge arresters are all available with withdrawal cartridges to allow quick
Product References • Surge Protection
replacement of damaged devices. Devices are

J They come with output contacts for remote signaling of end-of-life information (for recommended when
there is higher risk
Acti9 Smartlink or other input/output devices). of direct lightning
They are suitable for 230/400 V AC 50/60 Hz networks, any earthing system: strikes.
TT, TN-S, TN-C and IT (multi-poles or single-pole devices to be assembled).
Acti9 PRD1 Master is also suitable for 400 V IT earthing system.

332 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Acti9

Acti9 Electrical circuit control

A
Acti9 iCT
Modular contactors up to 100 A
Fully consistent with the entire Acti9 range, our DIN rail contactors with
Application
electrical control help you control electrical circuits in industrial, residential and
commercial buildings efficiently
• Complete control and
monitoring solution for
B
• Rating: 16, 20, 25, 40, 63 and 100 A electrical circuits in all
industrial, commercial
• 1 to 4 poles: 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
and residential
• Fully compliant with standards: EN 61095 and CEI 1095 buildings
• Excellent electrical endurance (O-C): 100,000 cycles • Easily control and

C
• Provides users with up to 100 switching operations a day monitor single -or
Product References three- phase loads up
• 2 versions available with the option to use either standard or manually operated to 100 A
contactors • Effortlessly interface
• Wide range of flexible optional auxiliaries including: state indication, between the control
interference filtering, dual control and time delay. gear and power
circuits for final
circuits such as

D
lighting, heating,
roller blinds, watering
system, ovens, utility
motors (ventilation,
heat pump), and more.

Acti9 iTL E
DIN rail Impulse relays
Designed with protection in mind and with a host of exclusive features, the Acti9
Application
iTL DIN rail impulse relays, which are fully consistent with the entire Acti9 range,
• Provides a complete
give you total electrical control of circuits in industrial, residential and commercial
F
control solution for
buildings. electrical circuits in all
industrial, commercial
• Class-2 insulation: providing enhanced protection for operators as well as
and residential
unqualified personnel buildings
• Rating: 16, 32 A • Lighting management
• 1 to 4 poles: 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P via several easy wiring
of multiple control
• Easy wiring of multiple control points
G
Product References points push buttons.
• Wide range of control voltage: 230, 130, 48, 24 V AC; 110, 24, 12 V DC
• Lifetime - total number of switching operations (AC21): 200,000 for iTL 16 A;
50,000 for iTL 32 A
• Fully compliant with standards: EN 60-669-1 & EN 60-669-2-2
• Great choice of built-in or optional auxiliary functions including: state indication,
centralised control, latched control, control for illuminated PB, step-by-step
control and time delay.
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 333
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

Acti9

Acti9 indication and tripping auxiliaries

A
Simplified electrical maintenance
Designed with protection and with a wide range of features, the Acti9 indication
and tripping auxiliaries combine easy installation with high levels of functionality.
It includes:
B • Automatic reclosing, remote control, remote indication, and tripping
• VisiTrip for quick detection of faulty outgoers and reduced intervention time
• Clip-on assembly system for ease of use. Application
• Industrial buildings
• Commercial buildings
• Critical building

C Product References
Acti9 auxiliaries for remote indication of the state of the device to which they are
connected:
• Data center
• Machine

• Remote indication of "open" or "closed" state and of "tripped" state • Infrastructure

• Instantaneous tripping when the control circuit is energized, de-energized, or if

there is a dip in its supply voltage
• Time-delayed tripping (to cope with micro-breaks or brief voltage drops) when

D the control circuit is de-energized, or if there is a dip in its supply voltage

• Fail-safe emergency stop tripping.

Select the right offer:

• For basic applications (from 100mA to 6A), use commercial references
A9A2690x

E
• For low current applications (from 2mA to 100mA), use commercial references
A9A2691x
• For Smartlink systems with dedicated connectors, use commercial references
A9A2689x.

F
Auxiliary RCA for remote control
• Remote electrical control (opening and closing) of circuit breakers with or
without Vigi iC60 add-on RCD and with or without auxiliary.
• Circuit-breaker resetting after tripping, in full accordance with protection
G principles and regulations.
• Local control feature via an operating handle.

H
Product References

Auxiliary ARA for remote automatic reclosing

• Easily perform automatic reclosing of the associated protection device after
tripping.
I • Increase the availability of hard to access and isolated installations without
supervision (mobile telephony systems, motorways, pumping stations, airports,
railways, meteorological stations, service stations, automatic teller machines,
public lighting, tunnels, etc.), by restoring them to operate without the need of
personal intervention in the event of a transient fault (atmospheric disturbances,
industrial overvoltages, etc.).

J Product References

334 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
Acti9

Acti9 Comb Busbars

A
Acti9 comb busbar's primary function is to distribute electricity
into a Low voltage distribution panel.
Acti9 range includes 3 main family of comb busbar, for iC40, iC60 and C120/
Product References
B
NG125 ranges.
Being developed to work with dedicated devices, they are used to connect them
Application
optimizing space and time, keeping high level of performances.
• Critical buildings
Several type of configuration are covered, MCB’s with or without Vigi and • Commercial buildings
auxiliaries are available, for connection on top or bottom. • Industrial buildings

C
• Buildings
• Data Center
• Industry.

Learn more about

Acti9 Active
J
Scan or
and Acti9 click on
QR code
ranges here

Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 335
 General overview www.se.com

Easy9

E
Protection devices MCB RCCB RCBO SW SPD

F With everything from comb busbars to MCBs in the range, you are bound to find
flexibility with the Easy9 protection range, designed to provide you with maximum
electrical protection in residential buildings.

Easy9 devices
Included in the range:
G • Miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) for short circuit protection and overload
protection
• Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBs) for earth leakage protection
• Residual current devices (RCBOs) for earth leakage protection, short circuit
protection and overload protection
• Switches for Isolation
H • Surge protection devices (SPD) for Surge protection
• Comb busbars for power distribution.

Application
Targeted towards the residential sector, the Easy9 range gives you electrical

I protection in residential buildings, and provides you with complete peace of

mind, ease of use and reliability.
• Designed with the residential market in mind
• Ideally suited to individual and collective buildings.

336 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
General overview
Easy9

Easy9 Incoming Devices

A
Switch-disconnectors

B
• Positive contact indication
• Suitable for isolation according to BSEN 60947-3 standard
• Manual control on front face by O-I lever

C
Characteristics
Main characteristics
Operating category
Permissible rated short-time withstand current (Icw)
AC-22 A
12 Ie, 1 second
D
Conditional rated short-circuit current (Inc) 5000 A
Rated short-circuit closing current (Icm) 15 Ie
Additional characteristics
Degree of protection Device only IP20
(IEC 60529)
Endurance (O-C) Mechanical 40 -100 A: 8500 cycles
E
Electrical 40 -100 A: 1500 cycles
Operating temperature -25°C to +60°C
Storage temperature -40°C to +85°C
Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C)

F
RCCB residual current circuit breakers

G
• Positive contact indication
• Fault tripping indication on the front panel by the position of the handle
• (O - I engraved)
H
Characteristics
Main characteristics
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)
Conditional rated short circuit current (Inc/I∆c)
4 kV
4.5 kA or 6 kA
I
Additional characteristics
Degree of protection Device only IP20
(IEC 60529)
Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1) Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
-5°C to 60°C
-40°C to +85°C
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 337
 General overview www.se.com

Easy9

Easy9 Devices
A
Miniature circuit breakers 6 kA

Easy9 circuit breakers combine the following functions:

• Circuit protection against short-circuit currents
B • Circuit protection against overload currents.

• Fault tripping indication on the front panel by position of the handle

• (O-I engraved)
C
Characteristics
Main characteristics
D Voltage rating (Ue)
Operating frequency
230/400 V AC
50/60 Hz
Electrical feeding By the top and bottom
Additional characteristics
Degree of protection Device only IP20
(IEC 60529)

E Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)

Operating temperature
Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C)
-25°C to +60°C
Storage temperature -40°C to +85°C

338 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com
General overview
Easy9

Easy9 Devices (continued)

A
RCBO residual current devices 6 kA
Certified compliant BS EN 61009-1.

B
Test "T"
• Operating test button, on the front panel

C
Cable length
• 1000 mm

• Fault tripping indication on the front panel by

D
the position of the handle (O - I engraved)

Characteristics
E
Main characteristics
Endurance (O-C) Electrical 4000 cycles
Mechanical 10000 cycles
Passive, will not trip in the event of a voltage loss
Additional characteristics F
Degree of protection (IEC 60529) Device only IP20
Overvoltage category (IEC 60364) IV
Operating temperature -15°C to +60°C
Storage temperature -40°C to +85°C
Hazardous substances
Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)
RoHS 2003 compliant
Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C) G

Learn more about

J
Scan or
Easy9
click on
range here QR code

Offer
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G 339
 www.se.com

340 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G
www.se.com

Critical Power

Galaxy™ V Series
General overview....................................................................H-342
Technical specifications..........................................................H-345

Easy UPS series

General overview....................................................................H-346
Technical specifications..........................................................H-348

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H 341
 General overview www.se.com

Uninterruptible power system

E
Galaxy™ V series:
Uninterruptible power system
F
Well suited for a wide range of applications
• Edge, small, and medium data centers, and computer rooms
G • Manufacturing facilities
• Telecommunication
• Commercial buildings
• Healthcare
• Transportation
H

342 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H
www.se.com
General overview
Galaxy™ V series

A
New patented hybrid Compact design
technology optimised footprint
Provides up to 97% efficiency in double High-density technology and full front
conversion mode.
Electricity savings in full protection mode
access make Galaxy VS a footprint
saver well suited for confined spaces. B
at every load level.

Li-ion
C
Battery flexibility, including 99% efficient in patented
Lithium-ion batteries ECOnversion™ mode
Increase availability and reduce TCO Recover your initial investment within
with long-life, intelligent energy storage. twothree years through energy savings.
D

E
Maximum availability thanks to EcoStruxure IT
modular architecture Anytime, anywhere monitoring and
Critical system components built as service support via smartphone app.
modules for faster serviceability and
fault tolerance. N+1 redundancy and
scalability options available. F

Leading performance
G
> Robust and flexible design ideal for demanding environments at maximum performance

Reduce your energy bill

> By using ECOnversion mode, significant savings are achieved every year on your electricity bill
H
Quick to install and fits
> Everywhere thanks to its compact design

Simple to maintain and fast to service

> Thanks to its modular architecture I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H 343
 General overview www.se.com

Galaxy™ V series

Galaxy™ VS/VM/VX
A
10 to 1500 kVA 3 phase UPS for small and
medium data centers and other business
critical applications
B
Part of Galaxy V Series

Description
C 3 phase Uninterruptible Power System.
Designed for fast and easy installation, this
EcoStruxure-ready UPS features a wide operating
temperature window and strong overload protection,
all in a compact and lightweight footprint.

D Characteristics
Normal AC supply input
• 10 to 1500 kVA
• 3:3

E • Input voltage (V): 380 / 400 / 415 V

(Three-phase + Neutral)
• Frequency (Hz): 40 – 70 Hz
• Input power factor: >0.99
• THDI: < 3% at full linear load
Output
F • Nominal output voltage (V): 3:3 – 380/400/415 V
• Efficiency: Double conversion mode up to 96%
• Efficiency: ECOnversion mode up to 99%
• Overload capacity in normal operation 125% for
10 minutes and 150% for one minute [*]

G • Output voltage tolerance ±1%

• Lithium capable

Connectivity
Communication interface RS485, USB, Dry
contact, Modbus TCP/IP (SNMP optional) Five inch

H touchscreen LCD, status, and display console.

[*] Under 30°C degrees.

344 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H
www.se.com
Technical specifications
Galaxy™ V series

Galaxy VS
A
Technical specifications www.se.com CLICK HERE TO SEE
Galaxy VS
THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Galaxy VS 400 V
Topology On-line double conversion
Nominal power (kW) 10 – 150 kW (parallel up to 600 kW) [4 UPSs in parallel]

B
Key features
Scalability option 50 – 150 kW
N+1 redundancy option 20 – 50 kW N+1
Modular elements Power modules with Live Swap*, static switch module, smart battery modules, intelligence module
Display Color touch screen, 4.3 inches, status LED, mimic on display
High priority for C&I Network management card included with ethernet (SNMP) and modbus. 8 dry contacts (4 inputs, 4 outputs)
Maintenance bypass Internal maintenance bypass. Optional maintenance bypass panel
Parallel capability Simplified 1+1 parallel (for redundancy); Up to 4 UPSs in parallel for capacity or redundancy
Efficiency
Double conversion mode Up to 97%
ECO mode Up to 99%
ECOnversion mode Up to 99%
Input
Nominal input voltage 380 / 400 / 415 V
Input voltage range (phase to phase) +/-15%
Single mains/dual mains Single mains as standard. Easily converted to dual mains
Input frequency 40 – 70 Hz
Input power factor IEC power factor: >0.99 @ load >25%, >0.95 @ load > 15%
Maximum short-circuit rating 65 kA
Backfeed protection Included
Output
Nominal output voltages 380 / 400 / 415 V
Load power factor PF=1 (0.7 leading to 0.7 lagging without derating)
Voltage regulation +/- 1%
Frequency 50/60 Hz +-0.1% free running
Overload 1 min @ 150%; 10 min @ 125%
Output THDU on linear load <1%
Battery type
Nominal battery voltage, UPS for external 480 – 576 V (at ratings 50 kW, 100 kW, 150 kW); 60 kW: 432 – 576;384 – 576 V (at other ratings, including 60kW
batteries and 120kW)
Nominal battery voltage, UPS with internal 480 V DC
batteries
Charging power Charging power in % of output power at 0 – 40% load: 80% Charging power in % of output power at 100%
load: 20%
Environment
Acoustic noise, UPS for external batteries 57 dB (70% load) / 65 dB (100% load)
Acoustic noise, UPS with internal batteries 54 – 65 dB, depending on load percentage and model
Dust protection Air filter included. Conformal coated boards
Seismic With optional kit. OSHPD tested
Environmental Green Premium Certified, RoHS, Reach
* Model dependent
Specifications can be subject to change.

C
Galaxy™ V series

Galaxy VM

www.se.com
Technical specifications CLICK HERE TO SEE
D
Galaxy VM
THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Power (kVA/kW) 160/144 180/162 225/202.5
Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V) 360 – 576 (480 V three-phase)
Normal and bypass AC inputs Single input standard, dual input optional
Frequency (Hz) 40 – 70 Hz
Input power factor 0.99 at greater than 40% load
THDI < 3% full load
Bypass AC input
Input voltage range 432 – 528 V
Frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Output
Phase-to-phase output voltage (V) 480 V (208 V & 600 V with transformer)
Load power factor 0.9
Output frequency 50/60 Hz +/- 0.1% (free-running)
Overload capacity utility operation at 40°C 150% for 1 minute and 125% for 10 minute
Output voltage regulation +/- 1%
Total harmonic distortion (THDU) < 2% at 100% linear load; < 3% at 100% non-linear load
Output voltage tolerance Symmetric load (0 – 100%): +/- 1% static; asymmetric load: +/- 3% static
Overall efficiency

E
Efficiency at full load (AC-AC) at 100% load Up to 96.5%
ECOnversion mode Up to 99%
Standard ECO mode Up to 99%
Overall efficiency
Control panel Multifunction 7” touch-screen color LCD display with built-in NMC,
Modbus (SCADA and ION-E), two empty NMC card slots
Dimensions and weights
UPS (H x W x D) 77.56 x 39.45 x 33.62 in.
Weight in lbs. (UPS) 1,494 1,494 1,549
450 kVA system bypass cabinet 77.56 x 59.25 x 32.95 in. 1,069 lb
(H x W x D), weight
675 kVA system bypass cabinet 77.56 x 59.25 x 32.95 in. 1,113 lb.
(H x W x D), weight
Regulatory
Safety UL 1778 Fourth Edition
EMC/EMI/RFI FCC 47 Part 15
Markings UL 1778
Transportation ISTA® 2B
Seismic zone OSHPD, IBC2012 and CBC2013 to Sds=2.02g
Environmental
Operating temperature 0°C – 40°C (32°F – 104°F)
Storage temperature -25°C to 55°C (-77°F to 131°F) – without batteries
-15°C to 40°C (5°F to 104°F) – with batteries
Relative humidity 0% – 95% noncondensing 3,280 ft. at 100% load
Operating elevation 3,280 ft. at 100% load
Storage elevation 0 – 49,212 ft.
Max. audible noise at 1 m from unit 55 dB at 70% load, 65 dB at 100% load

Galaxy™ V series

F
Galaxy VX

CLICK HERE TO SEE

G
Technical specifications www.se.com

Galaxy VX
Galaxy VX
Topology
500 kW to 1500 kW UPS
On-line double conversion with ECOnversion mode
THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal Power (kVA) 500 - 1250 kW (1250 kW input/output cabinet)
500 - 1500 kW (1500 kW input/output cabinet)
Technical Power Ratings 500 kW, 625 kW, 750 kW, 800kW, 1000 kW, 1100 kW, 1250 kW, 1500 kW
Parallel capability Up to 4 units (N+1)
Input
Rectifier Type IGBT active rectifier
Nominal Input Voltage 380V / 400V / 415V / 440V / 480V, 3-wire (3PH + PE) or 4-wire (3PH + PE + N)
(600V with optional external transformer)
Input Voltage Range +20% / -15%
Input Connection Single or dual feed
Input Frequency 50 or 60 Hz nominal (40-70 Hz)
Input Current Total Harmonic Distortion (THDI) < 3% @ 100% load
Input Power Factor > 0.99
Walk-in 0 to 300s (configurable)
Short Circuit Withstand Rating 100 kA
Output
Inverter Type 4 Level IGBT, high efficiency, transformerless
Nominal Output Voltages 380V / 400V / 415V / 440V / 480V, 3-wire (3PH + PE) or 4-wire (3PH + PE + N)
(600V with optional external transformer)
Load Power Factor 0.7 leading to 0.5 lagging without UPS derating
Voltage Regulation +/- 1%
Frequency Regulation 50/60Hz +/- 0.1% (free running)
Overload in Normal Operation (at 40°C) Continuous up to 110% 10 minutes up to 125% 1 minute up to 150%
Overload in Bypass Operation (at 40°C) Continuous up to 110% (380V / 400V / 415V / 440V)
Continuous up to 125% (480V)
1 minute up to 150% (all voltages)
Output Voltage Distortion (THDU) <2% at 100% linear load; <3% at 100% nonlinear load
Output Power Factor 1.0 kVA = kW
Efficiency Details
Double Conversion mode Up to 96.5%
ECOnversion mode Up to 99%
Energy Storage Parameters
Type Li-Ion, VRLA, Wet Cell, Flywheel
Nominal DC Bus Voltage 480 VDC
Common battery string Yes (VRLA only)
Communication
Multilingual Graphics LCD Display Yes
Compatibility with APC Communication cards AP9630

H
Communication Details Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, Email
Modbus RS-485 (optional)
Mechanical Dimensions
1250 kW I/O Cabinet (H x W x D)
500 kW 77.6 x 94.4 x 35.4 in (1970 x 2400 x 900 mm)
625/750 kW 77.6 x 118.1 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3000 x 900 mm)
800/1000 kW 77.6 x 141.6 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3600 x 900 mm)
1100/1250 kW 77.6 x 165.2 x 35.4 in (1970 x 4200 x 900 mm)
1250 kW N+1 77.6 x 188.8 x 35.4 in (1970 x 4800 x 900 mm)
1500 kW I/O Cabinet (H x W x D)
500kW 77.6 x 126 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3200 x 900 mm)
750kW 77.6 x 149.6 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3800 x 900 mm)
1000 kW 77.6 x 173.2 x 35.4 in (1970 x 4400 x 900 mm)
1250 kW 77.6 x 196.9 x 35.4 in (1970 x 5000 x 900 mm)
1500 kW 77.6 x 220.5 x 35.4 in (1970 x 5600 x 900 mm)
1500 kW N+1 77.6 x 245.1 x 35.4 in (1970 x 6200 x 900 mm)
Standards and Approvals
Performance and Safety UL 1778 5th edition, cUL
CE, IEC 62040-1
IEC 62040-3 (VFI-SS-111)
EMC Emissions FCC 47 Part 15
IEC 62040-2
Seismic OSHPD
IBC 2012
Surge ANSI 62.4/B3
IP level (Ingress Protection) IP20
Environment
Operating Temperature 0 – 40°C (32 – 104°F) without derating
Humidity 0 – 95% noncondensing
Elevation / Altitude 1000 m (3333 ft) 100% load without derating
Standard Features
Soft Start, Walk-in Charger for Compatibility with Gensets Yes, Adaptative, Configurable 1 to 300s
Cold Start Function (start without mains) Yes
Emergency Stop (EPO) No
Frequency Converter Yes
Backfeed Protection Yes
Smart Power Test (SpoT) Yes

Galaxy™ V series

Learn more about

Scan or
Galaxy™ V series
click on
range here QR code
J
Galaxy VS Galaxy VM Galaxy VX Galaxy VS Galaxy VM Galaxy VX
offer offer offer brochure brochure brochure
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H 345
 General overview www.se.com

Uninterruptible power system

E
Easy UPS Series
Business continuity made easy
F The Schneider Electric Easy UPS 3 Series is an easy-to-install,
easy-to-connect, easy-to-use, and easy-to-service 10-600 kVA
3 phase UPS ideal for small and medium businesses, data centers,
and other mission critical applications.
G
Easy to use, connect, monitor, and Robust and competitive Over
manage
• User-friendly display interface supports easy
configuration
• Easy UPS 3 Series brings predictability to utility costs:
- Up to 96% efficiency in double conversion mode 120,000
satisfied customers
- Up to 99% efficiency in ECO mode
H • The optional network card enables: • Minimize your power losses and cooling
- Monitoring of UPS status remotely through a Web requirements with up to unity power factor (kW=kVA)
interface • Protect your data center or electrical room with
- Monitoring and management of the UPS status these fortifying features:
and performance through EcoStruxure IT’s cloud- - Embedded dust filter
based and on-premise software suites, bringing

I you peace of mind. - Conformal coating

- Operating temperature up to 40 C
Easy to maintain - Wide input voltage range.
• Front and rear access for service
• Quickly and easily replace the dust filter Proven performance
conveniently located behind the front door With an established customer base of over 100,000

J • Schneider Electric service team available to make satisfied customers, we have been providing business
service easy and improve uptime with proper continuity around the world for more than 30 years.
maintenance of your UPS and batteries. The Schneider Electric Easy UPS 3 Series is the easy-
to-choose, easy-to-use power protection solution for
today’s connected businesses.

346 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H
www.se.com
General overview
Easy UPS Series

Typical applications Easy UPS 3S/3M/3L

• Small and medium data centers
and computer rooms
A
• Manufacturing facilities 10 to 600 kVA 3 phase UPS for small and
• Telecommunication medium data centers and other business
• Commercial buildings critical applications
• Healthcare
• Transportation
Part of Easy Series B
Description
3 phase Uninterruptible Power System.
Designed for fast and easy installation, this EcoStruxure-
ready UPS features a wide operating temperature window
and strong overload protection, all in a compact and
lightweight footprint.
C
Characteristics
Normal AC supply input
• 10 to 40 kVA (Internal or External bateries)
• 3:1 (10 to 30 kVA) 3:3 (10 to 600 kVA)
D
• Input voltage (V): 380 / 400 / 415 V (Three-phase + Neutral)
• Frequency (Hz): 45 – 65 Hz
• Input power factor: >0.99
• THDI:
- linear load, E
- 5% non-linear load.
Output
• Nominal output voltage (V):
- 3:1 – 220 / 230 / 240 V
- 3:3 – 380 / 400 / 415 V F
• Efficiency: Double conversion mode up to 96%
• Efficiency: ECO mode up to 99%
• Overload capacity in normal operation 130% for 10 minutes
and 130-150% for one minute
• Output voltage tolerance ±1%.
G
Connectivity
Communication interface RS232, RS485, USB,
dry contact, Modbus TCP/IP, optional network card Control
panel Multi-function LCD, status and display console.

H
Easy to install and start up
> Rolls into position quickly and easily
> Minimal footprint requirement with lightweight, compact form factor
> Straightforward installation
I
> Input, output, and bypass breakers are included
> Emergency Power Off (EPO) switch is included
> Easy Loop test verifies UPS performance before you connect your load,
without the need for a load bank
> Aesthetic design blends well into your installation environment
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H 347
 Technical specifications www.se.com

Easy UPS Series

A Easy UPS 3S

Technical specifications www.se.com CLICK HERE TO SEE

Easy UPS 3S
THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Power (kVA/kW)
Circuit breaker as per IEC/EN 60947-2 10/10 15/15 20/20 30/30
Circuit breaker as per IEC/EN 60947-2 10/10 15/15 20/20 30/30 40/40

B
Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V) 380/400/415 V (Three-phase + Neutral)
Frequency (Hz) 45 – 65 Hz
Input power factor >0.99
THDI <3% for 10 kVA UPS, <4% for 15-40 kVA UPS
Input voltage range 304 V to 477 V at full load
Dual mains input Yes (default: single mains input)
Output
Nominal output voltage (V) 3:1 – 220/230/240 V
3:3 – 380/400/415 V
Efficiency: Double conversion mode Up to 96%
Efficiency: ECO mode Up to 99%
Overload capacity in normal operation 130% for 10 minutes and 130-150% for one minute
Output voltage tolerance +/-1%
Communication and management
Communication interface RS232, RS485, USB, dry contact, Modbus TCP/IP, optional network card
Control panel Multi-function LCD, status and display console
Weights and dimensions
UPS for external batteries, unpackaged/ 530 x 250 x 700 mm/ 530 x 250 x 700 mm/ 770 x 250 x 800 mm/ 770 x 250 x 800 mm/ 770 x 250 x 900 mm/
shipping dimensions (H x W x D, mm) 772 x 400 x 857 mm 772 x 400 x 857 mm 1015 x 400 x 982 mm 1015 x 400 x 982 mm 1015 x 400 x 1050 mm
UPS for internal batteries, without 1400 x 380 x 928 mm/ 1400 x 380 x 928 mm/ 1400 x 380 x 928 mm/ 1400 x 500 x 969 mm/ 1400 x 500 x 969 mm/
batteries, unpackaged, shipping 1640 x 563 x 1014 mm 1640 x 563 x 1014 mm 1640 x 563 x 1014 mm 1640 x 683 x 1114 mm 1640 x 683 x 1114 mm
dimensions (H x W x D, mm)
UPS for external batteries, 36/50 36/50 58/75 60/77 70/86
unpackaged/shipping weight (kg)
UPS for internal batteries, without 112/145 112/145 122/158 152/190 158/195
batteries, unpackaged/shipping weight
(kg)
Battery string (1 string/4 modules), 27 kg per module/28 kg per module
unpackaged/shipping weight (kg)
Regulatory
Safety IEC/EN62040-1-1 Performance IEC 62040-3
EMC/EMI/RFI IEC 62040-2 Environmental IEC 62040-4
Markings CE.RCM, EAC, WEEE
Battery type
Battery type VRLA
Nominal DC bus (100% load) +/-192 to +/-240
Charging power in % of output power 1-20%
(selectable)
Environmental
Operating temperature 0°C to 40°C
Relative humidity 0 to 95% non-condensing
Operating elevation 0 to 1,000 m at 100% load
Audible noise at 1 m from unit 10-20 kVA: 60 dBA at 100% load; 30-40 kVA: 63 dBA at 100% load
Protection class IP20
Warranty One year with Schneider Electric-certified Field Service Representative

C
or Certified Service Partner Start-up Service (sold separately)
* Under 30°C

Easy UPS Series

Easy UPS 3M
D www.se.com
Technical specifications CLICK HERE TO SEE
Easy UPS 3M
THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Power (kVA/kW) 60/60 80/80 100/100 120/120 160/160 200/200
Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V) 380/400/415 V (Three-phase + Neutral + PE)
Frequency (Hz) 40–70 Hz
Input power factor >0.99
THDI <3% at full linear load
Input voltage range 342 V to 477 V at full load at 40°C**
Dual mains input Yes (default: single mains input)
Output
Nominal output voltage (V) 3:3 – 380/400/415 V
Efficiency: Double conversion Up to 95.5%
mode
Efficiency: ECO mode Up to 99%
Overload capacity in normal 125% for 10 minutes, 150% for 1 minute*
operation
Output voltage tolerance +/-1%
Communication and management
Communication interface RS485, USB, Dry contact, Modbus TCP/IP (SNMP optional)
Control panel Five inch touchscreen LCD, status, and display console

E
Weights and dimensions
UPS for external batteries, 915 x 360 x 850 mm/ 915 x 360 x 850 mm/ 915 x 360 x 850 mm/ 1300 x 500 x 850 mm/ 1300 x 500 x 850 mm/ 1300 x 600 x 850 mm/
unpackaged/shipping dimensions 1140 x 475 x 965 mm 1140 x 475 x 965 mm 1140 x 475 x 965 mm 1500 x 625 x 975 mm 1500 x 625 x 975 mm 1500 x 725 x 975 mm
(H x W x D, mm)
UPS for internal batteries, without 1970 x 600 x 1000 mm/ 1970 x 600 x 1000 mm/
batteries, unpackaged, shipping 2102 x 750 x 1125mm 2102 x 750 x 1125mm
dimensions (H x W x D, mm)
UPS for external batteries, 109/133 140/164 145/169 193/223 227/257 304/338
unpackaged/shipping weight (kg)
UPS for internal batteries, without 311 (360) 339 (387)
batteries, unpackaged/shipping
weight (kg)
Regulatory
Safety IEC/EN 62040-1 Performance IEC62040-3
EMC/EMI/RFI IEC 62040-2 Environmental IEC 62040-4
Markings CE TUV
Battery type
Battery type VRLA
Nominal DC bus (100% load) +/-216 to +/-300
Charging power in % of output for external for external for external for external for external for external
power (selectable) batteries: 1-20% batteries: 1-30% batteries: 1-24% batteries: 1-20% batteries: 1-22.5% batteries: 1-24%
with internal with internal
batteries: 1-16% batteries: 1-24%
Environmental
Operating temperature 0 to 40°C
Relative humidity 0 to 95% non-condensing
Operating elevation 0 to 1,500 m at 100% load
Audible noise at 1 m from unit 60-100 kVA: 65 dBA at 100% load*; 120-200 kVA: <70 dBA at 100% load*
Protection class IP20
* Under 30 C
** 342–150 with a linear derating of the load to 30%

F Easy UPS Series

Easy UPS 3L

CLICK HERE TO SEE

G
Technical specifications www.se.com

Easy UPS 3L
THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Power (kVA/kW)* 250/250 300/300 400/400 500/500 600/600
Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V) 380/400/415 V (Three-phase + Neutral + PE)
Frequency (Hz) 40–70 Hz
Input power factor >0.99
THDI <3%
Input voltage range 323 – 477V
Dual mains input Yes (default: single mains input)
Output
Parallel Up to 5 UPSs for capacity (or 5 + 1 for redundancy)
Nominal output voltage (V) 380/400/415 V
Efficiency: Double conversion mode Up to 96%
ECO mode 99%
Overload capacity in normal operation 150% for 1 minute, 125% for 10 minutes, 105% continuous
Output voltage tolerance +/-1%
Load Power Factor compatibility From 0.5 leading to 0.5 lagging
Communication and management
Communication interface RS485, dry contacts, Ethernet (SNMP, Modbus, TCP/IP)
Control panel 7-inch touchscreen LCD, status, and display console
Weights and dimensions
UPS, unpackaged/dimensions (H x W x D 1970 x 600 x 850 mm 1970 x 1000 x 850 mm
mm)
UPS, unpackaged weight (kg) 425 kg 465 kg 560 kg 640 kg 720 kg
Regulatory
Safety IEC/EN 62040-1
EMC IEC/EN 62040-2
Performance IEC/EN 62040-3
Marking CE
Battery type
Battery type VRLA
Number of batteries 36 - 50
Charging power in % of output power 26% 24%
(selectable)
Environmental

H
Relative humidity 0 to 95% non-condensing
Operating elevation 0 to 1500 m without derating
Audible noise at 1m from unit 70 db 72 db
Protection class IP20
* kVA/kW at 30°C

Easy UPS Series

Learn more about

Scan or
Easy UPS Series
click on
J range here QR code

Easy UPS 3S Easy UPS 3M Easy UPS 3L Easy UPS Series

offer offer offer brochure
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

348 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H
www.se.com

Medium Voltage Switchgears components

General overview....................................................I-350

Medium Voltage switching devices

Vacuum Circuit-Breakers......................................................... I-355
SF6 Circuit-Breakers................................................................. I-357
Vacuum and SF6 contactors.................................................... I-358
Indoor load break switch, disconnector and earthing switch..... I-359
Medium voltage Cradle............................................................ I-360
Medium voltage Fuses............................................................. I-361

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I 349
 General overview www.se.com

Medium voltage Switchgear components

E
The widest range of components
to meet all your requirements
F
Get the right level of partnership to fulfil your business ambition
Growth opportunities in the medium-voltage business sector are increasing, now more than ever.
With access to the right resources, you can scale up your switchboard manufacturing operations and
G improve the quality of your services.

Latest MV components Dedicated portal access

H Get high-quality MV components that comply
with the latest engineering standards and gain
Update your skillset with training on upcoming
products and solutions and obtain tailored
privileged access to industry advances and productivity tools to ensure higher output and
cutting-edge solutions. efficiency.

I Comprehensive technical
support
Get dedicated help and advice on solutions that

J facilitate easier product integration and greater

productivity for your business.

350 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I
www.se.com
General overview
Medium voltage switchgear components

Electricity is getting more Digital & Sustainable,

are you ready? A
With the combined benefits of digitalisation, the Internet of Things and improved interoperability, there is significant potential
for improvement in energy management.
Increased versatility enables faster adaptation to customer needs and rapid product configuration, while operational data
analysis optimises operating conditions, predicts maintenance needs and enables better asset management.
B
As part of our commitment to sustainable and efficient energy, we also offer our partners innovative, compact and SF6-free
solutions. This is in line with our aim to help companies gain a competitive advantage through smarter switchgear without
compromising the environment.

C
AirPacT Decarbonize
SF6-free switch and disconnector
Our offerings provide highly sustainable switchboards that promise longer
durations of life.
D
PM109061

The use of Pure Air technology eliminates the use of SF6 gas, a known
high potential Global Warming gas, removing the risks associated with
changing regulations. Additionally, we continually strive to increase
equipment efficiency and longevity with groundbreaking innovations such
as the use of composite mechanisms, thereby promoting operational life
extension.

PowerLogic P7 Digitize
A major step forward for protection relays
Given the pressing regulatory mandates and evolving customer needs, F
the need for highly efficient and durable installations has never been
PM109061

more significant.
We provide the solutions that are engineered to boost the efficiency and
optimize the operation service life of these installations.
Constant information regarding the health of the power installation is
crucial in extending its operational lifetime.
Our service also significantly reduces downtime and intervention periods
G
by foreseeing and managing potential failures.

See PowerLogic™ range page 174

H
EvoPacT HVX Partner for the future
A revolutionary circuit breaker
The wheels of Energy Transformation are now set in motion and we are
prepared to extend our fullest support to our partners in this endeavor.
PM110584

The winners in this transformation will undoubtedly be the ones that are
prepared and adaptable. I
We offer a multitude of supports to our partners, such as a thoroughly
refreshed MV portfolio, unwavering focus on sustainability, and fostering of
digital services.
Moreover, our Pure Air technology, alongside connected devices, grants
our panel builder partners a significant competitive edge.
They are equipped to meet their customers' increasing demands for more
efficient and sustainable installations.
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I 351
 General overview www.se.com

Medium voltage switchgear components

Longlife partner for your customer

A
Support your customers to face the challenges of
running efficient and durable electrical installation
For your end-user in industrial, commercial or infrastructure buildings
B power failure is the worst scenario that can happen . Business comes to a
standstill, production and employees are idle.

Be informed 24/7 on health of your customer power installation

With digital services, as our partner you can leverage the power of
C connected equipment to effectively monitor electrical installations 24/7.
This advanced approach enables to be informed proactively about any
abnormal wear and tear.

Additionally, it also offers insights into the anticipated replacement of

critical components, allowing to manage maintenance with improved

D efficiency and minimal disruption. Hence, digital services revolutionize

equipment management, ensuring safety and prolonged operational
lifespan.

Be your customer best advisor to maintain service continuity

As a trained and recognised partner of Schneider Electric, you will be

E able to recommend, propose or provide services to your customer to
keep their installation operating at optimum levels for a long service
life.

Become an expert in maintaining the availability and longevity of

electrical distribution installations with field and digital services, you
can now maximise revenue with additional service opportunities.
F Gain more expertise and expand your business portfolio
• Differentiate from competitors with relevant services offerings
• Increase staff expertise with dedicated training
• Be the solution provider and trusted advisor your customer needs.

352 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I
www.se.com
General overview
Medium voltage switchgear components

Benefit from Schneider Electric brand image

and know-how A

The experience of a world leader in Medium Voltage

F
Schneider Electric has been manufacturing MV cubicles for more than half century and has
an installed base of millions of products and devices. The Schneider Electric brand is known
worldwide and recognized.

G
A long history of innovation for a global offer
Based on this experience as a world leader, Schneider Electric has developed a large and
comprehensive range innovative Medium Voltage devices employing field proven and latest
breaking technologies. You benefit from a global leader's experience and know-how in electric
distribution, automation and power and control. H
Schneider Electric devices can easily benefit from advanced functionalities of communication
and monitoring enabled by IoT devices to give final switchboard and installation valuable
information and enhanced operability of the complete system.

Quality certification: ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 I

Every unit of Schneider Electric has a quality operating organization, with procedures
recognized by many customers and official standard organizations. These procedures are:
• Uniform for all departments
• Recognized by numerous customers and official organizations
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I 353
 www.se.com

I
Medium Voltage
J
switching devices

354 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I
www.se.com
Medium Voltage switching devices
Circuit-Breakers
Vacuum Circuit-Breakers
Protection and operation of network

EvoPacT HVX
A
A revolutionary
circuit breaker
for MV distribution B

PM110584
EvoPacT HVX MV circuit breakers
Rated voltage
(kV) C
bring infrastructure, large industrial or
commercial buildings, electro-intensive 24
Next
processes, or cloud and service providers Generation
into the future with IoT-enabled features
that meet the needs of our All Digital, All
Electric world. D
Max. rated 31.5 kA
By bringing us closer to our facilities’ short-circuit current
operations than ever before,
EvoPacT HVX improves how we Max. rated current 2 500 A
interact with our electrical systems,
ushering in the digital revolution. Versions • Fixed
• Withdrawable
E
Number of poles 3p

Mechanical operations 30 000

cycles (ON/OFF)
Learn more
Mounting Frontal
F
Mechanism Conventional spring

Standards • IEC
• GB (Chinese)
G
Longer service life • ANSI

Benefits
EvoPacT HVX is designed with more
• Embedded pole for better dielectric and
than 45 years of MV experience environmental pollution withstand
and manufactured using in-house,
best-in-class components for a longer • Operate smater with innovative technology H
operational life. • Reduce operational risk
• Proven to last three times longer than the • Buil-in sustainability (Green Premium certified)
industry standard for MV circuit breakers • Service enabler for Partners
• Built to withstand up to 30,000
mechanical and electrical operations
• Tested according to all major international
• See video
I
standards, including IEC, ANSI/IEEE
and GB

J
Clic to access to the product range

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I 355
 Medium Voltage switching devices www.se.com

Circuit-Breakers
Vacuum Circuit-Breakers
Protection and operation of network

A EasyPact EvoPact HVX

EXE Embedded pole O

PM109084
PM108877

PM110584
C Rated voltage
(kV) 36
40.5
36

24
17.5 17.5
12 12

D Max. rated 31.5 kA 31.5 kA 50 kA 50 kA 31.5 kA 31.5 kA 31.5 kA 31.5 kA

short-circuit current
Max. rated current 2 500 A 3 150 A / 2 500 2 500 A / 2 500 A
4 000 A (1) A 3 150 A (1)

E Versions • Fixed
• Withdrawable
• Fixed
• Withdrawable
• Fixed
• Withdrawable

Number of poles 3p 3p 3p

Mechanical operations 10 000 10 000 10000

cycles (ON/OFF)
F Mounting Frontal Frontal Frontal

Mechanism Conventional spring Conventional spring Conventional spring

Standards • IEC • IEC • IEC

G • GOST • GB (Chinese)
• GOST (2)

Benefits
• Kit and web ordering • Embedded pole for better dielectric & • Assembled pole
• Better safety environmental pollution withstand

H • Opex optimization
(thermal sensors)
• Service enabler for Partners

• See video

I
(1) Need forced cooling
(2) Only 36 kV & 40.5 kV

J
Clic to access to the product range

356 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I
www.se.com
Medium Voltage switching devices
Circuit-Breakers
SF6 Circuit-Breakers
Protection and operation of network

EvoPact LF EvoPact SF1 EvoPact SF2 A

PM110000
PM109988

PM109997
Rated voltage 40.5
(kV) 36 36
C
24
17.5 17.5
12 12

Max. rated
short-circuit current
50 kA 40 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 40 kA 31.5 kA D
Max. rated current 3 150 A 1 250 A 3 150 A 2 500 A

Versions • Fixed • Fixed • Fixed

• Withdrawable • Withdrawable • Withdrawable E
Number of poles 3p 3p 3p

Mechanical operations 10 000 10 000 10 000

cycles (ON/OFF)

Mounting Frontal Frontal and lateral Frontal

F
Mechanism Conventional spring Conventional spring Conventional spring

Standards • IEC • IEC • IEC

• GOST

Benefits
G
• Referenced product for • Integrated VIP trip unit (without auxiliary • Particularly adapted for
Nuclear Power plants power supply) in SFset up to 24 kV high voltage ratings and
harsh environment
• Marine solutions • Well suited for capacitor bank and inductive
certified load applications • Well suited for capacitor
• Seismic version
bank and inductive load
applications
H
available

J
Clic to access to the product range

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I 357
 Medium Voltage switching devices www.se.com

Contactors
Vacuum and SF6 contactors
Protection and control of network

A Vacuum Contactor SF6 Contactor

CBX CVX Rollarc

B
PM103784

PM103792

PM107151
Rated voltage 12 12 12
(kV)
C
7.2 7.2 7.2

Max. rated 6 kA 4 kA 6 kA 4 kA 10 kA 8 kA
short-circuit current (50 kA in (50 kA in
conjunction with conjunction with
fuses) fuses)

Max. rated current 400 A (AC4) 315 A (AC4) 400 A (AC4) 315 A (AC4) 400 A (AC4)
D Versions • Fixed • Fixed • Withdrawable version equipped • Basic
with DIN or BS fuses • Fixed

• Optional on • Withdrawable
board auxiliary
voltage
E transformer

Number of poles 1p - 3p 3p 3p 3p 3p

Mechanical operations • 300 000 (mechanical latch) • 300 000 (mechanical latch) • 100 000
cycles (ON/OFF) • 1 000 000 (magnetic held) • 1 000 000 (magnetic held) (mechanical latch)

F
• 300 000
(magnetic held)

Mechanism Magnetic holding Magnetic holding Magnetic holding or mechanical

or mechanical latch or mechanical latch latch

G Standards • IEC • IEC • IEC

• GB (chinese) • GB

Benefits
Version available for capacitor • LV supply • Reference product in
H banks: thanks to
optional on
SF6 contactor market
• Nuclear powerplant & Marine
• 1 pole version available for board VT
applications
neutral Earthing
• High short circuit breaking • Soft breaking, suited for capacitor
• Specific version available for capacity in combination with bank, power transformers
capacitor banks fuses and motors applications

I • Cradle available (consult us)

J
Clic to access to the product range

358 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I
www.se.com
Medium Voltage switching devices
Switches and Disconnectors
Indoor load break switch, disconnector
and earthing switch

SF6-free switch & SF6 switch &

disconnector disconnector
Earthing switch
A
Earthing switch
AirPacT LBSkit EISC
17/24 kV

PM105560

PM108846
PE56373
PM109061

Function Indoor load break switch, disconnector

and accessories
Earthing switch Earthing switch
C
Rated voltage
36 36
(kV)
24 24 24 24

12
17.5
12
17.5 D
Max. rated short-
25 kA/1 s 25 kA/1 s 25 kA/1s 31.5 kA 31.5 kA 31.5 kA 25 kA 31.5 kA 50 kA 31.5 kA
circuit current
Max. rated current
Pole center distance
1 250 A 1 250 A 1 250 A
165 210 165 350 160 200-240 240
E
175 210 370
210 215 400
215 250 460
250 275

Mechanical operations 1 000 O/C cycles

300
F
10 000 operations 1 000 cycles
cycles (ON/OFF) (Class M1)
Standards IEC IEC IEC 62271-102

Benefits

• Green Premium • Insensitive to

environment
Earthing switch for a wide range
of rated voltages
Simple and robust
design easy to adapt
G
• Insensitive to
environment • Reduced maintenance with a large choice of
options
• Reduced
maintenance

H
• Easy & flexible
integration

• See video

J
Clic to access to the product range

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I 359
 Medium Voltage switching devices www.se.com

Cradle

A Cradle

L-Frame Cradle M1-M2 Cradle MC Cassette

B
PM105644

PM10893
DE57396
Function Integration of switching device Integration of switching device Integration of switching device
C Rated voltage 40.5
(kV) 36

24
17.5 17.5
D 12
7.2
12

Max. rated short- 50 kA 31.5 kA 40 kA 31.5 kA 50 kA

circuit current
Max. rated current 3 150 A 2 500 A 2 500 A 1 250 A 3 150 A
E Recommended 650 - 800 - 1 100 mm 570 - 900 mm
cubicle width 1 000 mm 1 000 mm

Integration of EvoPact HVX Embedded Pole EvoPact SF EvoPact LF

switching device + EasyPact EXE + EasyPact EXE

F
PM105605

PM108877

PM108519

PM108877
PE58239

G Version With and without earthing switch Without earthing switch With earthing switch in option

Benefits

Fully assembled by Schneider Two different arrangements for Full type tested solution including
Electric HV connection using the upper internal arc protection with MV door
and lower bushings

J
Clic to access to the product range

360 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I
www.se.com
Medium Voltage switching devices
Fuses
Current limiting fuses

Function A
Protection to Medium Voltage distribution
devices (from 3.6 to 36 kV) from both the
dynamic and thermal effects of short-circuit
currents

PM103181-55
B
Fusarc CF Solefuse Tepefuse MGK
Rated voltage 36 36
(kV)
24 24 24
C
17.5
12 12 12
7.2 7.2 7.2
3.6

Max. rated
short-circuit current
Up to 63 kA Up to 50 kA Up to 40 kA Up to
50 kA D
Max. rated current Up to 250 A Up to 125 A Up to 0.3 A Up to
250 A

Applications • Motors • Power Transformers Voltage Motors

• Power Transformers
• Capacitors
• Capacitors Transformers
E
• Metering Transformers

Standards • IEC 60282-1 • IEC 60282-1 • IEC 60282-1 • IEC 60282-1

• DIN 43625 • UTE C64200, C64210 • UTE C64200,
• VDE 0670-402
C64210
F
Benefits
• High breaking capacity
• High current limitation
• Low I2t values
• Low breaking overvoltage
G
• Low dissipated power
• For indoor and outdoor applications
• With a thermal striker

For additional information consult our MV fuses catalogue (ref: AC0479EN)

H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I 361
 Medium Voltage Switchgear components www.se.com

Usefull links
Learn more on our Medium Voltage products and technology to extend
your business opportunities
Helping you design MV products according to IEC standards
A • Our talented electrical distribution experts share their industry-leading knowledge
of technological developments and evolving medium-voltage standards.

MV Technical Guide

B
Helping protect people and systems from arc flash in medium
voltage equipment
• Easy to understand approach on arc flash systems installed in MV switchgear
C
Arc Flash eGuide

Improving your business with digital self-service

• Digital self-service helps your business improve flexibility and productivity,
D allowing you to quickly adapt to customer needs in changing times.

Digital Life Cycle eGuide

Schneider Electric EcoFit™ Life Extension Essential Catalog

E • Discover in a single catalog all assets and services to modernize existing MV and LV
installations by adding sensors and communication capabilities.

Catalog EcoFit™ Life Extension Essential

F
Leaflet EcoExpert Cerfified basic
• We offer Panel Builders an easy way to get into Medium Voltage business.

G Pre-assembled MV Switchgear

H Power Services Catalogues

• Download EcoXpert Power Services catalog:
Enhance your portfolio, strengthen customer loyalty, and drive your business forward by
leveraging our specialized services that complement your expertise as a Panel Builder.

I Power Services Catalog

Learn more about

Medium Voltage
J
Scan or
Switchgear click on
QR code
range here

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

362 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I
www.se.com

Incoming Protection

PowerLogic P1
General overview.....................................................................J-364
Technical characteristics.........................................................J-367
Product description - PowerLogic P1F....................................J-371
Product description - PowerLogic P1V....................................J-373

PowerLogic P3
General overview.....................................................................J-376
General characteristics PowerLogic P3 Standard...................J-380
General characteristics PowerLogic P3 Advanced..................J-382

PowerLogic P5
General overview.....................................................................J-386
General characteristics............................................................J-390
Technical characteristics.........................................................J-391

PowerLogic A1 and A3
General overview.....................................................................J-392
Technical characteristics.........................................................J-396

PowerLogic T300
General overview.....................................................................J-398
General characteristics............................................................J-402

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 363
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic P1

E
PowerLogic P1
Network protection relays
F

PowerLogic P1 at a glance Simple, reliable,

G Built on over a century of experience in medium-voltage and easy-to-use
protection relays, the new PowerLogic P1 is designed to meet
your customers’ needs for electrical protection, connectivity
protection relays
and everyday ease-of-use.

H PowerLogic P1 is designed to be an effective solution for simple

applications like overcurrent, earth-fault, voltage and frequency. Suited
for basic distribution applications in commercial and industrial buildings,
industrial settings or distribution utilities or as LV applications when ANSI
functions are required. Ideal for back-up protection in new installations
I or in retrofit applications when replacing legacy relays. Reduce time and
costs with simple installation, setting and configuration.
Get more benefits with digital, reliable and efficient PowerLogic P1:
• Single function voltage or current protection
• Incomer, feeder or transformer applications

J • Simple to order, install and operate.

364 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic P1

PowerLogic P1 relays provide features for easy adaptation to different

applications and operation conditions. The P1F and P1V models can be
The PowerLogic P1 relays are
suitable for the applications
fully configured manually, without using setting software.
A
Alternatively, eSetup Easergy Pro (or Easergy Studio) setting software
where overcurrent and/ allows configuration parameters to be modified for a specific application
or earth-fault and voltage via the USB port.
protection are required. IEC 60870-5-103 and Modbus RTU integrated communication protocols
are available for flexible integration into most substation control or
DCS systems.
B
PowerLogic P1F and P1V
models can be applied to Close and trip commands can be executed via functional key on the front
panel, default menu window, DCS/SCADA system (RS485) or configured
medium and low voltage binary input.
electrical systems.
Three level password gives proper access rights for secure maintenance
of the relay. C
As a device housed in a small sized flush-mountable case, the P1V and
P1F models can be easily installed in all modern, dimension-focused
switchgear panels, up to IP54 ingress protection degree.
The relay can be also considered as a cost-effective answer to retrofit
demands of older substations. D
In P1F we have, for overcurrent protection functionatily, selectable
measuring criteria: True RMS and/or fundamental frequency (Fourier)
current measurements allow to increase selectivity and adapt to the
application.
E

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 365
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic P1

Take PowerLogic protection relays further with EcoStruxureTM

A
EcoStruxure, Schneider Electric’s IoT-enabled, open and interoperable architecture
and platform, brings together Connected Products, Edge Control, and Apps,
Analytics & Services. EcoStruxure connected products deliver enhanced value
450 000
EcoStruxure systems
around safety, reliability, efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity. deployed since 2007
B with the support of our
9,000 system integrators

C EcoStruxure ready

E Efficient asset management 24/7 connectivity Enhanced safety

Help boost your efficiency and Make better informed decisions Advanced features designed-in
participate to reduce downtime with real-time data that’s available based on well-known designs,
using predictive maintenance tools everywhere, anytime experience and technology

G EcoStruxure™ architecture

Building Data center Industry Infrastructure

Apps, Analytics & Services

H
Cloud and/or 
cybersecurity

on-premises
End-to-end

Edge control

Connected products
I
EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure
Power Building IT Machine Plant Grid

366 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
PowerLogic P1

ANSI or IEC
A
Ideal for industrial buildings, distribution utilities and LV applications
(if ANSI functions are needed)

Features and options

B

P1F P1V C
Current 3CT + 1CT –

Voltage 1VT (option) 3VT or 4VT [*]

Overcurrent protection –

Directional earth-fault protection [*]

– D
Voltage protection –

Frequency protection – [*]

Inputs Up to 8 Up to 6
E
Outputs Up to 8 Up to 8

CE markings as per Directive Programmable LEDs 6 6

93/98/CEE CB control keys

ISO/EHS/OHSAS certified
manufacturing facility reinforces
Communications USB [*] & RS485 [*] USB [*] & RS485 [*]
F
product quality and reliability. Records [*] [*]

Independent lab reports

available for CE. Display LCD 32 x 2 LCD 32 x 2

[*] Depending on the model

G
Feeder Generator G
Green Premium
F
eco-mark: Busbar
H
Schneider Electric commits to
disclose reliable, comprehensive
information on the environmental V F F
impacts of our products.
I

Capacitor Feeder Transformer J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 367
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogic P1
Selection guide

PowerLogic P1F PowerLogic P1V

A Protection functions
Undervoltage
ANSI code
27
P1F1L P1F1L+
- -
P1F1N P1F1B P1F1A P1F1E P1F1E+
- - - - -
P1V1L
3
P1V1N
3
P1V1A
3

Positive sequence
27P - - - - - - - - - 2
undervoltage

Negative sequence
46 - - - - - 1 1 - - -
B overcurrent

Cur. unbalance,
46BC - - - - - 1 1 - - -
broken conductor

Negative sequence
47 - - - - - - - - 2 2
overvoltage

Thermal overload 49 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - - -
C Phase overcurrent 50/51 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -

Earth fault overcurrent 50N/51N 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 - - -

Breaker failure 50BF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - -

Switch On To Fault (SOTF) 50HS - - - 1 1 1 1 - - -

D Overvoltage 59 - - - - - - - 3 3 3

Neutral voltage displacement 59N - - - - - - - - 3 3

Derived Vo sequence
59N - - - - - - - 3 3 3
overvoltage

E VT supervision

Directional earth-fault o/c

60FL

67N/21Y [*]
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

2
-

-
1

-
1

Magnetizing inrush detection 68F2 - - - - 1 1 1 - - -

Auto-recloser 79 - - - - - 4 4 - - -

F Over or under frequency

Lockout
81

86
-

1
-

1
-

1
-

1
-

1
-

1
-

1
-

1
-

1
6

Cold load pick-up 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - -

Blocking logic - - - 1 1 1 1 - 1 1

G
IDMT curves 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 15 15 15

Setting groups 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

[*] E/F Protection can be set as directional E/F protection or admittance protection

368 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
PowerLogic P1
Selection guide

PowerLogic P1F PowerLogic P1V

Hardware
Phase current inputs
P1F1L P1F1L+
3 3
P1F1N P1F1B P1F1A P1F1E P1F1E+
3 3 3 3 3
P1V1L
-
P1V1N
-
P1V1A
-
A
Residual current inputs 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - -

Phase voltage inputs - - - - - - - 3 3 3

Neutral voltage inputs

Digital inputs
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

4
-

4
-

8
1

8
-

-
1

2
1

6
B
Digital outputs 3+WD 3+WD 5+WD 3+WD 7+WD 5+WD 5+WD 3+WD 5+WD 7+WD

USB front port - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1

C
RS485 rear port - 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1

Control functions
Local/remote function - b b b b b b - b b

Local control with I/O keys b b b b b b b b b b

Remote control with RS485 - b b b b b b - b b

Remote control with digital inputs - - - b b b b - - b D

Time Synchronisation with digital input - - - - - b b - - b
Measurement
RMS current values b b b b b b b - - -

Fundamental voltage values - - - - - - - - - b E

Frequency b b b b b b b - - b

Positive sequence of voltage - - - - - - - - - b

Negative sequence of voltage - - - - - - - - b b

Thermal overload - - b b b b b - - - F
Inrush current ratio - - - - b b b - - -

Positive sequence of current IS1 - - - - - b b - - -

Negative sequence of current IS2 - - - - - b b - - -

Relative IS2/IS1 - - - - - b b - - - G
Phase Peak Demand Current Values b b b b b b b - - -

Logs and Records

Tripping context record 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Sequence of event record - 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200 H
Disturbance record - - - - 4 sec 4 sec 3 sec - - 4 sec

Monitoring functions
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Circuit breaker monitoring & diagnostics

Counters
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
1

1
1

1
1

1
-

-
-

-
1

1
I
Self-supervision (WD) b b b b b b b b b b

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 369
 Technical characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogic P1
Communication

HMI/
SCADA Connection to SCADA using serial line
A This architecture allows you to connect HMI/SCADA to a set of
PowerLogic protection relays using a multi-drop serial communication
link with master-slave communication.
Serial Daisy chain
link

Available protocols: Time synchronisation protocol:

B • Modbus RTU
• IEC 60870-5-103
• Minute pulse

Relay 1 Relay 2 Relay n (n max= 32)

Connection to SCADA using serial lines and legacy protocols

This architecture allows you to connect HMI/SCADA to a set of
PowerLogic protection relays using a multi-drop serial communication
C link with master-slave communication protocols such as Modbus-RTU
or IEC 61870-5-103.
The RS485 serial communication port of the PowerLogic protection
relay enables simple daisy chaining suited for 2-wire. A termination
module is plugged into the last connection.

D
Data exchanged between
PowerLogic P1F / P1V and SCADA
E Protocol Modbus IEC 60870-5-103
Real time data
Measurement b b
Alarms and status b b
Controls b b
F Time-stamped events b b
System Historical data
.icd file configurator Disturbance records b -
Sequence of event record files b -
Setting management
G Setting group change
Settings
b
b
b
-
.scd file .iid file

H Engineering system
eSetup Easergy Pro
eSetup
eSetup Easergy Pro (or Easergy Studio) can be connected to a single
Easergy Pro
PowerLogic protection relay on the front USB port.
I eSetup Easergy Set allows you to prepare the configuration of the relay
without having any physical relay. For this purpose, eSetup Easergy Pro
provides the latest version of the configuration description file directly
from the web.

370 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
 www.se.com
Product description
PowerLogic P1F

Main features
PM107253

The following functions are generally available in all devices:

• Operate in 1, 2, or 3-phase arrangement
A
• Two setting groups, selected from the relay menu, binary input or
SCADA/DCS
• Flush mounted case
• Fundamental and True RMS (within a frequency range from 10 Hz
to 1 kHz) phase current value measurement
• 9 button keypad to input settings, configure the relay and close and
B
trip command and display (graphical)
• Fault record for most recent trips.

The P1F protection relays are comprised of a suite of protection

functions as well as auxiliaries. Each function can be individually
configured or disabled to suit every kind of application. C
All available functions, including protection, automation,
communication, LEDs, inputs and outputs, are easily programmable
through the user-friendly human machine interface and/or the eSetup
Customer benefits Easergy Pro software interface.
D
Learn more The graphical LCD provides the user with key information (faults,
measurements, settings, etc). The menus have a pull-down structure for
easy use and quick access to any data. User can switch HMI language
directly through the front panel.

8 LEDs (6 freely configurable) indicate the correct operation of the

relay as well as other information regarding the protection of the
E
electrical system.

The hardware architecture and software algorithms have been

designed to operate on very short failure detection times.
Tripping occurs typically within 40 ms. F

Application
PowerLogic P1F numerical overcurrent protection relay provides an
optimized solution. Typical applications are:
G
• Utility and industrial substation fitted with cost-optimized MV
switchboards
• Retrofit relays of old technology, particularly during installation of
DCS systems
• Transformers, incomers, bus couplers, overhead lines and
underground cables on MV systems
H
• Neutral system protection (insulated, solid and resistance earthed)
• LV substations.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 371
 Product description www.se.com

PowerLogic P1F

Protection function overview

A IEEE
device no.
PowerLogic P1F functions Model
L & L+
Model
N
Model
B
Model
A
Model
E
Model
E+
49 Thermal overload (true RMS) b b b b b
2 independent thresholds (Alarm, Trip)

50BF Circuit breaker failure b b b b b b

B 50/51 Three-phase non directional overcurrent

3 independent thresholds (21 groups of IDMT curves)
b b b b b b

Switch on to fault (SOTF) b b b b

Inrush blocking (2nd harmonic) b b b

C Selective relay scheme logic

Blocking logic b b
b

b
b

Cold Load Pick-Up b b b b b b

50N/51N Phase-earth non directional overcurrent b b b b b b

2 independent thresholds (21 groups of IDMT curves)

D 67N/21Y [1] Directional earth-fault protection (2 stages) b

46 Negative phase sequence overcurrent b b

46BC Broken conductor detection (I2 / I1) b b

79 Auto reclose (4 shots) b b

E 86 Output relay latching b b b b b b

Binary inputs 0 0 4 4 8 8

Output relays 3 5 3 7 5 5

Watchdog contact 1 1 1 1 1 1

F Phase current inputs (0.1-40 In) 3 3 3 3 3 3

Neutral current input (0.01-2 IN or 0.05-12 IN) 1 1 1 1 1 1

Neutral voltage input (5-130 V) 1

Circuit breaker supervision b b b

G Trip circuit supervision b b b

Event recording b [2] 200 200 200 200 200

Fault recording 20 20 20 20 20 20

Disturbance recording 4s 4s 3s

H CB condition monitoring and Counters b b b

Setting groups 2 2 2 2 2 2

Time synchronisation (via binary input) b b

LCD display Back-lit Back-lit Back-lit Back-lit Back-lit Back-lit

I Mini-USB front port b b b b b

Powering thru mini-USB front port b b b b b

Remote communication (RS485) b [2] Modbus / Modbus / Modbus / Modbus / Modbus /

IEC103 IEC103 IEC103 IEC103 IEC103

J Measurements

CB control via front keys / RS485 / Binary input

b

b /-/-
b

b /-/-
b

b/b/b
b

b/b/b
b

b/b/b
b

b/b/b

[1] E/F Protection can be set as directional E/F protection or admittance protection
[2] If the relay is equiped with RS485

372 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
 www.se.com
Product description
PowerLogic P1V

Main features
PM107253

PowerLogic P1V is a basic numerical relay that helps to provide

reliable and effective voltage and frequency protection with
A
automation, control and measurement functions. It may be applied to
all low voltage or medium voltage applications as a primary or back-up
protection device.

PowerLogic P1V has always been strongly linked to flexible and easy-
to-use protection relays. It inherits the well known MiCOM Px10 and
B
VAMP 11V series. With attention to simplicity and cost effectiveness,
the PowerLogic P1V becomes the reference for the most efficient
devices for standard protection applications.

Thanks to the cost to functionality ratio, the PowerLogic P1V is an

innovative solution that is tailored to user’s needs and can be applied C
in any type of low or medium voltage nework where voltage or
frequency protection is required.

Many selectable options embedded in the relay offer a high level

Customer benefits of flexibility in terms of application and maintenance. VT ratio,
communication protocol, HMI language or independent settings of D
Learn more hysteresis for under or over-voltage protection are all selectable in the
menu. Moreover, only 3 relay models are used to accomodate specific
aplications and operating conditions. This approach helps optimise the
protection to the requirements and helps minimize wasted functionality
and cost. A unique list of only 10 model variants (type designations)
cover all model, voltage input range and auxiliary power supply
options, meaning that ordering and spares holding is simplified for
E
ease of use.

Switchable serial communication (IEC 6087-5-103 or Modbus) allows

the device to connect to almost any kind of scada system. A front USB
port and multilingual HMI makes PowerLogic P1V user-friendly with
reduced maintenance costs.
F
PowerLogic P1V is housed in a standard flush mounting case which
can be complemented by two optional accessories:
• Wall mounting adaptor
• Transparent plastic front cover to limit unauthorized access.
G

Application
PowerLogic P1V is a basic numerical relay provides reliable and
effective voltage or voltage and frequency protection with automation,
H
control and measurement functions. Typical applications are:
• LV or MV applications
• Primary or back-up protection device
• Retrofit of electromechanical relay.
I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 373
 Product description www.se.com

PowerLogic P1V

Protection function overview

A IEEE
device no.
PowerLogic P1V functions Model L Model N Model A

Phase-to-neutral or phase to phase voltage protection b b b

27 Phase under voltage (AND/OR logic) b b b

B 59

59N
Phase over voltage (AND/OR logic)

Neutral voltage displacement

b b

b
b

59N Derived Vo sequence over voltage b b b

47 Negative sequence over voltage b b

C 27D

81U/81O
Positive sequence under voltage

Under/Over frequency
b

86 Output relay latching b b b

Blocking logic b b

D Settable histeresis b b b

Binary inputs 0 2 6

Output relays 3 5 7

Watchdog contact 1 1 1

E Phase voltage inputs

Neutral voltage
3 3

1
3

Remote communication (RS485) Modbus / Modbus /

IEC103 IEC103

Mini-USB front port b b

F Powering thru mini-USB front port b

Event recording 200 200

Fault recording 20 20 20

Disturbance recording 4s

G Counters b

Setting groups 2 2 2

Time synchronisation (via binary input) b

VT Supervision b b

H CB Supervision b b

CB control via front keys / RS485 / Binary input b /-/- b/b/- b/b/b

Learn more about

J
Scan or
PowerLogic P1
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

374 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 375
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic P3

E
PowerLogic P3
Network protection relays
F PowerLogic P3 is a complete range of protection relays for medium
voltage applications, including feeder, motor, transformer, and generator
protection. It embeds all the latest communication protocols on serial or
Ethernet links. Check

G Based on more than 100 years of experience in network protection the brochure Scan or
relays, PowerLogic P3 benefits from the reliability of Sepam, MiCOM click on
and Vamp. QR code

H Unparalleled Better Enhanced

Efficiency Connectivity Safety

I • Simple selection and ordering with • Simpler operation and maintenance • Embedded arc protection
EcoReal MV with the EcoStruxure™ Power • Built-in virtual injection testing
• Simplified configuration with the new Device app
• Compliant with international
eSetup Easergy Pro setting tool • 9 communication protocols in one standards (i.e. IEC 60255-1).
J • Faster delivery with on-the-shelf
availability of standard configurations.
box, including IEC 61850
• Increased number of inputs and
outputs for more possibilities.

376 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic P3

Range overview

A
P3G30/P3G32 P3U30 P3T32 P3U30 P3F30/P3L30 P3U30 P3M30/P3M32
Generator Universal Transformer Universal Directional Universal Motor
differential differential & Line diff. differential

 B

 
T U L L F U
 C
G G U U U U U U M

T U L L G U M M D

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 377
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic P3

PowerLogic P3 is a family of digital protection relays for

distribution networks dedicated to:
A • Buildings and Industry:
- Retail
- Hotels
- Education and research
- Transportation
B - Industrial buildings

• Utilities - Energy distribution.

PowerLogic P3 Standard
• Large sites:
C - Mineral and Metals
- Water.

D PowerLogic P3 protection relay is based on proven technology

concepts and developed in close cooperation with customers,
so it’s built to meet your toughest demands. It’s available in two
sizes to best fit your needs:

• The PowerLogic P3 Standard combines protection functions such as directional

E earth fault for feeder and motor protection in a one-box solution
• The PowerLogic P3 Advanced features a modular design that allows user-
defined conventional protection and arc flash protection solutions in both new
and existing power distribution systems.
PowerLogic P3 Advanced

F PowerLogic products are designed to be user friendly, a feature

that is proven in our customer reports day after day. You’ll benefit
from features that include:

G
• A complete set of protection functions, related to the application
• Arc detection (PowerLogic P3 Advanced)
• Dedicated circuit breaker control with single-line diagram, push buttons,
programmable function key and LEDs, and a customizable alarm
• Multilingual HMI for customized messaging
• Settings tool relay management software for setting parameters, configuring,

H and network fault simulation

• Both serial and Ethernet communication, including redundancy
• IEC 61850 standard Ed.1 & Ed.2.

378 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic P3

Take the PowerLogic P3 further with EcoStruxureTM

A
EcoStruxure, Schneider Electric’s IoT-enabled, open and interoperable architecture
and platform, brings together Connected Products, Edge Control, and Apps,
Analytics & Services. EcoStruxure connected products deliver enhanced value
450 000
EcoStruxure systems
around safety, reliability, efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity. deployed since 2007
with the support of our
9,000 system integrators B

EcoStruxure ready C

Efficient asset management 24/7 connectivity Enhanced safety E

Help boost your efficiency and Make better informed decisions Advanced features designed-in
participate to reduce downtime with real-time data that’s available based on well-known designs,
using predictive maintenance tools everywhere, anytime experience and technology

G
EcoStruxure™ architecture

Building Industry Infrastructure

Apps, Analytics & Services H

Cloud and/or 
cybersecurity

on-premises
End-to-end

Edge control

Connected products
I
EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure
Power Building IT Machine Plant Grid

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 379
 General characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogic P3 Standard

The PowerLogic P3 Standard protection relay has been developed to meet your standard
A protection needs for building, distribution utilities, and industrial applications.
Thanks to its optimized and flexible design, the PowerLogic P3 Standard provides an excellent
solution for various protection applications.

B The user-friendly PowerLogic P3

PowerLogic P3 Standard at a glance
Standard brings greater efficiency Universal
to your operations by enabling rapid • All-in-one box with feeder, transformer, and motor protections
ordering, configuration, and operations
• All communication protocols embedded on serial and Ethernet links
for an unparalleled digital experience including IEC 61850 ed.1 and ed. 2.
C Robust
• Best-in class reliability based on 100+ years of experience in Sepam,
MiCOM and Vamp relays
• Strong tests performed in international laboratories
• Compliant to IEC electro-mechanical standards

D • Designed for demanding industrial conditions with conformal-coated

printed circuit boards.

Efficient and connected

• Easy to order with 10 standard configurations delivered off the shelf in less
than 7 days (location dependent)

E • Easy to configure with the unique eSetup Easergy Pro setting software
• Easy to test with the virtual simulation test for direct injection of current and
voltage from eSetup Easergy Pro
• Easy to install with withdrawable rear connectors with CT shortening
• Easy to use and maintain with the embedded web-HMI and EcoStruxure™
Power Device app for direct access on site via your laptop, smartphone,

F or tablet.

380 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General characteristics
PowerLogic P3 Standard

PowerLogic P3 is designed to cover all the standard applications with

only one device: the Universal Protection.
A
U
Feeder
U
U U U U
B

C
M
  
Capacitor Motor Feeder Transformer
D
PowerLogic P3 Standard is available in 2 models:
Model Communication Main advantages
PowerLogic P3U20
• 4 CT / 1VT
• 10 DI / 5 DO / WD
Open communication Openness to IEC 61850, while
protocols on serial or Ethernet keeping the core functionnalities
E
• 8 DI / 8 DO / WD links, with IEC 61850 of PowerLogic P3 Standard relay

PowerLogic P3U30
• 4 CT / 4VT Open communication Wide scope of possibilities,
• 16 DI / 8 DO / WD
• 14 DI /11 DO / WD
protocols on serial or Ethernet with the directional protection,
links, with IEC 61850 synchro-check, fault location,
and increased number of input
F
and outputs

A common set of functions extends the possibilities of protection

and control:
• Single-line diagrams (mimic) in the display
• Programmable protection stages
G
• Programmable logics
• 2 programmable function keys
• Synchro-check function
• Direct-access USB port
• Up to 8 objects controlled.
H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 381
 General characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogic P3 Advanced

The PowerLogic P3 advanced is a protection relay developed to satisfy the protection needs
A for buildings, distribution utilities, and industrial applications. Thanks to a wide scope of
functionality and Ethernet communication, PowerLogic P3 advanced provides a cost-effective
solution for the upper end of protection requirements in these applications.

B Protect your staff and equipment and

PowerLogic P3 Advanced at a glance
ensure safer operations with Extended capabilities
PowerLogic P3 Advanced’s built-in • Extended protection functions, including differential of line, transformer,
arc flash detection and protection motor, and generator
functions. • Arc flash detection
C You will experience greater operational
efficiency with rapid ordering,
• All communication protocols embedded on serial and Ethernet links,
including IEC 61850 ed.1 and ed. 2
configuration, and operations for • Increased number of inputs and outputs.
an unparalleled digital experience
provided with PowerLogic P3. Robust
• Best-in class reliability based on 100+ years of experience in Sepam,

D MiCOM and Vamp relays

• Strong tests performed in international laboratories
• Compliant with IEC electro-mechanical standards.

Efficient and connected

• Easy to configure with the unique eSetup Easergy Pro setting software

E • Easy to test with the virtual simulation test for direct injection of current and
voltage from eSetup Easergy Pro
• Easy to use and maintain with the embedded web-HMI and EcoStruxure™
Power Device app for direct access on site via your laptop, smartphone,
or tablet.

382 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General characteristics
PowerLogic P3 Advanced

PowerLogic P3 is designed to cover a large scope of applications.

A
Line Differential G
Generator
L G Differential

U M T
B
Feeder

M Motor
Differential
Transformer
Differential
C
 

PowerLogic P3 Advanced is designed in 7 models, per application:

Model Function
D
PowerLogic P3F
30 Feeder Protection
PowerLogic P3L
30
PowerLogic P3M
Line Line differential
E
30 Motor Protection
32 Motor Differential
PowerLogic P3G
30 Generator Protection
32
PowerLogic P3T
Generator Differential
F
32 Transformer Differential

A common set of functions extends the possibilities of protection

and control: G
• Single-line diagrams (mimic) in the display
• Programmable protection stages
• Programmable logics
• 2 programmable function keys
• Synchro-check function
• Direct-access USB port
H
• Up to 6 objects controlled
• Arc flash protection.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 383
 Selection guide www.se.com

PowerLogic P3 Advanced

PowerLogic™ P3 Standard PowerLogic™ P3 Advanced

PowerLogic™ P3 contains
A Two main devices, each with specif-
ic functions to address your needs
in a one-box design, regardless
of application.

B P3F30
with directional
Feeder -
P3L30
line differential
P3U20 P3U30 P3T32
Transformer with O/C with directional O/C - with differential

C
with directional E/F with voltage protection
Motor P3M30 P3M32
with differential

Generator P3G30 P3G32

with differential
Characteristics
Phase current 1/5A CT or LPCT (x3) (5) 1/5A CT or LPCT (x3) (5) 1/5A CT (x6)
(1/5A+0.2/1A) CT 2 x (1/5A+0.2/1A) CT,

D
Measuring inputs Residual current 1/5A CT or 0.2/1A CT or CSH 2A/20A
(1/5A + CSH 2/20A) 1 x (1/5A) CT
Voltage VT (x1) VT (x4) or LPVT (x4) (5) VT (x4) or LPVT (x4) (5) VT (x4)
Loop sensor: 1 Loop sensor: 1
Arc-flash sensor input -
Point sensor: 2, 4 or 6 (1) (2) Point sensor: 2, 4 or 6 (1)
Input 10/8 14/16 6 to 36 6 to 16
Digital
Output 5/8 + SF 11/8 + SF 10 to 21 + SF 10 to 13 + SF
Input 0 or 4 (1) 0 or 4 (1)

E
Analogue
Output 0 or 4 (1) 0 or 4 (1)
Temperature sensor input 0 or 8 or 12 (1) 0 or 8 or 12 (1)
Front port USB type B USB type B
24 Vdc or 24...48 Vdc (20...57 Vdc) or 24...48 Vdc (20...57 Vdc) or 110...240 Vdc/ac
Nominal power supply
48 – 240 Vdc/ac (39...265 Vdc/ac) (4) (88...265 V dc/ac)
Ambient temperature, in service -40...60 °C (-40...140 °F) -40...60 °C (-40...140 °F)
Communication
F Rear ports
RS232, IRIG/B, RS485, Ethernet
IEC61850 ed1 & ed2
IEC 60870-5-101 & 103
DNP3 over Ethernet
DNP3 serial

G
Protocols Modbus serial
Modbus over Ethernet
Ethernet IP (6)
Profibus DP
SPAbus
Redundancy protocols (RSTP/PRP)
Others
H Control
4 objects
4 displays
4 objects
8 displays
8 objects
3-8 display
Logic (Matrix + Logic equation)
Withdrawable CT connector with shorting -
Remote HMI -
Hardware dimensions (W/H/D) 171 x 176 x 214(3) mm/6.73 x 6.93 x 8.43 in 264 x 177 x 208 mm/10.39 x 6.97 x 8.19 in

I [1] Depends on optional module

[2] P3L30 can have 1 loop or 2-point sensors only
[3] 226 mm (8.90 in) with ring-lug connectors
[4] Check the available power supply range from the device’s serial number label
[5] LPCT and LPVT for P3U30, P3F30, P3M30 relays only
[6] Consult us for availability

Learn more about

J
Scan or
PowerLogic P3
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

384 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 385
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

E
PowerLogic P5
Network protection relays
F

The PowerLogic P5 at a glance

G The PowerLogic P5 is a protection relay for demanding medium-voltage applications. It offers users industry-leading dedicated
protection relay functionality to reduce risks, improve reliability, all with advanced connectivity. Additionally, it can be used with
a range of digital tools that make everyday operations simpler for users. The PowerLogic P5 is part of the PowerLogic range of
power monitoring and control solutions and has been built on more than 100 years of experience in protection relays, including
Sepam, MiCOM, and Vamp ranges, renowned for their reliability and performance.

H Industry-leading protection functions Maximized everyday simplicity

• Built-in arc-flash protection function (optional) • Easier operation with digital tools including the
• Nearby control with a mobile application EcoStruxure Power Device app
• Latest cybersecurity built in, certifed according to IEC 62443 4-2 Security Level 1 • Powerful communication with plug and play ports
and seven protocols supported
I
and Achilles Level 2.
• Scalable hardware making it easy to upgrade as
Best-in-class reliability your applications evolve.

• Withdrawable design for quicker maintenance

• Backup memory function enabling industry-leading 10 minute recovery time!
• Condition monitoring for reduced risk of power outages and maximized
J equipment life
• Extended equipment lifetime when used with EcoStruxure Asset Advisor.

386 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic P5

Enjoy a package of sought-after features in one device

A

D
The PowerLogic P5 is a major step forward for protection relays, combining best-in-class features together in one device.

Built-in arc-flash protection functions

Arc-flashes will always exist when switching or during
Improved recovery time
When maintenance or testing is required, PowerLogic P5 helps dramatically
E
unexpected conditions. decrease your outage recovery time. The backup memory can automatically
If the protection function detects an arc-flash, restore settings, you can continue your operations in as little as 10 minutes.[*]
it isolates the connected circuit breaker within
[*] Result of mean time to repair (MTTR) calculation conducted by Schneider Electric
milliseconds, preventing a growing arc-flash energy
and thus an unexpected risk of outage.
Greater connectivity F
Advanced cybersecurity The protection relay features seven communication protocols. This includes
compliance with IEC 61850 Edition 1 and Edition 2, Modbus (serial/TCP),
With its optional cybersecurity package the
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-101, Ethernet/IP, and DNP3 (serial/TCP).
PowerLogic P5 is one of the first protection relays to
PowerLogic P5 can support up to 3 Ethernet protocols simultaneously, including
be third-party certified according to IEC 62443 4-2
offering dual redundancy with PRP/HSR and RSTP protocols. Moreover,
G
standard at Security Level 1. This means reduced
all communication modules can be added at any time, including on-site,
exposure to cyber threats and improved operational
during the product life cycle to allow you to upgrade your device in line with
security.
future network evolutions.
By default, the PowerLogic P5 includes important
features such as password management,
port hardening and secured communication
compliant to the latest standards.

Intuitive withdrawable design H

With a handle built in as part of the design, the P5
can be quickly disconnected or exchanged to speed
up maintenance. Wiring, data, communication,
and settings (including backup) can be stored with
the panel and will be there when the relay
is reconnected. I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 387
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

Make everyday operations easier with digital tools

A

F The PowerLogic P5’s industry leading protection features are complemented by a comprehensive set of tools available on mobile devices
such as smartphones or tablets, and desktop computers. This means you get simpler installation, configuration, and maintenance,
enabling you to save time and money. Nearby control and monitoring allows users to fully operate the device via wireless communication,
from a safer distance.

Digital tools for the PowerLogic P5 include:

G • EcoStruxure Power Build – Medium Voltage online ordering tool enables quicker and easier ordering
• eSetup Easergy Pro software with virtual injection testing
• Embedded web server, allowing easy and fast setting changes from a web browser
• EcoStruxure™ Power Device app for simpler and safer operation and maintenance

H • mySchneider app, a simple way to access support and product data by flashing the QR code on the device.

As an EcoStruxure-ready solution, the PowerLogic P5’s digital benefits can be taken even further with best-in-class monitoring of substation
equipment health. For example, when paired with EcoStruxure Asset Advisor, users get data for predictive maintenance, which helps them
reduce OpEx, speed up processes, and boost efficiency.

388 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic P5

Take the PowerLogic P5 further with EcoStruxureTM

A
EcoStruxure, Schneider Electric’s IoT-enabled, open and interoperable architecture
and platform, brings together Connected Products, Edge Control, and Apps,
Analytics & Services. EcoStruxure connected products deliver enhanced value
450 000
EcoStruxure systems
around safety, reliability, efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity. deployed since 2007
with the support of our
9,000 system integrators B

EcoStruxure ready C

Efficient asset management 24/7 connectivity Enhanced safety E

Help boost your efficiency and Make better informed decisions Advanced features designed-in
participate to reduce downtime with real-time data that’s available based on well-known designs,
using predictive maintenance tools everywhere, anytime experience and technology

EcoStruxure™ architecture
G
Building Data center Industry Infrastructure

Apps, Analytics & Services

H
Cloud and/or 
cybersecurity

on-premises
End-to-end

Edge control

Connected products

I
EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure EcoStruxure
Power Building IT Machine Plant Grid

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 389
 General characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

PowerLogic P5 protection relay is based on proven technology concepts and developed

in close cooperation with customers, so it’s built to meet your toughest demands:
A • Modular design that allows user-defined conventional protection and arc-flash protection solutions
• Compatible with conventional CTs/VTs or low power instrument transformers LPCT/LPVT compliant to
IEC 61869-10 and IEC 61869-11
• Embeds latest cybersecurity functionality to help prevent intentional mis-use and cyber-threats
• Fast replacement with enhanced safety thanks to withdrawability and back-up memory that automatically

B
restore parameters without using any configuration tools
• Advanced logic engine (option) supports the most complex automation & control schemes.

PowerLogic products are designed to be user friendly, a feature that is proven in our
customer reports day after day. You’ll benefit from features that include:
• A complete set of protection functions, related to the application

C • Arc-flash detection in PowerLogic P5x30 models

• Dedicated circuit breaker control with single-line diagram, push buttons, programmable function keys, LEDs,
and customizable alarms
• Multilingual HMI for customized messaging
• Settings tool relay management software for setting parameters, configuring, and network fault simulation
• Both serial and Ethernet communication, including redundancy

D • IEC 61850 communication protocol including flexible product naming for smooth multi-vendor integration.

PowerLogic P5 is available in two sizes to PowerLogic P5 digital protection relays are designed for power
best fit your needs: distribution networks in:
• Utilities - Energy distribution. • Large industrial processes:

E • Critical buildings and Industry:

-
-
Oil and Gas
Mining
- Data Center - Mineral and Metals
- Healthcare - Water.
- Transportation
- Industrial buildings.

F PowerLogic P5x20 PowerLogic P5x30

Range overview

G
P3G30/P3G32 P3U30 P3T32 P3U30 P3F30/P3L30 P3U30 P3M30/P3M32
Generator Universal Transformer Universal Directional Universal Motor
differential differential & Line diff. differential


H 
 
T U L L F U

I G G U U U U U U M

T U L L G U M M
J

390 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
Technical characteristics
PowerLogic P5

PowerLogic P5

Technical characteristics
PowerLogic P5
Electrical characteristics

Power supply
www.se.com www.se.com

Digital inputs
Technical characteristics
PowerLogic P5
Electrical characteristics
CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE FUNCTIONAL
A
DESCRIPTIONS
Rated voltage P5x20 24-250 Vdc; 100-230 Vac Rated voltage 240 V DC or AC
P5x30 24-48 Vdc Switching threshold voltage 10 to 200 V, settable
48-250 Vdc; 100-230 Vac Current drain 1 to 28 mA, settable [1]
Variation -20% / +20% Digital outputs (relays)
Typical burden [1] P5x20 4 W ; 10 VA at 230 Vac
Control relay outputs
P5x30 8 W ; 15 VA at 230 Vac
Rated voltage 240 V DC or AC
Maximum burden P5x20 6 W ; 15 VA at 230 Vac
Continuous current 8A
P5x30 11 W ; 22 VA at 230 Vac
Making current 30 A, 200 ms
Maximum interruption time 100 ms
Breaking capacity (L/R < 40 ms) 50 W (24 to 127 V) / 30W (240 V) [2]
Measurement Inputs
Signaling relay output
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Rated voltage 240 V DC or AC
Phase CT and standard earth/ground fault CT inputs Continuous current 2A
Rated current 1A/ 5A Breaking capacity (L/R < 20 ms) 2 A (24 V) / 1 A (48 V) / 0.2 A (127 V) /
Input impedance < 0.02 Ohm 0.1 A (240 V)
Thermal withstand, continuous 20 A High-speed and high-break output
Thermal withstand, 1 s 500 A Rated voltage 240 V DC or AC
Very sensitive earth/ground fault CT input Continuous current 10 A
Rated current 1A Making current 30 A, 200 ms
Input impedance < 0.02 Ohm Breaking capacity (L/R < 40 ms) 10 A (24 to 240 V)
Thermal withstand, continuous 4A Closing / opening time 1 ms / 200 ms
Thermal withstand, 1 s 100 A [1] According to configuration
CSH input (for 470/1 dedicated sensors) [2] 50 W at 24 V with additional customer protection (RC or zener diode)

Rated current 2 A / 20 A (primary value)

Input impedance < 0.02 Ohm
Thermal withstand, continuous 300 A (primary value)
Thermal withstand, 1 s 20 kA (primary value)
LPCT inputs
Rated voltage 22.5 mV
Extended rated voltage 0.25 to 31.5 rated voltage
Input impedance 2 MOhms / 500 pF
Thermal withstand 60 V
VT inputs
Rated voltage 200 V
Input impedance > 100 kOhms
Voltage withstand, continuous 1.2 rated voltage

B
LPVT inputs
Rated voltage 3.25 V/ 3
Extended rated voltage 0.25 to 1.5 rated voltage
Input impedance 10 MOhms / 15 pF
Thermal withstand 25 V
[1] According to configuration

Easy UPS Series Easy UPS Series

C
PowerLogic P5U20

Functional description
PowerLogic P5U20
Universal application with CT
www.se.com www.se.com

Universal application with LPCT/LPVT

Functional description
PowerLogic P5U20 CLICK HERE TO SEE
PowerLogic P5U20 is used for feeder (incomer and outgoing), motor, or distribution
transformer protection.
PowerLogic P5U20 with Low Power CTs/VTs can be used for feeder (incoming and
outgoing), motor, or distribution transformer protection. It offers essential current and THE ELECTRICAL

D
It offers a complete set of c urrent-based protection functions and measurement, control voltage based protection functions, measurements, control facilities and recording/
facilities and recording/monitoring functionsfor efficient operation of the power system. monitoring features for efficient operation of the power system. It is designed for use with

CHARACTERISTICS
low-power sensors and is applicable in distribution networks of industrial installations
and utility substations for all levels of voltages.
DM107150

eSetup
Easergy Pro
HMI interface ON Cable
DM107150b

Mimic Diagram eSetup

ref: 59700 Easergy Pro
USB
I1: 0.0A 6 programmable HMI interface ON Cable
front
I2: 0.0A 3-color LEDs Mimic Diagram
ports ref: 59700
I3: 0.0A
P : 0.0W USB
I1: 0.0A 6 programmable
V : 0.0V front
Control buttons F1 1 Function key I2: 0.0A 3-color LEDs ports
I3: 0.0A
P : 0.0W
Programmable Logic V : 0.0V
Control buttons F1 1 Function key
AND TIMER
Inputs XOR Output

OR COUNTER
Programmable Logic
AND TIMER

Setting groups:4 Inputs XOR Output

Ethernet module - Slot M Slot M Slot M + N
OR COUNTER
68 Protocols Redundancy RJ45 RJ45 LC LC
79 99 38
H2/H5 49T
• IEC 61850 protocol:
• Modbus • RSTP OR Setting groups:4
• DNP3.0 Ethernet module - Slot M Slot M Slot M + N
• Ethernet/IP RJ45 RJ45
SOTF 74 86 68 38 Protocols Redundancy LC LC
OR H2/H5 79 99 • IEC 61850 protocol:
Serial module - Slot N Redundancy protocols: 49T
Slot N • Modbus • RSTP OR
• HSR • DNP3.0
Protocols Electrical RJ45 RJ45 • Ethernet/IP
CLPU ST
• Modbus connection: • PRP SOTF 74 86
• DNP3.0
OR OR
• RS485 Time synchronization: Serial module - Slot N Redundancy protocols:
• IEC -101 2/4 wires Slot N
48 • IEC -103 • PTP • HSR
37 66 Protocols Electrical RJ45 RJ45
51LR CLPU ST • PRP
• Modbus connection:
Extension module - Slot P • DNP3.0
OR
• RS485 Time synchronization:
• IEC -101 2/4 wires
RJ45 48 • IEC -103 • PTP
37 66 51LR
59C Back-up RTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8
memory
59641 Extension module - Slot P
12 RJ45
49
59C 81R 81 Back-up
67 RTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8
81U memory
59641
RTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8
50BF 14 12
59641 49
OR
50 RTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8
ABS 47 14
51 REL51045 50BF 59641
OR
De-modulated Modulated
IRIG-B IRIG-B
51C 50 59N ABS
REL51045
51
67N De-modulated Modulated
46
IRIG-B IRIG-B
46BC 50N
6I/4O board - Slot C 12I/4O board - Slot C
DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 DI1* DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 27

60 51N OR 46
DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 DI7 DI8 DI9 DI10 DI11 DI12 46BC 50N 59 6I/4O board - Slot C 12I/4O board - Slot C
I1 / I2 / I3 Io/Io’ DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 DI1* DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6

Analog measurement board - Slot A Power Supply - Slot B * Speed detection 60 OR

51N 60 DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 DI7 DI8 DI9 DI10 DI11 DI12
Current input DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4
OR
I1 / I2 / I3 Io V/Vo DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4
I1 I2 I3 Io Io’ DO1 DO2 DO3 WD
5I/5O board - Slot C Measurement board - Slot A Power Supply - Slot B * Speed detection
DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4
Current input Voltage input OR
Other types DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 DO5 I1 I2 I3 Io V1 V2 V3 Vo DO1 DO2 DO3 WD
5I/5O board - Slot C
of control
DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5

Other types DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 DO5

of control

Circuit-breaker controls

Depends on the configuration

Circuit-breaker controls

Easy UPS Series Easy UPS Series

Learn more about

J
Scan or
PowerLogic P5
click on
range here QR code

Offer Catalogue
If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 391
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3

F PowerLogic™ A1 and A3
Arc Flash Mitigation devices

G
PowerLogic A1 and A3 are designed to mitigate the Arc
fault inside electrical cubicles. That will reduce the Arc flash PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 are designed
damages and impacts. to adapt to small to medium size
installation. The mechanical design,
Arc flash fault is an electrical phenomenon that occurs when electricity installation possibilities, simple wiring,
H passes through an air gap between two conductors. This develops
an arc of electrical current resulting in a powerful release of energy,
and adapted configuration modes make
the PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 to adapt to
usually in the form of heat, light, and sound. The arc flash fault can be
caused by many factors, which includes improper installation, loose or different users during the life cycle of
corroded connections, or a fault in the electrical system. That can be very this range.
dangerous, as it releases tremendous amount of energy quickly.

392 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic A1 and A3

Secured and Fast Connection

A

PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 are designed to simplify all the steps of the product life cycle.
E

Design Configure
1 4
The PowerLogic™ modular design
helps the solution designer to
PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 can be
easily configured by using dip
F
allocate each device per cubicle or switches or rotary switches and cover
group of cubicles, that makes the all basic applications. In case of
solution structure easier and faster complex installation, PowerLogic™
to design. A3 can be configured by Easergy
Pro configuration tool. For most G
Order applications, a screwdriver is enough.
2 The PowerLogic™ modular Operate
approach makes easier to order 5
different pieces and build, while During operation, PowerLogic™ Arc
reducing ordering range provide easy LED indication
on error information, trips or sensors
H
errors and simplifying the
management of product stocks. detection or defects. An operator can
easely identify and operate on the
Arc flash devices.
Install
3 By multiple installation possibilities Maintain I
and product optimized sizes, 6
During periodic maintenance,
PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 can be
PowerLogic™ Arc range allows to
installed in different environment in
move product on test mode to check
new or existing cubicles.
sensors without tripping.
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 393
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3

Smart Design for Easy Installation

A • Arc flash protection is required for both LV • If the panel depth is lower, PowerLogic™ Arc
and MV cubicle. devices could be installed with on the side
Cubicle constructions are different depends DIN rail mounting.
on voltage levels, electrical distribution That makes the depth 70 mm for A125 or
structure, national standards, and habits. A3-F devices, and 35 mm for A3-S devices.
B It makes installation constraints different for The modification of the DIN rail mounting
each cubicle. fixation from back to side is easy and fast.

• The Arc flash protection could be installed in • Flush mounting accessories are designed
newly constructed panels or undated panels to allow a robust and secured front panel
in existing cubicles in case of retrofit. mounting of PowerLogic™ A1 and A3
C In retrofit, electrical panels are generally devices.
fulfilled with other equipment and in this case,
a newly added device should be compact to • In all mounting positions, devices LEDs are
fit inside available rooms. visually accessible.

D • PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 range provide • For faster and secured installation, product
several installation possibilities. wiring is easier to pluggable connector.
All devices can be fixed on back DIN rail
mounting.
With a total depth of 120 mm, devices could
be installed easily in LV panels.

E
Mechanical Mounting

F Three Mounting modes for easy mounting in green field and brown field application

H
• DIN Rail Back Mounting: • DIN Rail Side Mounting: • DIN Rail Flush Mounting:
for dept cubicle like in MV for limited depth cubicle like in LV to get product access of the cubicle front

394 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogic A1 and A3

The PowerLogic™ Arc range can be deployed in a single MV cubicle where three sensors can secure the arc protection up
A
to medium size application with numbers of MV switchgears or LV switchboards.
The connection flexibility and the easy logic built for common protection schematics, makes this range accessible and easy
to use for more applications.
Selecting the right device becomes simple and helps to avoid any error. B

The PowerLogic™ Arc range for small to medium size applications is composed by:

• PowerLogic™ A1: stand-alone device for • PowerLogic™ A3: can be used as stand-alone device or associated
C
cubicle protection. to other A3 devices and build a system solution. PowerLogic™ A3
devices could be connected through a high-speed bus to perform
high performance protection at system construction.

Selection guide
PowerLogic™ Arc A125 A3-F6P A3-F12P A3-S6P A3-S12P
E

Number of Light sensors 4 6 12 6 12

Trip outputs

Watchdog trip
2

1
3

0
2

1
1

0
0
G
Operation mode Stand Alone System Main unit Extension Modules to A3-F

Power supply Yes Yes Yes - -

H
POE (Power Over Ethernet) - Yes Yes Yes Yes

Dimensions (mm / in) 70.6 x 134.4 x 126.2 / 2.78 x 5.29 x 4.97 34 x 134.4 x 125.1 / 1.34 x 5.29 x 4.92

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 395
 General characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3
PowerLogicTM A125 Functions

We can supply an arc flash protection system tailored

A to your application

PowerLogic™ A125 at a glance

B • Dedicated unit for each bay User benefits
VAMP 125 Arc flash protection units are
versatile and independently operating • Suitable product
devices for bay based protection. Fit to various customer segments like
utilities, commercial and industrial
C • Designed for partners
They offer optimized and cost effective
buildings, mining, steel, cement, other
industry and OEMs.
solutions for panel builders and OEMs.
An arc flash protection unit • Easy to integrate
• Hardware is a protective device used
to enhance the environment – QR code for product identification
– Interface for four Arc flash sensors of your installation. and documentation
– Two output relays: One relay output,
D one high speed output
– Simple configuration and
commissioning
– One change-over output for self-
supervision • Easy to use
– Wide range auxiliary power supply – Easy entry to arc flash protection
– External inputs for remote control – One variant with wide-range power

E – External input for current criteria supply

– Optimized for standard switchgear
configurations

F Example of application
One or two incomers and several
outgoing feeders
G The following applications are typically used for arc flash protection in MV
power distribution in commercial buildings and light industries. The arc T1
flash protection is commercialized using A125 arc flash protection units,
VA1-DA type point sensors and appropriate wiring between the units.

H Operation
Incomer cubicle has three sensors. Activation of sensor S1 operates T1
T1 T1 T1 T1
output. The arc fault happen in the CB compartment sensor S3 activates
and controls upstream CB via T2 output. Equally, if the arc fault happens in
the power transformer bushings, an upstream CB is tripped through T2.
I

396 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General characteristics
PowerLogic A1 and A3
PowerLogicTM A3 Functions

User benefits B
• Compact product
Easy fits in MV and LV cubicles. Provides easy configuration
modes for faster installation in most applications Multiple cubicle
protection capability
C
• Easy to integrate
An arc flash protection units A3-F6P and A3-S12P
– QR code for product identification and documentation access
are protective devices.
– With few references cover multiple application modes
• Easy to use
– Easy product selection D
– Dual power supply: Auxiliary and POE*
– Optimized for common electrical MV and LV cubicles
– Easy multi-devices commissioning

(*) Power Over Ethernet between devices and limited to two devices.
E
Versatile device to several
application
PowerLogic A3 can be used on standalone
F
mode to control one or two circuit breakers
and larger cubicles thanks to high number
of sensors supported. It can also be used in
simple system mode, it means associated with
other PowerLogic A3. G
Many operation modes are possible:
• Without selectivity: any sensor will make
tripping all trip outputs.
• With selectivity: make tripping the circuit H
breaker related to the zone of the sensor.
That makes the faulty zone separated from
other circuits.

Learn more about

J
Scan or
Vamp 125
click on
range here QR code

Offer Technical brochure

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 397
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300

E
PowerLogic T300
Substation Controller
F
The PowerLogic T300 at a glance
The PowerLogic T300 tackle electrical distribution network and distribution automation challenges with this smart grid-ready
remote terminal unit (RTU). PowerLogic T300 is a remote terminal unit configurable to your precise specifications. PowerLogic
G T300 delivers advanced monitoring, protection, control, and automation functions in both overhead and underground electrical
distribution networks. The PowerLogic T300 is part of the PowerLogic range of power monitoring and control solutions and has
been built on more than 100 years of experience in remote terminal units including T200 and Saitel ranges, renowned for their
reliability and performance.

H Industry-leading remote terminal unit Maximized everyday simplicity

• Compact and modular Automation RTU • Easier operation with digital tools including
• Powerful platform, scalable to answer your needs embedded Web server with Wi-Fi connectivity
for easing commissioning, exploitation and
• Advanced monitoring, protection, control, and automation functions maintenance
• Nearby monitoring and control with a mobile application • Powerful communication with plug and play ports

I
• Latest cybersecurity built in, certified according to IEC 62443-4-2 Security and main industrial protocols supported
Level Capability 1, and designed according to a Secure Development lifecycle • Scalable hardware making it easy to upgrade.
certified as per IEC 62443-4-1.

Best-in-class reliability
J
• Withdrawable modules for quicker maintenance
• Backup power supply with full battery management to operate the substation
during the power outage
• Condition monitoring for reduced risk of power outages and maximized
equipment life

398 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogicTM T300

The PowerLogic T300 is the RTU to answer your evolving

challenges and prepare your business for the future. A

Developed as per IEC 62443-4-2,

PowerLogic™ T300 has been designed
B
with a cyber security package. This shall
help reduce exposure to cyber threats and
improved operational security. It includes
important features such as password
management, firmware signature, port C
hardening, and secured communication
compliant to the latest international
standards.

Evolve with the grid: manage bidirectional Manage costs: reduce installation,
and intermittent power flow operation, and maintenance expenditures
• Detect overcurrent faults including grid with • Optimize investment with modular E
interconnected distributed energy resource automation solutions
units • Enable remote and local operation and
• Detect broken conductors and voltage loss asset management including firmware and
configuration update

Increase availability: improve SAIDI and • Save cost on spare parts, training, and F
optimize MV and LV networks operation of personnel by using a single
platform for multiple applications
• Detect medium-voltage (MV) faults by
current and voltage measurements to reduce • Substation asset management based on
outage time thermal and environmental monitoring

• Reconfigure the network automatically after G

a MV fault (in centralized, semi centralized or Deliver efficiency: optimize networks to
decentralized approaches) manage growing consumption
• Reduce low-voltage (LV) outage durations by • Monitor transformers and substations to
blown fuse detection optimize asset management
• Reduce both technical and non-technical H
Maintain quality: deliver MV and LV stability losses

• Accommodate demand growth • Manage load shedding and peak shaving

• Measure MV and LV voltage accurately for

Volt-Var optimization
• Detect neutral cut out at transformer level
Improve Cybersecurity: help defend
against malicious software and
I
unauthorized access
• As per IEC 62443, IEC 62351 and IEEE 1686
• SCADA communication and Wi-Fi Access
security features
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 399
 General overview www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300

Make everyday operations easier with digital tools

A Digital tools for the PowerLogic T300 include:

• Three configuration tools are available with T300:

- T300 Web Server: Dedicated to the end user for the operation,
B commissioning, exploitation and maintenance, this tool allows
(according to the Cybersecurity access and roles)
- Easergy Builder: Advanced Engineering tool for experts, this tool
enables adding/modifying the configuration of the T300 application:
- T300 Generator: User friendly tool to generate standard T300
configuration file.The file generated can be downloaded directly to
C T300 using Web server interface or imported into Easergy Builder for
deeper customization.

• An embedded Web Server as HMI interface and local supervision

of the substation for the user. Basic configuration, operation and

D diagnosis are carried out by connecting a laptop, tablet or smartphone

to the T300 Web Server.

• Operation and control: Alongside operation and control of the network

from the SCADA system, it is possible to operate the equipment locally
or remotely using data pages.

E • mySchneider app, a simple way to access support and product data

by flashing the QR code on the device.

• EcoStruxure System Management (eSM) allows to track the evolution

of all the configuration & software artifacts throughout the lifecycle.
F - Device Management
- Baseline Management: Backup Configuration and track
- Mass Firmware & Configuration Update.

400 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
www.se.com
General overview
PowerLogicTM T300

Take the PowerLogic T300 further with EcoStruxureTM

A
EcoStruxure™ is our open, interoperable, IoT-enabled system architecture
and platform. EcoStruxure delivers enhanced value around safety, reliability,
EcoStruxureTM has been deployed in almost efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity for our customers. EcoStruxure leverages
500 000 sites with the support of 20 000+ advancements in IoT, mobility, sensing, cloud, analytics, and cybersecurity to
developers, 650 000 service providers and
partners, 3 000 utilities, and connects over
deliver Innovation at Every Level. This includes Connected Products, Edge Control,
and Apps, Analytics & Services which are supported by Customer Lifecycle
B
2 million assets under management. Software.

Turn data into action

EcoStruxure™ architecture lets customers maximize the value of data.
Specifically, it helps them:
C
management • Translate data into actionable intelligence and better business decisions
Greater efficiency with
predictive maintenance • Take informed decisions to secure uptime and operational efficiency thanks to
real-time control platforms
helping to reduce downtime
• Gain visibility to their electrical distribution by measuring, collecting,
aggregating, and communicating data
D
24/7 connectivity
Real-time data everywhere
Connect Collect Analyze Take action
anytime to make better-
informed decisions E

Connect Capture critical Convert data into Drive action

Increased safety everything data at every level, meaningful through real-time
Proven design and experience
combined with fast embedded
from shop floor
to top floor
from sensor
to cloud
analytics information and
business logic F
arc detection to enhance
people's safety and
equipment's protection
CLOSE THE LOOP

EcoStruxureTM architecture

Building Data center Industry Infrastructure

H
Apps, Analytics & Services
cybersecurity
Cloud and/or
End-to-end

on-premise

Edge control
I
Connected products

EcoStruxure
Power
EcoStruxure
Building
EcoStruxure
IT
EcoStruxure
Machine
EcoStruxure
Plant
EcoStruxure
Grid
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J 401
 General characteristics www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300

Operating an electrical distribution grid is an increasingly complex business. The challenges

A posed by growing demand, integration of distributed generation resources, and aging
infrastructure – to name just a few – each affect overall grid reliability and customer satisfaction.

Network control center

SCADA/DMS MDM/AMM Other services

B
Electrical utilities

HV/MV

D
PowerLogic™ T300

F MV/LV

PowerLogic™ T300 keys grid control applications use:

G - Centralized grid control as MV substation controller and power monitor
- Decentralized automation network reconfiguration such as sectionalized or Auto Transfer Source
- Decentralized network reconfiguration with self helling applications
- Reduce outage time and network losses
- Improve Volt var management
H - Improve fault management
- Improve power quality
- Cut down maintenance costs
- Optimize investments
- Compliance with latest polices and standards such as cyber security and IEC 61850.
I

Learn more about

J
Scan or
PowerLogic
click on
T300 QR code

Offer Technical brochure

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

402 PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J
Schneider Electric Industries SAS

35, rue Joseph Monier

CS 30323
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
France

RCS Nanterre 954 503 439

Capital social 896 313 776 €
www.se.com

04-2024
PNBCONTR0223EN

© 2024 - Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved.

All trademarks are owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.